【4】『二万五千頌般若波羅蜜多』読誦用テキスト 第四分冊:Pañcaviṃśatisāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā

総目次　← 第三分冊　第五分冊 →

Pañcaviṃśatisāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā

二万五千頌般若波羅蜜多 ― 読誦用テキスト　第四分冊

---

第四章 一切相現等覚
底本 Kimura IV／頁記号 PSP_4
本分冊 724 段落・397,791 字

第四章　一切相現等覚・真如品〔PSP_4 1〕Pañcaviṃśatisāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā IV

§3225atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
asatpāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: ākāśāsattāṃ subhūte upādāya.
subhūtir āha: samatāpāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadhar­mānupa­labdhi­samatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: vivekapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: atyantaśūnyatām upādāya.
subhūtir āha: anavamardanīyapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: apadapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: anāmāśarīratām upādāya.
subhūtir āha: ākāśapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: āśvāsap­raśvāsā­nupalab­dhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: apravyāhārapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: vitarkavicārānupalabdhām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: anāmapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: vedanā­saṃjñā­saṃskā­ravijñā­nānupa­labdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: agamanapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmāṇām agamanatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: asaṃhāryapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmāgrāhyatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: akṣayapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmāṇām atyantakṣayakṣīṇatām
upādāya.〔PSP_4 2〕
subhūtir āha: anutpattipāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmāṇām anutpādānirodhatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: akārakapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: kārakānupalabdhitām upādāya.
subhūtir āha: ajānakapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: jānakānupalabdhitām upādāya.
subhūtir āha: asaṃkrāntipāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: cyutyu­papatt­yanupa­labdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: avinayapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmāṇāṃ prakṛtyavinayatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: svapnapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: svapna­darśinā­nupalab­dhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: pratiśrutkāpāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: ghoṣodārānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: pratibhāsapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: bimbhap­ratibim­bhānupa­labdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: marīcipāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: udakaskandhānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: māyāpāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: tannimittānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: asaṃkleśapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: kleśas­vabhāvā­nupalab­dhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: avyavadānapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: kliṣṭasattvānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: anupalepapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: ākāśānupalabdhitām upādāya.
subhūtir āha: aprapañcapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvap­rapañca­samudghātatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: amananāpāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvamananāsamudghātatām
upādāya.〔PSP_4 3〕
subhūtir āha: acalapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: dharmadhātusthitiṃ subhūte upādāya.
iti sarvajñatākārāḥ subhūtir āha:
virāgapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: virāgānupalabdhitām upādāya.
subhūtir āha: asthānapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmāvikalpanatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: śāntapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmāṇām avitatha­tābhisaṃ­bodhanatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: arāgapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: rāgānupalabdhitām upādāya.
subhūtir āha: adoṣapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: doṣāsadbhūtatām upādāya.
subhūtir āha: amohapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: mohāndhakāravidhamanatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: niḥkleśapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: parikalpāsattām upādāya.
subhūtir āha: niḥsattvapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sattvānupalabdhitām upādāya.
subhūtir āha: apramāṇapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmāsamutthānatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: antadva­yānupa­gamapā­ramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: atyantānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: asaṃbhinnapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmāsaṃbhedatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: aparāmṛṣṭapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: śrāvaka­bhūmip­ratyeka­buddha­bhūmisa­matikramatām
upādāya.〔PSP_4 4〕
subhūtir āha: avikalpapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: avikalpānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: aprameyapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadhar­māpramā­ṇānupa­labdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: asaṅgapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmāṇām ākāśasvabhāvasamatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: anityapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmāṇām avināśitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: duṣkhapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadhar­mānadh­yavasā­yadhar­mayogatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: śūnyapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvaniḥphalārthatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: anātmapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmānabhiveśatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: alakṣaṇapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmānimittatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: adhyāt­maśūnya­tāpāra­miteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: adhyāt­mikadhar­mānupa­labdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: bahirdhā­śūnyatā­pāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: bahirdhā­dharmā­nupalab­dhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: adhyāt­mabahir­dhāśūn­yatāpā­ramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: adhyāt­mabahir­dhādhar­mānupa­labdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: śūnyatāśūnyatāpāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: śūnyatā­śūnyatā­nupalab­dhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: mahāśūnyatāpāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: mahāśūnyatānupalabdhitām
upādāya.〔PSP_4 5〕
subhūtir āha: paramār­thaśūn­yatāpā­ramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: paramār­thaśūn­yatānu­palabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: saṃskṛ­taśūnya­tāpāra­miteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: saṃskṛ­taśūnya­tānupa­labdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: asaṃskṛ­taśūnya­tāpāra­miteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: asaṃskṛ­taśūnya­tānupa­labdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: atyantaśūnyatāpāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: atyanta­śūnyatā­nupalab­dhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: anavarāg­raśūnya­tāpāra­miteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: anavarāg­raśūnya­tānupa­labdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: anavakā­raśūnya­tāpāra­miteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: anavakā­raśūnya­tānupa­labdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: prakṛtiśūnyatāpāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: prakṛti­śūnyatā­nupalab­dhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: sarvadhar­maśūnya­tāpāra­miteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: svalak­ṣaṇaśūn­yatāpā­ramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: svalakṣaṇaviviktatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: anupalam­bhaśūn­yatāpā­ramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: triṣv adhvasu trayāṇām adhvanām
anupalabdhitām upādāya.
subhūtir āha: abhāvas­vabhāva­śūnyatā­pāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.〔PSP_4 6〕
bhagavān āha: abhāvas­vabhāva­śūnyatā­nupalab­dhitām
upādāya.
iti mārgajñatākārāḥ subhūtir āha:
smṛtyupasthānapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: kāyave­danācit­tadhar­mānupa­labdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: samyakprahāṇapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: akuśala­kuśala­dharmā­nupalab­dhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: ṛddhipādapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: chanda­vīryacit­tamīmāṃ­sānupa­labdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: indriyapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: śraddhādyanupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: balapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: pañcabalānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: bodhyaṅgapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: saptabodh­yaṅgānu­palabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: mārgapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: āryāṣṭāṅ­gamārgā­nupalab­dhitām
upādāya.
ity ākārāḥ sarvajñatāmārgādhiṣṭhānāḥ subhūtir āha:
śūnyatāpāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: dṛṣṭikṛtānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: ānimittapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: vitarkānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: apraṇihitapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: praṇidhāṇānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: aṣṭavimokṣapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: aṣṭavimokṣānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpatti­pāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpatt­yanupa­labdhitām
upādāya.〔PSP_4 7〕
subhūtir āha: catuḥsatyapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: samuda­yaniro­dhānupa­labdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: dānapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: mātsaryānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: śīlapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: dauḥśīlyānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: kṣāntipāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: vyāpādānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: vīryapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: kauśīdyānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: dhyānapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: vikṣepānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: prajñāpāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: dauṣprajñānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: upāyapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: anupāyānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: praṇidhānapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: apraṇidhānānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: balapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: daurbalyānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: jñānapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: ajñānānupalabdhitām upādāya.
ity ākārā mārgajñatādhiṣṭhānāḥ subhūtir āha:
daśabalapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmānupalabdhitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: vaiśāradyapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: mārgajñatānavalīnatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: pratisaṃvitpāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvat­rajñānā­saṅgāp­ratighātitām
upādāya.〔PSP_4 8〕
subhūtir āha: āveṇika­buddha­dharma­pāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmasamatikramatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: tathatāpāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvabud­dhabhā­ṣitata­thatām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: svayaṃbhūpāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmavaśavartitām
upādāya.
subhūtir āha: buddhadharmapāramiteyaṃ bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
bhagavān āha: sarvadhar­masarvā­kārābhi­saṃbodhanatām
upādāya.

§3226ity ākārāḥ sarvākārajñatādhiṣṭhānāḥ
ity uktā ākārāḥ

§3227atha khalu śakrasya devānām indrasyaitad abhavat,
pūrvajinakṛtādhikārās te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanti,
yeṣām iyaṃ prajñā­pārami­tāśrot­rāvabhāsam āgamiṣyati.
tathāga­tāvaro­pitaku­śalamūlās te sattvā bhaviṣyanti,
yeṣām iyaṃ prajñā­pārami­tāśrot­rāvabhāsam āgamiṣyati.
kalyāṇamitraparigṛhītās te sattvā bhaviṣyanti,
yeṣām iyaṃ prajñā­pārami­tāśrot­rāvabhāsam āgamiṣyati.
kaḥ punar vādo ya udgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti
vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti yoniśaś ca manasikariṣyanti,
udgṛhya dhārayitvā vācayitvā paryavāpya tathatvāya pratipatsyante,
bahubuddhaparyupāsitās te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca
bhaviṣyanti.
ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
udgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti yoniśaś ca
manasikariṣyanti, udgṛhya dhārayitvā vācayitvā
paryavāpya tathatvāya pratipatsyante paripṛṣṭhāś ca
pūrvakā api taiḥ kulaputraiḥ kuladuhitṛbhiś ca
tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ
paripraśnīkṛtāḥ sevitā bhajitāḥ paryupāsitāḥ,
ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
nottrasiṣyanti na saṃtrasiṣyanti na saṃtrāsam āpatsyante.
bahubuddhakoṭīṣu te dānapāramitāyāṃ caritāḥ,
evaṃ śīlapāramitāyāṃ kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ vīryapāramitāyāṃ
dhyānapāramitāyāṃ bahubuddhakoṭīṣu te prajñāpāramitāyāṃ〔PSP_4 9〕caritā,
ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
nottrasiṣyanti na saṃtrasiṣyanti na saṃtrāsam āpatsyante.

§3228atha khalu āyuṣmāñ cchāriputro bhagavantam etad avocat:
ye bhagavan kulaputrā vā kuladuhitaro vā
imām evaṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
nottrasiṣyanti na saṃtrasiṣyanti na saṃtrāsam āpatsyante,
śrutvā ca udgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti
paryavāpsyanti yoniśaś ca manasikariṣyanti,
yathā avinivartanīyā bodhisattvā
mahāsattvās tathā te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaro vā
dhārayitavyāḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
gambhīrā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā.
na khalu pūrvam acaritena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
śakyeyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā adhimoktum.
ye punar bhagavan kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaro vā
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ pratikṣeptavyāṃ maṃsyante
pūrvāntato ‘pi taiḥ kulaputraiḥ kuladuhitṛbhiś ca
iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā pratiksiptā.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāṃ cāsyāṃ gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ nāsti
śraddhā nāsti prasādo nāsti prema nāsty adhimuktis taiḥ
kulaputraiḥ kuladuhitṛbhiś ca na buddhā vā bodhisattvā
vā pratyekabuddhā vā śrāvakā vā paripraśnīkṛtāḥ,
kathaṃ dānapāramitāyāṃ caritavyaṃ?
kathaṃ śīlapāramitāyāṃ caritavyaṃ?
kathañ ca kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ caritavyaṃ?
kathaṃ vīryapāramitāyāṃ caritavyaṃ?
kathaṃ dhyānapāramitāyāṃ caritavyaṃ?
kathaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caritavyaṃ?
katham adhyātmaśūnyatāyāṃ caritavyaṃ?
kathaṃ bahirdhāśūnyatāyāṃ caritavyaṃ?
kathara adhyāt­mabahir­dhāśūn­yatāyāṃ caritavyaṃ?
yāvat kathaṃ abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyāñ caritavyaṃ?
kathaṃ smṛtyupasthānāni bhāvayitavyāni?
kathaṃ samyakprahāṇāni?
katham ṛddhipādāḥ?
katham indriyāṇi?
kathaṃ balāni?
kathaṃ bodhyaṅgāni?
katham āryāṣṭāṅgo mārgo bhāvayitavyaḥ?
katham apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattayo bhāvayitavyāḥ?
katham āryasatyāni bhāvayitavyāni?
katham aṣṭa vimokṣā bhāvayitavyāḥ?
kathaṃ navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­mapattayo bhāvayitavyāḥ?
kathaṃ śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitāni bhāvayitavyāni?
kathaṃ ṣaḍ abhijñā bhāvayitavyāḥ?
kathaṃ samādhayaḥ samāpattavyāḥ?
kathaṃ dhāraṇīmukhāni praveṣṭavyāni?
kathaṃ daśatathāgatabalāni bhāvayitavyāni?
kathaṃ vaiśāradyāni〔PSP_4 10〕bhāvayitavyāni?
kathaṃ pratisaṃvido bhāvayitavyāḥ?
katham aṣṭādaśāveṇikā buddhadharmā bhāvayitavyā?
iti.

§3229atha khalu śakro devānām indra āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat:
gambhīrā bhadanta śāriputra prajñāpāramitā.
kim atrāścaryaṃ syāt?
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ pūrvānte ‘pi nādhimuktā bodhisattvā
mahāsattvāḥ dānapāramitāyāṃ śīlapāramitāyāṃ kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ
vīryapāramitāyāṃ dhyānapāramitāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ nādhimuktāḥ,
adhyātmaśūnyatāyāṃ nādhimuktāḥ,
yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyāṃ nādhimuktāḥ,
saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣeṣu dharmeṣv anadhimuktāḥ,
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattiṣv anadhimuktāḥ,
śūnyatānimittāpraṇihiteṣv anadhimuktāḥ,
aṣṭavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattiṣv anadhimuktāḥ,
daśatathāgatabaleṣu caturṣu vaiśāradyeṣu
catasṛṣu pratisaṃvitsu pañcasv abhijñāsu nādhimuktāḥ,
aṣṭādaśasv āveṇikeṣu buddhadharmeṣu
nādhimuktāḥ.
ye pratikṣipeyur iti nātrāścaryam.
namaskaromi bhagavatyai prajñāpāramitāyai sarvajñajñānasya
sa namaskāraṃ karoti yaḥ prajñāpāramitāyā namaskāraṃ karoti.

§3230atha khalu bhagavān śakraṃ devānām indram etad avocat:
evam etat kauśikaivam etat.
sarvajñajñānasya sa namaskāraṃ karoti,
yaḥ prajñāpāramitāyā namaskāraṃ karoti.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
ato nirjātā hi kauśika buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ sarvākārajñatā,
sarvākārajñatānirjātā ca prajñāpāramitā prabhāvyante.
sarvajñatāṃ kauśikātikramitukāmena kulaputreṇa vā
kuladuhitrā vā prajñāpāramitāyāṃ sthātavyam,
evaṃ mārgajñatāyāṃ sthātukāmena sarvākārajñatājñānam
utpādayitukāmena sarvavāsanānusaṃdhikleśān
samudghā­tayitu­kāmenā­nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhukāmena
dharmacakraṃ pravartayitukāmena kulaputreṇa vā
kuladuhitrā vā prajñāpāramitāyāṃ sthātavyam,
evaṃ srotaāpattiphale sattvān
sthāpayitukāmena sakṛdāgāmiphale anāgāmiphale arhattve sattvān
sthāpayitukāmena pratyekāyāṃ bodhau sattvān pratiṣṭhāpayitukāmena,
anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau sattvān pratiṣṭhāpayitukāmena,
bhikṣusaṃghaṃ parikarṣayitukāmena iha bodhisattvena
mahāsattvena prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogam āpattavyam.〔PSP_4 11〕

§3231evam ukte śakro devānām indro bhagavantam etad avocat:
kathaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ pratiṣṭhito bhavati?
kathaṃ vā yujyate?
evaṃ dhyānapāramitāyāṃ vīryapāramitāyāṃ kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ śīlapāramitāyāṃ,
kathaṃ dānapāramitāyāṃ pratiṣṭhito bhavati?
kathaṃ vā yogam āpadyate?
kathaṃ vā prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carann adhyātmaśūnyatāyāṃ
yogam āpadyate yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyāṃ yogam āpadyate?
kathaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāñ caran saptatriṃsadbodhipakṣeṣu
dharmeṣu yogam āpadyate?
evam apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattiṣu.
kathaṃ śūnyatānimittāpraṇihiteṣu yogam āpadyate?
evam aṣṭavimokṣeṣu navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattiṣu yogam āpadyate.
katham abhijñāsu yogam āpadyate?
evaṃ daśasu tathāgatabaleṣu caturṣu vaiśāradyeṣu
catasṛṣu pratisaṃvitsu.
katham aṣṭādaśasv āveṇikeṣu buddhadharmeṣu
prajñāpāramitāyāñ caran yogam āpadyante bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ?

§3232evam ukte bhagavān śakraṃ devānām indram etad avocat:
sādhu sādhu kauśika sādhu khalu punas tvaṃ kauśika yas
tvaṃ tathāgatam etam arthaṃ paripraśnīkartavyaṃ manyase.
idam api te kauśika buddhānubhāvena pratibhānam utpannam.
tena hi kauśika śṛṇu sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca
manasikuru bhāṣiṣye ‘haṃ te.
iti catvāraḥ prayoktākāraḥ

§3233iha kauśika bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran rūpe na tiṣṭhati,
yadā rūpe na tiṣṭhati tadā rūpe na yogam āpadyate,
vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskāreṣu,
vijñāne na tiṣṭhati yadā vijñāne na tiṣṭhati tadā vijñāne na yogam āpadyate.
cakṣuṣi na tiṣṭhati,
evaṃ śrotre ghrāṇe jihvāyāṃ kāye manasi na tiṣṭhati,
evaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogam āpadyate.
rūpe na tiṣṭhati,
evaṃ śabde gandhe rase spraṣṭavye dharmeṣu na tiṣṭhati,
evaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogam āpadyate.
cakṣurvijñāne na tiṣṭhati, cakṣuḥsaṃsparśe na tiṣṭhati,
cakṣuḥ­saṃspar­śaprat­yayave­dayite na tiṣṭhati,
evaṃ śrotraghrāṇajihvākāye manovijñāne na tiṣṭhati,
manaḥsaṃsparśe na tiṣṭhati,
manaḥsaṃs­parśap­ratyaya­vedayite na tiṣṭhati,
evaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogam āpadyate.
pṛthivīdhātau na tiṣṭhati, evam abdhātau tejodhātau
vāyudhātau ākāśadhātau〔PSP_4 12〕vijñānadhātau na tiṣṭhati,
evaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogam āpadyate.
avidyāyāṃ na tiṣṭhati, evaṃ saṃskāreṣu
vijñāne nāmarūpe ṣaḍāyatane sparśe vedanāyāṃ tṛṣṇāyām
upādāne bhave jātau jarāma­raṇaśo­kapari­devaduḥ­khadaur­manasyo­pāyāseṣu
na tiṣṭhati, evaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogam āpadyate.
dānapāramitāyāṃ na tiṣṭhati,
evaṃ śīle kṣāntau vīrye dhyāne prajñāpāramitāyāṃ na tiṣṭhati,
evaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogam āpadyate.
adhyātmaśūnyatāyāṃ na tiṣṭhati,
evaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogam āpadyate
yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyāṃ na tiṣṭhati,
evaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogam āpadyate.
smṛtyupasthāneṣu na tiṣṭhati,
evaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogam āpadyate.
evaṃ samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamārgeṣu na tiṣṭhati,
evaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogam āpadyate.
evaṃ caturṣv apramāṇeṣu caturṣu dhyāneṣu
catasṛṣv ārūpyasamāpattiṣu pañcasv abhijñāsu
śūnyatānimittāpraṇihiteṣv aṣṭāsu vimokṣeṣu
navasv anupūrvavihārasamāpattiṣu dhāraṇīmukheṣu na tiṣṭhati,
evaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogam āpadyate.
evaṃ daśasu tathāgatabaleṣu vaiśāradyeṣu
pratisaṃvitsv aṣṭādaśasv āveṇikeṣu buddhadharmeṣu na tiṣṭhati,
evaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogam āpadyate.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi sa rūpaṃ nopalabhate yatrāvatiṣṭheta yatra vā
yogam āpadyate, vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskārā,
vijñānaṃ nopalabhate yatrāvatiṣṭheta yatra vā yogam āpadyate,
evaṃ dhātūn āyatanāni pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni
pāramitāḥ saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣān dharmān
sarvaśūnyatāḥ sarvasamādhīn sarvadhāraṇīmukhāni
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīḥ aṣṭavimokṣān
navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattīḥ śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitāny abhijñādaśabalāni
catvāri vaiśāradyāni catasraḥ pratisaṃvido ‘ṣṭādaśāveṇikān
buddhadharmān nopalabhate yatrāvatiṣṭheta yatra vā
yogam āpadyate.
iti rūpādy anavasthānaprayogaḥ

§3234punar aparaṃ kauśika bodhisattvo mahāsattvo rūpe na yujyate,
yad rūpe na yujyate evaṃ rūpe yogam āpadyate,
vedanāyāṃ saṃjñāyāṃ saṃskāreṣu,
vijñāne na yujyate, yad vijñāne na yujyate,
evaṃ vijñāne yogam āpadyate.
evaṃ
dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapāra­mitābo­dhipakṣ­yadhar­maśūnya­tāryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattiṣu
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tāṣṭavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamāpatty
abhijñā­sarvasa­mādhidhā­raṇīmu­khadaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃvitsv
aṣṭādaśāveṇikeṣu〔PSP_4 13〕buddhadharmeṣu
na yujyate yad buddhadharmeṣu na yujyate,
evaṃ buddhadharmeṣu yogam āpadyate.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi sa bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ pūrvāntato rūpaṃ nopalabhate,
aparāntato rūpaṃ nopalabhate,
madhyato rūpaṃ nopalabhate, vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskārān,
pūrvāntato vijñānaṃ nopalabhate,
aparāntato vijñānaṃ nopalabhate,
madhyato vijñānaṃ nopalabhate.
evaṃ dhātūn āyatanāni pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni pāramitāḥ
saptat­riṃśad­bodhipakṣ­yadhar­māryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tiśūnya­tānimit­tāpraṇi­hitāni
aṣṭau vimokṣān navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpatt­yabhijñāḥ
sarvaśūnyatāḥ sarvasamādhīn sarvadhāraṇīmukhāni
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃvido ‘ṣṭādaśāveṇikān buddhadharmān
pūrvāntato nopalabhate, aparāntato nopalabhate,
madhyato nopalabhate.
ity ayogaprayogaḥ

§3235atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantam etad avocat:
gambhīrā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā.

§3236bhagavān āha: rūpatathatāgambhīratayā śāriputra gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
vijñāna­tathatā­gambhī­ratayā śāriputra gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā, evaṃ
dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapāra­mitābo­dhipakṣ­yadhar­māryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpatt­yaṣṭavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattiśūn­yatāni­mittāp­raṇihi­tābhijñāḥ
sarvaśūnyatāḥ sarvasamādhayaḥ sarvadhāraṇīmukhāni
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃvido ‘ṣṭāda­śāveṇi­kabuddha­dharma­tathatā­gambhī­ratayā
śāriputra gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā.
iti gambhīraprayogaḥ

§3237śāriputra āha: duravagāhā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā.

§3238bhagavān āha: rūpaduravagāhatayā śāriputra duravagāhā prajñāpāramitā,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
vijñānaduravagāhatayā śāriputra duravagāhā prajñāpāramitā.
evaṃ dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādaḥ pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni
pāramitāḥ sarvaśūnyatāḥ sarvasamādhiḥ sarvadhāraṇīmukhāni
bodhipakṣ­yadhar­māryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpatt­yaṣṭavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattiśūn­yatāni­mittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñādaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃvido
‘ṣṭāda­śāveṇi­kabuddha­dharma­durava­gāhatayā śāriputra duravagāhā prajñāpāramitā.
iti duravagāhaprayogaḥ〔PSP_4 14〕

§3239śāriputra āha: apramāṇā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā.

§3240bhagavān āha: rūpāpramāṇatayā śāriputrāpramāṇā prajñāpāramitā,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
vijñānāpramāṇatayā śāriputrāpramāṇā prajñāpāramitā.
evaṃ
dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dāṅgapā­ramitā­sarvaśūn­yatāsar­vasamā­dhidhā­raṇīmu­khabodhi­pakṣya­dharmār­yasatyāp­ramāṇadh­yānārūp­yasamā­pattyaṣ­ṭavimok­ṣanavā­nupūrva­vihāra­samāpat­tiśūnya­tānimit­tāpraṇi­hitābhij­ñādaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadhar­māpramā­ṇatayā
śāriputrāpramāṇā prajñāpāramitā.
ity apramāṇaprayogaḥ

§3241śāriputra āha: kathaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carati?

§3242bhagavān āha: sacec chāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran rūpaṃ gambhīram iti
na carati carati prajñāpāramitāyāṃ,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā, vijñānaṃ gambhīram iti
na carati carati prajñāpāramitāyām.
evaṃ
dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapāra­mitābo­dhipakṣ­yadhar­māryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpatt­yaṣṭavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattiśūn­yatāni­mittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñāsarva­samādhi­sarvadhā­raṇīmu­khadaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmā
gambhīrā iti na carati carati prajñāpāramitāyām.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi yā śāriputra yāvad buddhadharmāṇāṃ
gambhīratā na te buddhadharmāḥ.
iti gambhī­raprayo­gāpara­paryāyo mṛduḥ
punar aparaṃ śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran rūpaṃ duravagāham iti
na carati carati prajñāpāramitāyāṃ,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā, vijñānaṃ duravagāham iti
na carati carati prajñāpāramitāyām.
evaṃ
dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapāra­mitāsar­vaśūnya­tāsarva­samādhi­sarvadhā­raṇīmu­khabodhi­pakṣya­dharmār­yasatyāp­ramāṇadh­yānārūp­yasamā­pattiśūn­yatāni­mittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñādaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmā
duravagāhā iti na carati carati prajñāpāramitāyām.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi yā śāriputra yāvad buddhadharmāṇāṃ
duravagāhatā na te buddhadharmāḥ.
iti durava­gāhapra­yogāpa­raparyāyo madhyaḥ

§3243punar aparaṃ śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ〔PSP_4 15〕caran rūpam apramāṇam iti
na carati carati prajñāpāramitāyāṃ,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā, vijñānam apramāṇam iti
na carati carati prajñāpāramitāyām.
evaṃ
dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapāra­mitābo­dhipakṣ­yadhar­māryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpatt­yaṣṭavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattiśūn­yatāni­mittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñāsarva­śūnyatā­sarvasa­mādhisar­vadhāra­ṇīmukha­daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmā
apramāṇā iti na carati carati prajñāpāramitāyāṃ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi yā śāriputra yāvad buddhadharmāpramāṇatā na te buddhadharmāḥ.
ity apramā­ṇaprayo­gāpara­paryāyo ‘dhimātraḥ

§3244śāriputra āha: yathā gambhīreyaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā
duravagāhā apramāṇā iyaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā
tathā navayānasaṃprasthitānāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
purato na vaktavyā mā te imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
uttrasiṣuḥ saṃtrasiṣuḥ saṃtrāsam āpatsyante.
avinivartanīyasya yaṃ bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
purato bhāṣitavyo sa imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
nottrasiṣyati na saṃtrasiṣyati na saṃtrāsam
āpatsyate na kāṅkṣayiṣyati na nirvicikitsiṣyati,
uttare ca śrutvā vimokṣate.

§3245atha khalu śakro devānām indra āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat:
saced bhadanta śāriputra navayānasaṃprasthitasya bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya purata iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā bhāṣyeta ko doṣaḥ
syāt?

§3246śāriputra āha: sacet kauśika navayānasaṃprasthitasya
bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya purata iyaṃ prajñāpāramitā
bhāṣyeta uttrasyeta saṃtrasyeta saṃtrāsam āpadyeta pratibādhyeta pratikṣipet.
nādhimucyeta sthānam etat kauśika vidyate yas sa navayānasaṃprasthito
bodhisattvo mahāsattva imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
pratikṣipya vinipā­tagāmi­karmopa­cinuyāt,
sa kṛcchreṇa cireṇānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyeta.
iti kṛcchre cirābhisaṃbodhaprayogaḥ

§3247śakra āha: santi punar bhadanta śāriputra avyākṛtā bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
nottrasiṣyanti na saṃtrasiṣyanti na saṃtrāsam āpatsyante.

§3248śāriputra āha: na te kauśika bodhisattvā
mahāsattvāś cireṇa vyākaraṇaṃ pratilapsyante anuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.
ya imāṃ〔PSP_4 16〕prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
nottrasiṣyanti na saṃtrasiṣyanti na saṃtrāsam āpatsyante.
te ekaṃ vā dvau vā trīn vā tathāgatān
atikramiṣyanti.
tato vyākaraṇaṃ pratilapsyante anuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.

§3249atha khalu bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram āmantrayate sma:
evam etac chāriputraivam etat,
cirayānasaṃprasthitās te śāriputra bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti.
ciracaritāḥ ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
bahubuddhaparyupāsitās te śāriputra bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
nottrasiṣyanti na saṃtrasiṣyanti na saṃtrāsam āpatsyante.
uttare ca śrutvā udgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti
paryavāpsyanti yathopadiṣṭāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ sthāsyanti.

§3250atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantam etad avocat:
pratibhāti me bhagavan pratibhāti me sugata.

§3251bhagavān āha: pratibhātu te.

§3252śāriputra āha:
tadyathāpi nāma bhagavan svapnāntaragato mahāyānasaṃprasthitaḥ
kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāvayet,
dhyānapāramitāṃ vīryapāramitāṃ kṣāntipāramitāṃ śīlapāramitāṃ
dānapāramitāṃ bhāvayet, yāvad bodhimaṇḍe niṣīded,
veditavyam etad bhagavann abhyāsannī bhavaty ayaṃ kulaputro vā
kuladuhitā vā anuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodheḥ.
kaḥ punar vādo?
bhagavan yaḥ prativibuddhaḥ prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāvayet,
dhyānapāramitāṃ vīryapāramitāṃ kṣāntipāramitāṃ
śīlapāramitāṃ dānapāramitāṃ bhāvayet,
veditavyam etad bhagavann abhyāsannī bhavaty ayaṃ kulaputro vā
kuladuhitā vā anuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodheḥ.
iti vyākaraṇalābhaprayogaḥ

§3253paripakvakuśalamūlās te bhagavan kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanti,
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ lapsyante śravaṇāya śrutvā
ca pratipatsyante.
cirayānasaṃprasthitās te bhagavan kulaputrā kuladuhitaraś ca
bhaviṣyanti, avaropitakuśalamūlā bahubuddhaparyupāsitāḥ
kalyāṇamitraparigṛhītās te bhagavan kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanti,
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
udgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti yoniśaś ca
manasikariṣyanti.
abhyāsannās te bhagavan kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanty anuttarāyāḥ
samyak­saṃbodherv­yākaraṇasya vyākariṣyanti vā,〔PSP_4 17〕
avinivartanīyā vā te kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś cānuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodher,
yeṣāṃ svayam iyaṃ prajñāpāramitā upapatsyate upapannāṃ ca
satīm udgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti yoniśaś ca
manasikariṣyanti.
ity avinivartanīyaprayogaḥ

§3254tadyathāpi nāma bhagavan puruṣo yojanaśatikād aṭavīkāntārān
niṣkrāmet, dviyojanaśatikāt triyojanaśatikāc
caturyojanaśatikāt pañcayojanaśatikād aṭavīkāntārān
niṣkrāmen niṣkramya paśyed grāmasya nagarasya nigamasya vā
pūrvāni nimittāni gopālakān vā paśupālakān
vā sīmā vā ārāmān vā vanāni vā udyānāni vā
udyānanimittāni vā grāmān vā nagarāṇi vā nigamān
vā rājadhānīn vā rāṣṭrāṇi vā pūrvanimittāni
grāmasya nagarasya nigamasya vā dṛṣṭvaivaṃ bhavati
yādṛśānīmāni pūrvanimittāni dṛśyante abhyāsanna ito grāmo vā
nagaraṃ vā nigamaṃ vā rājadhānyo vā rāṣṭrāṇi vā
bhaviṣyanti.
sa āśvāsaprāpto bhavet, na cāsya bhūyo bhavati
caurabhayaṃ vā caṇḍālabhayaṃ vā caṇḍamṛgabhayaṃ vā
bubhukṣābhayaṃ vā pipāsābhayaṃ vā.
evam eva bhagavan yasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya svayam
iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā upapatsyate upapannāṃ ca
satīm udgrahīṣyati dhārayiṣyati vācayiṣyati
paryavāpsyati yoniśaś ca manasikariṣyati,
veditavyam etad bhagavann abhyāsanno ‘yaṃ bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo bhaviṣyati vyākaraṇasyānuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodher na cireṇābhisaṃbhotsyate.
tena ca bodhisattvena mahāsattvena na bhetavyaṃ śrāvakabhūmer vā
pratyekabuddhabhūmer vā.
tat kasya hetor?
imāni tāni pūrvanimittāni yad utemāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ
bodhisattvo mahāsattvo labhate darśanāya vandanāya paryupāsanāya śravaṇāya.

§3255evam ukte bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat:
evam etac chāriputraivam etat.
iti niryāṇaprayogaḥ

§3256pratibhātu te śāriputra bhūyasyā mātrayā buddhānubhāvena.

§3257śāriputra āha:
tadyathā pi nāma bhagavan puruṣo mahāsamudraṃ draṣṭukāmo bhavet,
sa gacchet mahāsamudraṃ darśanāya yathā yathā gacchet
mahāsamudraṃ tathā tathā paśyet stambaṃ vā
stambanimittaṃ vā parvataṃ vā parvatanimittaṃ vā,
tenaivaṃ veditavyaṃ dūre ito mahāsamudro nāsanna〔PSP_4 18〕ito mahāsamudraḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi mahāsamudrasyābhyāse kaścit stambo vā
stambanimittaṃ vā parvato vā parvatanimittaṃ vā
dṛśyante.
tadyathāpi nāma bhagavan puruṣo mahāsamudraṃ draṣṭukāmo bhavet,
sa yathā yathā gacchet mahāsamudraṃ darśanāya tathā tathā na paśyet stambaṃ vā
stambanimittaṃ vā parvataṃ vā parvatanimittaṃ vā,
tasyaivaṃ bhavati na dūre ito mahāsamudra āsanna ito mahāsamudraḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi mahāsamudrasyāsanne kaścit stambo vā
stambanimittaṃ vā parvato vā parvatanimittaṃ vā dṛśyate,
kiṃ cāpi sa puruṣaś cakṣuṣā mahāsamudran na paśyati.
atha ca punaḥ sa niṣṭhāṃ gacchati,
āsanno ‘smi mahāsamudrasyābhyāsanna ito mahāsamudra iti,
neto bhūyo dūre mahāsamudra iti.
evam eva bhagavaṃs tena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena evaṃ veditavyam,
imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śṛṇutā udgṛhṇatā dhārayatā
vācayatā paryavāpnuvatā yoniśo manasikurvatā,
evaṃ cintayitavyaṃ kiṃ cāpy ahaṃ tena bhagavatā
na saṃmukhaṃ vyākṛto ‘nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau iyadbhiḥ
kalpair iyadbhiḥ kalpaśatair iyadbhiḥ
kalpasahasrair iyadbhiḥ kalpaśatasahasrair iyadbhiḥ
kalpako­ṭīniyu­taśata­sahasrais tvam anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbhotsyasa iti.

§3258atha ca punar bodhisattvena mahāsattvena evaṃ veditavyam,
āsannībhūto ‘smy anuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodher vyākaraṇasyeti.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hy aham imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ labhe
darśanāya vandanāya paryupāsanāya śravaṇāya śrutvā
codgṛhṇāmi dhārayāmi vācayāmi paryavāpnomi yoniśaś ca
manasikaromi.
iti niruttaraprayogaḥ

§3259tadyathāpi nāma bhagavan vasante pratyupasthite śīrṇaparṇapalāśeṣu
stambheṣu ākarajāteṣu veditavyaṃ jāmbūdvīpakair
manuṣyair netaś cireṇa patrāṇi ca puṣpāṇi ca phalāni
ca prādurbhaviṣyanti.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
imāni tāni pūrvanimittāni stambeṣu dṛśyante netaś cireṇa patrāṇi ca
puṣpāṇi ca phalāni ca prādurbhaviṣyanti,
āttamanaskā jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyā bhaviṣyanti tāni
ca pūrvanimittāni dṛṣṭvā stambeṣu,
evam eva bhagavan yo bodhisattvo mahāsattva imāṃ gambhīrāṃ
prajñāpāramitāṃ labhate darśanāya vandanāya paryupāsanāya śravanāya śrutvā〔PSP_4 19〕
codgṛhṇāti dhārayati vācayati paryavāpsyati yoniśaś ca
manasikaroti paripakvakuśalamūlaḥ
sa bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ,
bahubuddhaparyupāsitaḥ sa bhagavan kulaputro vā
kuladuhitā vā veditavyaḥ.
veditavyam etad bhagavaṃs tena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena pūrvakair
eva kuśalamūlair upanīto ‘smy anuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodheḥ,
yo ‘ham imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ labhe darśanāya
vandanāya paryupāsanāya śravaṇāya yathopadiṣṭāyāṃ ca
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ pratipadyeyaṃ tatra devaputrāḥ
pūrvabuddhadarśino bhavanti.
te pramuditāḥ prītisaumanasyajātāḥ pūrvakāṇām
api bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānām imāny eva pūrvanimittāni
abhūvan vyākaraṇāya na cireṇāyaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
vyākaraṇaṃ pratilapsyate anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau.
ity āsannābhisaṃbodhaprayogaḥ
tadyathāpi nāma bhagavan strīgurviṇī sā yathā yathā āsannaprasavā bhavati
tathā tathāsyāḥ kāyo veṣṭate ‘dhimātraṃ ca
kāye vedanāklamathaś ca jāyate,
na ca caṅkramaṇaśīlā bhavati, alpasmṛtiś ca bhavati,
alpāhārā ca bhavati, alpastyānamiddhā ca bhavati,
tābhir vedanābhir vartamānābhir alpabhāṣyā ca bhavati,
na ca saṃvāsaśīlā bhavati,
tena pūrvake­ṇāyoni­śomana­sikāre­ṇāsevitena bhāvitena niṣevitena imām
evaṃrūpāṃ vedanāṃ pratyanubhavāmīti.
veditavyam evaṃ tato ‘nyābhiḥ strībhir yādṛśāny asyāḥ
striyo nimittāni dṛśyante na cireṇaiveyaṃ strī prasaviṣyati.
evam eva bhagavan bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānām avaropitakuśalamūlānāṃ
bahubuddhaparyupāsitānāṃ sucaritacīrṇacaritānāṃ
kalyāṇamitraparigṛhītānāṃ paripakvakuśalamūlānām
iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā upapatsyate upapannāṃ ca
satīm udgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti
paryavāpsyanti yoniśaś ca manasikariṣyanti,
veditavyam etan na cireṇaiṣāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānāṃ vyākaraṇaṃ bhaviṣyati anuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.

§3260bhagavān āha: sādhu sādhu śāriputra idam api te śāriputra
buddhānubhāvena pratibhānam utpannam.
iti kṣiprābhisaṃbodhaprayogaḥ

§3261atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
āścaryaṃ bhagavan yāvad anugṛhītāḥ suparīttāś ceme bodhisattvā
mahāsattvās〔PSP_4 20〕tathāgatenārhatā samyaksaṃbuddhena.

§3262bhagavān āha: tathā hi subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya pratipannā lokānukampāyai
mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāñ ca
manuṣyānāñ cānuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye pratiṣṭhante
bodhisattvacaryāñ caranto ‘nekāni sattvaśatāni anekāni
sattvasahasrāṇi anekāni sattvaśatasahasrāṇi anekāni
sattva­koṭini­yutaśa­tasahasrāṇi anugrahīṣyanti,
caturbhiḥ saṃgrahavastubhir dānena priyavadyena arthacaryayā
samānārthatayā daśakuśaleṣu karmapatheṣu samādāpayanti,
caturṣu dhyāneṣu caturṣv apramāṇeṣu
catasṛṣv ārūpyasamāpattiṣu samādāpayanti.
ātmanā caiteṣu dharmeṣu pratiṣṭhitā bhavanti.
ātmanā ca dānapāramitāyāṃ caranti parāṃś ca
dānapāramitāyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpayanti.
ātmanā ca śīlapāramitāyāṃ caranti parāṃś ca
śīlapāramitāyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpayanti.
ātmanā ca kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ caranti parāṃś ca
kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpayanti.
ātmanā ca vīryapāramitāyāṃ caranti parāṃś ca
vīryapāramitāyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpayanti.
ātmanā ca dhyānapāramitāyāṃ caranti parāṃś ca
dhyānapāramitāyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpayanti.
ātmanā ca prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caranti parāṃś ca
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpayanti.
te ca prajñāpāramitām āgamya upāyakauśalyena sattvān
srotaāpattiphale pratiṣṭhāpayanti na cātmanā sākṣāt kurvanti.
evaṃ sakṛdāgāmiphale anāgāmiphale arhattve,
pratyekāyāṃ bodhau pratiṣṭhāpayanti na cātmanā pratyekāṃ bodhiṃ sākṣāt kurvanti.
ātmanā cāvinivartanīyāṃ bhūmim ākrāmanti parāṃś
cāvinivartanīyabhūmau pratiṣṭhāpayanti.
ātmanā ca buddhakṣetraṃ pariśodhayanti,
anyāṃś ca bodhisattvān buddhakṣetrapariśuddhau samādāpayanti.
ātmanā ca sattvān paripācayanti parāṃś ca
sattvaparipāke samādāpayanti.
ātmanā cābhijñā utpādayanti parāṃś cābhijñāprāptaye samādāpayanti.
ātmanā ca dhāraṇīmukhaṃ pariśodhayanti parān
api dhāraṇīmukhapariśuddhaye samādāpayanti.
ātmanā ca pratibhānasaṃpadaṃ pratilabhante parān
api pratibhānasaṃpadi samādāpayanti.
ātmanā ca rūpasaṃpadaṃ parigṛhṇanti parān
api rūpasaṃpatpratilābhāya samādāpayanti.
ātmanā ca lakṣaṇasaṃpadaṃ parigṛhṇanti parān
api〔PSP_4 21〕lakṣaṇasaṃpatpratilābhāya samādāpayanti.
ātmanā ca kumārabhūtasaṃpadaṃ parigṛhṇanti parān
api kumāra­bhūtasaṃ­patpra­tigrahāya samādāpayanti.
ātmanā ca bodhipakṣyān dharmān niṣpādayanti parān
api bodhipakṣ­yadhar­mapari­niṣpattaye samādāpayanti.
ātmanā ca satyavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattiśūn­yatāni­mittāp­raṇihi­tadhāra­ṇīmukhān
utpādayanti parān apy eṣu samādāpayanti.
ātmanā ca catvāri vaiśāradyāni utpādayanti parān
api caturṣu vaiśāradyeṣu samādāpayanti.
ātmanā ca catasraḥ pratisaṃvida utpādayanti parān
api caturaḥ pratisaṃvidaḥ prāptaye samādāpayanti.
ātmanā ca mahāmaitrīṃ mahākaruṇāṃ mahāmuditāṃ mahopekṣāṃ vibhāvayanti parān
api caturapramāṇā vibhāvanāyai samādāpayanti.
ātmanā cāṣṭādaśāveṇikān buddhadharmān
niṣpādayanti parān api aṣṭādaśāveṇikeṣu buddhadharmeṣu
samādāpayanti.
ātmanā ca sarvākārajñatām anuprāpnuvanti parāṃś ca
sarvākārajñatāyāṃ samādāpayanti.
ātmanā ca sarvavāsanānusaṃdhikleśān vijahanti parān
api sarvavā­sanānu­saṃdhik­leśotsargāya samādāpayanti.
ātmanā cānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyante parāṃś ca
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbodhaye samādāpayanti.
ātmanā ca dharmacakraṃ pravartayanti parāṃś ca
dharmacakraṃ pravartanāya samādāpayanti.
iti parārthaprayogaḥ

§3263evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
āścaryaṃ bhagavann āścaryaṃ sugata yāvad bahuguṇasamanvāgatās te bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā ye sarvasattvānāṃ kṛtaśaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caranti anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyante.
kathaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
prajñā­pārami­tābhāva­nāparipūriṃ gacchati?

§3264bhagavān āha: yadā subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran rūpasya vṛddhiṃ na samanupaśyati,
na vedanāyā na saṃjñāyā na saṃskārāṇāṃ,
na vijñānasya vṛddhiṃ samanupaśyati,
tadā bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya prajñā­pārami­tābhāva­nāparipūriṃ gacchati.

§3265bhagavān āha: yadā subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran na dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapratīt­yasamut­pādāṅgānāṃ
pāramitānāṃ saptatriṃśatāṃ bodhipakṣyāṇāṃ dharmāṇām
āryasatyānām apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīnām
aṣṭānāṃ vimokṣāṇāṃ navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattīnāṃ
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihitānāṃ saṇṇām abhijñānāṃ〔PSP_4 22〕
sarvaśūnyatānāṃ sarvasamādhīnāṃ
sarvadhāraṇīmukhānāṃ daśānāṃ balānāṃ
caturṇāṃ vaiśāradyānāñ catasṛṇāṃ pratisaṃvidām
aṣṭādaśānām āveṇikānāṃ buddhadharmāṇāṃ
vṛddhiṃ na samanupaśyati sarvajñatāyā vṛddhiṃ na samanupaśyati,
tadā bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya prajñā­pārami­tābhāva­nāparipūriṃ gacchati.

§3266bhagavān āha: yadā ca subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran rūpasya parihāṇiṃ na samanupaśyati,
na vedanāyā na saṃjñāyā na saṃskārāṇāṃ,
na vijñānasya parihāṇiṃ samanupaśyati,
tadā bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya prajñā­pārami­tābhāva­nāparipūriṃ gacchati.
evaṃ dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapāra­mitābo­dhipakṣ­yadhar­māryasat­yāpramāṇa
dhyānā­rūpyasa­māpatt­yaṣṭavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattiśūn­yatāni­mittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñāsarva­samādhi­sarvadhā­raṇīmu­khadaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmāṇāṃ
yadā sarvajñatāyāḥ parihāṇiṃ na samanupaśyati,
tadā bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya prajñā­pārami­tābhāva­nāparipūriṃ gacchati.
ity avṛddhyaparihāṇiprayogaḥ

§3267punar aparaṃ subhūte yadā bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran dharma iti na samanupaśyati,
adharma iti na samanupaśyati, atītam iti na samanupaśyati,
anāgatam iti na samanupaśyati,
pratyutpannam iti na samanupaśyati,
kuśalam akuśalaṃ vyākṛtam avyākṛtam iti na samanupaśyati,
saṃskṛtam iti na samanupaśyati,
asaṃskṛtam iti na samanupaśyati,
kāmadhātun na samanupaśyati, rūpadhātun na samanupaśyati,
ārūpyadhātun na samanupaśyati,
dānapāramitān na samanupaśyati,
śīlapāramitān na samanupaśyati,
kṣāntipāramitān na samanupaśyati,
vīryapāramitān na samanupaśyati,
dhyānapāramitān na samanupaśyati, prajñāpāramitān
na samanupaśyati yāvat sarvajñatān na samanupaśyati,
tadā bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya prajñā­pārami­tābhāva­nāparipūriṃ gacchati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte dharmāṇāṃ dharmalakṣaṇatām
upādāya avinivartanīyatām upādāya riktatām
upādāya tucchatām upādāya asāratām upādāya vaśikatām
upādāya.
iti dharmād­yanupa­lambhap­rayogaḥ

§3268subhūtir āha: acintyaṃ bhagavan deśyate.

§3269bhagavān āha: rūpācintyatayā subhūte acintyaṃ deśyate,
vedanā saṃjñā〔PSP_4 23〕saṃskārā,
vijñānācintyatayā subhūte ‘cintyaṃ deśyate.
dānapāramitācintyatayā acintyaṃ deśyate,
evaṃ śīlapāramitā kṣāntipāramitā vīryapāramitā
dhyānapāramitā prajñā­pārami­tācint­yatayā­cintyaṃ deśyate.
evaṃ
saptat­riṃśad­bodhipak­ṣadhar­māryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpatt­yaṣṭavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattiśūn­yatāni­mittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñāsarva­śūnyatā­sarvasa­mādhisar­vadhāra­ṇīmukha­daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmāḥ
sarvajñatācintyatayā subhūte ‘cintyaṃ deśyate.
sacet subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran rūpam acintyam iti na saṃjānīte,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā, vijñānam acintyam iti
na saṃjānīte paripūrayiṣyati prajñāpāramitām.
evaṃ dhātvāyatanāni pratītyasamutpādaḥ pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni
pāramitāḥ śūnyatā sarvasamādhayaḥ sarvadhāraṇīmukhāni
bodhipakṣ­yadhar­māryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpatt­yaṣṭavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattiśūn­yatāni­mittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñādaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmā
sarvajñatācintyeti na saṃjānīte paripūrayiṣyati prajñāpāramitām.
ity acintyā­kārasaṃj­ñāniro­dhaprayogaḥ

§3270subhūtir āha: ko ‘tra bhagavan gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām
adhimokṣate?

§3271bhagavān āha: yaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
pūrvam api carito bhavati,
ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu tathāga­tāvaro­pitaku­śalaraūlo bhavati,
bahubuddhaparyupāsitaḥ kalyāṇamitraparigṛhīto bhavati,
sa imāṃ prajñāpāramitām adhimokṣate.

§3272subhūtir āha: kiyatā bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
pūrvam api carito bhavati,
ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu tathāga­tāvaro­pitaku­śalamūlo bhavati,
bahubuddhaparyupāsitaḥ kalyāṇamitraparigṛhīto bhavati.

§3273bhagavān āha: iha subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran rūpaṃ na kalpayati na vikalpayati,
rūpanimittaṃ na kalpayati na vikalpayati,
rūpasvabhāvan na kalpayati na vikalpayati,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā, vijñānan na kalpayati na vikalpayati,
vijñānanimittaṃ na kalpayati na vikalpayati,
vijñānasvabhāvan na kalpayati na vikalpayati.
evaṃ dhātūn āyatanāni pratītyasamutpādaṃ pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni
kāmarūpārūpyadhātuṃ dānapāramitāṃ śīlapāramitāṃ kṣāntipāramitāṃ
vīryapāramitāṃ〔PSP_4 24〕dhyānapāramitāṃ prajñāpāramitām
adhyātmaśūnyatāṃ bahirdhāśūnyatām
adhyātmabahirdhāśūnyatāṃ yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāṃ
smṛtyu­pasthā­nasamyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamār­gāryasat­yapramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpatt­yaṣṭavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattīḥ
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhijñāḥ
sarvasa­mādhisar­vadhāra­ṇīmukha­daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmān
sarvajñatān na kalpayati na vikalpayati,
sarvajñatānimittan na kalpayati na vikalpayati,
sarvajñatāsvabhāvan na kalpayati na vikalpayati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte rūpam acintyaṃ, vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
vijñānam acintyam.
evaṃ
dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapāra­mitābo­dhipakṣ­yadhar­māryasat­yapramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpatt­yaṣṭavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattiśūn­yatāni­mittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñāsarva­śūnyatā­sarvasa­mādhisar­vadhāra­ṇīmukha­daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmāḥ
sarvajñatā acintyā.
evaṃ khalu subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
pūrvam api carito bhavati ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
tathāga­tāvaro­pitaku­śalamūlo bhavati bahubuddhaparyupāsitaḥ
kalyāṇamitraparigṛhīto bhavati.

§3274subhūtir āha: gambhīrā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā.

§3275bhagavān āha: rūpagambhīratayā subhūte gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
vijñānagambhīratayā subhūte gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā.
evaṃ
dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapāra­mitābo­dhipakṣ­yadhar­māryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpatt­yaṣṭavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattiśūn­yatāni­mittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñāsarva­śūnyatā­sarvasa­mādhisar­vadhāra­ṇīmukha­daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadhar­magambhī­ratayā
subhūte gambhīrā prajñāpāramitāḥ,
sarvajñatāgambhīratayā subhūte gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā.
ity avikalpaprayogaḥ

§3276subhūtir āha: ratnarāśir bhagavan prajñāpāramitā ratnadātrī,
srotāpattiphalasya sakṛdā­gāmipha­lasyanā­gāmipha­lasyār­hattvasya
pratye­kabuddhat­vasyānut­tarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodher dātrī dharmacakrapravartikeyaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā.
iti phalaratnadānaprayogaḥ subhūtir āha:
sarvadharmāṇāṃ śuddharāśir bhagavan prajñāpāramitā.

§3277bhagavān āha: rūpaviśuddhitām upādāya,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,〔PSP_4 25〕vijñānaviśuddhitām
upādāya.
evaṃ
dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapāra­mitābo­dhipakṣ­yadhar­māryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpatt­yaṣṭavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattiśūn­yatāni­mittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñādaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikābud­dhadharmāḥ,
sarvajñatāviśuddhitām upādāya.
iti viśuddhiprayogaḥ

§3278subhūtir āha: āścaryaṃ bhagavan yāvad asyāṃ gambhirāyāṃ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāyāṃ bahavo ‘ntarāyā utpadyeran.

§3279bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat,
bahvantarāyāyaṃ subhūte gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā,
tena kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā vā
imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhitā kṣipram eva likhitavyā,
uddiśatā dhārayatā vācayatā svādhyāyatā yoniśaś ca manasikurvatā,
bhāvayatā kṣipram eva bhāvayitavyā.
mā khalv asyāṃ gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ dhāryamāṇāyāṃ vācyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyāṃ
yoniśo manasikriyamāṇāyāṃ bhāvyamānāyāṃ vāntarāyaḥ
syād iti.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
sacet subhūte yaḥ kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā
māsena imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhet tena likhitavyaiva bhavet.
saced dvābhyāṃ tribhiś ca caturbhiḥ pañcabhiḥ
ṣaḍbhiḥ saptabhir aṣṭābhir yāvat saṃvatsareṇa likhet
tena likhitavyaiva bhaved evam upadeṣṭavyā dhārayitavyā
vācayitavyā svādhyātavyā yoniśo manasikartavyā.
sacet māsena vā bhāvayet tena bhāvayitavyā bhavet
yāvat saṃvatsareṇa bhāvayet tena bhāvayitavyā bhavet.
tat kasya hetor?
bahavaḥ subhūte mahāratnasyāntarāyā utpadyante.

§3280subhūtir āha: āścaryaṃ bhagavan yad asyāṃ gambhīrāyāṃ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ māraḥ pāpīyān antarāyāya yogam āpadyate,
yad utālikha­nāyānud­diśamā­nāyādhā­raṇāyā­vācanā­yāyoniśo manasikāraṇāyābhāvanāyai.

§3281bhagavān āha: kiṃ cāpi subhūte māraḥ
pāpīyān gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām
udyogam āpadyeta antarāya karaṇāya yad utālikhanāya yāvad
abhāvanāyai bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ
prajñāpāramitāṃ likhata uddiśato dhārayato vācayataḥ
svādhyāyato yoniśo manasikurvato bhāvayato na śaknoty antarāyaṃ kartum.
ity adhimuktiprayogaḥ ity uktaḥ prayogaḥ〔PSP_4 26〕

§3282atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavantam etad avocat:
kasya bhagavann anubhāvena māraḥ pāpīyān
na śaknoty antarāyaṃ kartuṃ bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānām imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatām
uddiśatāṃ dhārayatāṃ vācayatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ yoniśo manasikurvatāṃ bhāvayatām?

§3283bhagavān āha: buddhānubhāvena śāriputra māraḥ
pāpīyān na śaknoty antarāyaṃ kartuṃ bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānām imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatām
uddiśatāṃ dhārayatāṃ vācayatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ yoniśo manasikurvatāṃ bhāvayatām.
ye ‘pi te śāriputra samantā daśasu dikṣu buddhā
bhagavantas tiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti,
teṣām api buddhānāṃ bhagavatām anubhāvāt.
te ‘pi buddhā bhagavantas tān bodhisattvān
mahāsattvān samanvāhariṣyanti anuparigrahīṣyanti,
taiś ca buddhair bhagavadbhir anuparigṛhītānāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānāṃ māraḥ pāpīyān na śaknoty antarāyaṃ kartum,
imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatāṃ dhārayatāṃ vācayatām
uddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ yoniśo manasikurvatāṃ bhāvayatām.
tat kasya hetor?
na hi śāriputra buddhair bhagavadbhir anuparigṛhītānāṃ
bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ māreṇa pāpīyasā śaknoty antarāyaḥ
kartum.
tat kasya hetor?
dharmaṃ teṣāṃ śāriputra ye ‘pi te samantād
daśasu dikṣv aprameyeṣv asaṃkhyeyeṣu
lokadhātuṣv aprameyā asaṃkhyeyās tathāgatā arhantaḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhās tiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti,
te ‘pi buddhā bhagavanta imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ
likhato dhārayato vācayata uddiśataḥ
svādhyāyato yoniśo manasikurvato bhāvayato bodhisattvān
mahāsattvān samanvāharanti.
iti māraśaktivyāghātaguṇaḥ

§3284veditavyaṃ tena śāriputra kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā vā
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatā vā
dhārayatā vā vācayatā vā uddiśatā vā
svādhyāyatā vā yoniśo manasikurvatā vā bhāvayatā vā
buddhānubhāvenāham imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhāmi
dhārayāmi vācayāmi uddiśāmi svādhyāyāmi bhāvayāmi yoniśo manasikaromi.

§3285śāriputra āha: yaḥ kaścid bhagavan kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhiṣyati dhārayiṣyati
vācayiṣyati uddekṣyati svādhyāsyati yoniśo manasikariṣyati
bhāvayiṣyati veditavyaṃ bhagavan〔PSP_4 27〕sarvan tadbuddhānubhāvena,
sarve ca te buddhaparigṛhītā bhaviṣyanti.

§3286bhagavān āha: evam etac chāriputra evam etat,
yathā vadasi yaḥ kaścit kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhiṣyati dhārayiṣyati
vācayiṣyati uddekṣyati svādhyāsyati yoniśo
manasikariṣyati bhāvayiṣyati veditavyaṃ śāriputra sarvan
tadbuddhānubhāvena sarve te buddhaparigṛhītā bhaviṣyanti.
iti buddha­samanvā­hārajñā­panaguṇaḥ

§3287śāriputra āha: jñātās te bhagavan jñānena kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca dṛṣṭās te bhagavan māṃsacakṣuṣā kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca tair buddhair
bhagavadbhir ye te pūrvadigbhāge yāvad daśasu dikṣv aprameyāsaṃkhyeyeṣu
lokadhātuṣu aprameyāsaṃkhyeyās tathāgatā arhantaḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhās tiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti,
teṣāñ ca bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhiṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti
vācayiṣyanti uddekṣyanti svādhyāsyanti bhāvayiṣyanti
yoniśo manasikariṣyanti tathatvāya pratipatsyante.

§3288bhagavān āha: evam etac chāriputra evam etat,
jñātās te śāriputra jñānena kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca
dṛṣṭās te śāriputra māṃsacakṣuṣā kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca tair buddhair
bhagavadbhir ye te pūrvasyāṃ diśi yāvad daśasu dikṣv aprameyāsaṃkhyeyeṣu
lokadhātuṣu aprameyāsaṃkhyeyās tathāgatā arhantaḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhās tiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti,
teṣāñ ca ye bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhiṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti
vācayiṣyanti uddekṣyanti svādhyāsyanti bhāvayiṣyanti
yoniśo manasikariṣyanti tathatvāya pratipatsyante.
iti buddhap­ratyak­ṣīkara­ṇaguṇaḥ

§3289te khalu punar mahāyānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca
veditavyā abhyāsannī bhaviṣyanty anuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.
iti saṃbodhābhyāsīkaraṇaguṇaḥ

§3290ye ‘pi te śāriputra kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhitvā pustakagatāṃ kṛtvā
dhārayiṣyanti.
te khalu punaḥ śāriputra bodhisattvayānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām
adhimuktibahulā bhaviṣyanti,
ye ‘pīmāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ satkariṣyanti
gurukariṣyanti mānayiṣyanti pūjayiṣyanti
puṣpadhū­pagandha­mālyavi­lepana­cūrṇacī­varacchat­radhva­japatā­kābhiḥ.〔PSP_4 28〕
te ‘pi śāriputra bodhisattvayānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca jñātā dṛṣṭāś ca buddhair
bhagavadbhis tathāgatāś ca buddhacakṣuṣā paśyanti,
teṣām api kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṛṇāṃ ca
mahārthaṃ mahānuśaṃsaṃ mahāphalaṃ mahāvipākaṃ
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhitvā
dhārayiṣyanti.
te tena kuśalamūlena na jātu buddhair
bhagavadbhir virahitā bhaviṣyanti.
te na jātv apāyeṣūpapatsyante devamanuṣyeṣūpapatsyamānā buddhabodhisattvair
avirahitā bhaviṣyanti.
avinivartanīyāṃ bhūmiṃ cātikramiṣyanti,
te ca bodhisattvayānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaro vā
tenaiva kuśalamūlena na jātu virahitā bhaviṣyanti ṣaḍbhiḥ pāramitābhiḥ,
adhyātmaśūnyatayā bahirdhāśūnyatayā adhyātmabahirdhāśūnyatayā
yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatayā na jātu virahitā bhaviṣyanti,
smṛtyu­pasthā­nasamyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamār­gāryasat­yadhyā­nāpramā­ṇārūpya­samāpat­tibhir
na jātu virahitā bhaviṣyanti,
śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitair vimokṣamukhair
na jātu virahitā bhaviṣyanti, aṣṭābhir vimokṣair
navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattibhir na jātu virahitā bhaviṣyanti,
abhijñābhiḥ samādhidhāraṇīmukhair na jātu virahitā bhaviṣyanti,
daśabhis tathāgatabalaiḥ caturbhir vaiśāradyaiś catasṛbhiḥ
pratisaṃvidbhir yāvad aṣṭādaśabhir āveṇikair
buddhadharmair na jātu virahitā bhaviṣyanti sarvajñatayā ca.
iti mahārthatādiguṇaḥ

§3291iyaṃ ca śāriputra prajñāpāramitā tathāgatasyātyayena dakṣiṇāpathe pracariṣyati,
tatra bhikṣur bhikṣuṇy upāsakopāsikā imāṃ
gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhiṣyanti udgṛhīṣyanti
dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti yoniśaś ca
manasikariṣyanti.
te tena kuśalamūlena na durgativinipātaṃ gamiṣyanti
te devamānuṣikīsaṃpattiṃ pratyanubhavamānāḥ
ṣaḍbhiḥ pāramitābhir abhyudgamiṣyanti buddhāṃś ca
bhagavataḥ satkurvāṇā gurukurvāṇā mānayamānāḥ
pūjayamānā anupūrveṇa tribhir yānaiḥ
parinirvāsyanti yad uta śrāvakayānena vā
pratyekabuddhayānena vā mahāyānena vā.

§3292seyaṃ śāriputra gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā dakṣiṇāpathād vartanyāṃ pracariṣyati.
tatrāpi bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇy upāsakopāsikāś ca
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhiṣyanty udgṛhīṣyanti
dhārayiṣyanti〔PSP_4 29〕vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti yoniśaś ca
manasikariṣyanti satkariṣyanti gurukariṣyanti mānayiṣyanti
pūjayiṣyanti puṣpadhū­pagandha­mālyavi­lepana­cūrṇacī­varacchat­radhva­japatā­kābhiḥ.
te tena kuśalamūlena na durgativinipātaṃ gamiṣyanti,
devamanuṣyasaṃpattiṃ pratyanubhavamānāḥ
ṣaḍbhiḥ pāramitābhir abhyudgatā bhaviṣyanti,
buddhān bhagavataḥ satkurvāṇā gurukurvāṇā mānayamānāḥ
pūjayamānā anupūrveṇa tribhir yānaiḥ
niryāsyanti śrāvakayānena vā pratyekabuddhayānena vā
mahāyānena vā.

§3293sā khalu punar iyaṃ śāriputra gambhīrā
prajñāpāramitā vartanyā uttarāpathe pracariṣyati,
tatrāpi śāriputra bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇy upāsakopāsikāś ca
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhiṣyanty udgṛhīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti
vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti yoniśaś ca manasikariṣyanti,
te tena kuśalamūlena na durgativinipātaṃ gamiṣyanti,
te devamanuṣyasaṃpattiṃ pratyanubhūya ṣaḍbhiḥ
pāramitābhir abhyudgatā bhaviṣyanti, buddhāṃś ca bhagavataḥ
satkariṣyanti gurukariṣyanti mānayiṣyanti pūjayiṣyanti,
anupūrveṇa tribhir yānair niryāsyanti śrāvakayānena vā
pratyekabuddhayānena vā mahāyānena vā.

§3294tatra śāriputra iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā buddhakṛtyaṃ kariṣyati tat kasya hetor?
na hi śāriputra maṇḍaprāpte dharmavinaye saddharmāntarddhānaṃ bhaviṣyati,
samanvāhṛtās te śāriputra mayā kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca,
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhiṣyanty udgṛhīṣyanti
dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti yoniśaś ca
manasikariṣyanti tathatvāya ca pratipatsyante,
ye ‘pi te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhiṣyanti likhitvā ca
satkariṣyanti gurukariṣyanti mānayiṣyanti pūjayiṣyanti
puṣpadhū­pagandha­mālyavi­lepana­cūrṇacī­varacchat­radhva­japatā­kābhis,
te ca khalu punaḥ śāriputra kulaputrā vā kuladuhitaraś ca
tena kuśalamūlena na durgativinipātaṃ gamiṣyanti
devamānuṣikīsaṃpattiṃ pratyanubhūya ṣaḍbhiḥ
pāramitābhir abhyudgatā bhaviṣyanti abhyudgamya buddhān bhagavataḥ
satkurvanto gurukurvanto mānayanto pūjayanto ‘nupūrveṇa tribhir yānair
niryāsyanti śrāvakayānena vā pratyekabuddhayānena vā
mahāyānena vā.
tat kasya hetor?
dṛṣṭā hi te śāriputra kulaputrāḥ〔PSP_4 30〕kuladuhitaraś ca
tathāgatena buddhacakṣuṣā varṇitās tathāgatena praśastās te tathāgatena,
ye ‘pi te samantād daśasu dikṣu sarvalokadhātuprasareṣu
buddhā bhagavantas tiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti tair
api tathāgatair api arhadbhiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhair
dṛṣṭās te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca
buddhacakṣuṣā varṇitās te praśastās te kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca.

§3295śāriputra āha: vaistārikī punar iyaṃ bhagavan gambhīrā
prajñāpāramitā paścime kāle paścime samaye uttarasyāṃ diśi bhaviṣyati.

§3296bhagavān āha: evam etac chāriputra evam etat,
iyaṃ śāriputra gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā paścime kāle
paścime samaye uttarasyāṃ diśi vaistārikī bhaviṣyati.
tatra śāriputra paścime kāle paścime samaye te kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śroṣyanti śrutvā
ca likhiṣyanti udgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti
paryavāpsyanti yoniśo manasikariṣyanti tathatvāya ca
pratipatsyante.
cirayānasaṃprasthitās te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca
bahubuddhaparyupāsitās te tathāga­tāvaro­pitaku­śalamūlā
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śroṣyanti śrutvā ca
likhiṣyanti udgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti
paryavāpsyanti yoniśaś ca manasikariṣyanti tathatvāya ca
pratipatsyante.

§3297śāriputra āha: kiyantas te bhagavan kulaputrā vā
kuladuhitaro vā bhaviṣyanti?,
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ paścime
kāle paścime samaye uttare digbhāge śrutvā
likhiṣyanti udgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti
paryavāpsyanti yoniśaś ca manasikariṣyanti tathatvāya ca
pratipatsyante.

§3298bhagavān āha: kiṃ cāpi śāriputra paścime kāle paścime samaye
uttare digbhāge bahavo bodhisattvā mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti,
alpakāḥ punaḥ śāriputra bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ
kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanti,
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
likhiṣyanti udgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti
paryavāpsyanti yoniśaś ca manasikariṣyanti tathatvāya ca
pratipatsyante.
iti deśanirūpaṇāguṇaḥ〔PSP_4 31〕

§3299tena khalu punaḥ śāriputra bodhisattvā
mahāsattvāḥ kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāṃ śrutvā
nottrasiṣyanti na saṃtrasiṣyanti na saṃtrāsam āpatsyante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
anubaddhā hi taiḥ kulaputraiḥ kuladuhitṛbhiś ca
tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ paripṛcchitāś ca
paripraśnīkṛtāś ca.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
prajñāpāramitā paripūrṇā hi te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca
bhaviṣyanti.
evaṃ dhyānapāramitā vīryapāramitā kṣāntipāramitā śīlapāramitā,
dānapāramitāparipūrṇāś ca te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca
bhaviṣyanti, adhyātmaśūnyatāparipūrṇāś ca
te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanti,
bahirdhāśūnyatāparipūrṇāś ca te kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanti,
adhyāt­mabahir­dhāśūn­yatāpa­ripūrṇāś ca
te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanti,
yāvad abhāvas­vabhāva­śūnyatā­paripūrṇāś ca te kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanti.
evaṃ smṛtyu­pasthā­nasamyakp­rahānārd­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgāṣ­ṭāṅgamār­gapari­pūrṇāś ca
te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanti,
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tipari­pūrṇāś ca
te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanti,
āryasatyaparipūrṇāś ca te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanti,
aṣṭavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattipa­ripūrṇāś ca
te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanti,
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñāpari­pūrṇāś ca te kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanti samādhi­dhāraṇī­mukhapa­ripūrṇāś ca
te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanti,
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadhar­mapari­pūrṇāś ca
te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca bhaviṣyanti.
te khalu punaḥ śāriputra kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca
kuśalamūlopastabdhāś ca bahujanasya ca te ‘tha kariṣyanti,
imām anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim ārabhya.
iti sarvānās­ravadhar­mapari­pūraṇaguṇaḥ

§3300tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hy amutra mayā teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṛṇāṃ ca
sarvaj­ñatāpra­tisaṃyuktaiva kathā kathitā,
ye ‘pi te ‘bhūvann atīte ‘dhvani tathāgatā arhantaḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhās, tair api buddhair
bhagavadbhis teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṛṇāṃ ca
sarvaj­ñatāpra­tisaṃyuktaiva kathā kathitā teṣāñ jātivyativṛttānām
api ta eva samudācārā bhaviṣyanti,
yad utānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim ārabhya,
te parebhyaḥ tathaiva kathāṃ kariṣyanti,
yad utānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim ārabhya.〔PSP_4 32〕
iti kathāpuruṣatāguṇaḥ

§3301te khalu punaḥ śāriputra bodhisattvāḥ
kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca saṃhatā bhaviṣyanti,
te na śakyante bhettuṃ māreṇa vā
mārakāyikābhir vā devatābhir anuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ prāg evānyaiḥ pāpecchaiḥ pāpasamācārair,
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ pratilapsyante.
ity abhedyatāguṇaḥ

§3302te khalu punaḥ śāriputra bodhisattvāḥ kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
udārāṃ prītiṃ prasādaṃ pramodyaṃ pratilapsyante.
te ca bahujanaṃ kuśalamūleṣu pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyanti yad utānuttarām
eva samyaksaṃbodhim ārabhya.
ity asādhā­raṇaku­śalamū­lotpat­tiguṇaḥ

§3303evaṃ ca taiḥ kulaputraiḥ kuladuhitṛbhiś ca
mama saṃmukhaṃ vāg bhāṣitā,
vayaṃ bhagavan bahūni prāṇiśatāni
bahūni prāṇisahasrāṇi bahūni prāṇiśatasahasrāṇi
bahūni prāṇiko­ṭīniyu­taśata­sahasrāṇi kuśalamūleṣu
pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmo yad utānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim ārabhya.
bodhaye pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmaḥ saṃdarśayiṣyāmaḥ
samādāpayiṣyāmaḥ samuttejayiṣyāmaḥ
saṃpraharṣayiṣyāmo ‘vinivartanīyatve ca
vyākariṣyāmaḥ.
tat kasya hetor?
anumoditā mayā teṣāṃ bodhisattvayānikānāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāṃ ca vāg bhāṣitā cittena cittaṃ vyavalokya,
atītānām api tathāgatānām arhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ
puratas taiḥ kulaputraiḥ kuladuhitṛbhiś caivaṃ bhāṣitā,
vayaṃ bahūni prāṇiśatāni bahūni prāṇisahasrāṇi bahūni
prāṇiśatasahasrāṇi bahūni prāṇiko­ṭīniyu­taśata­sahasrāṇi
bodhisattvacaryāṃ caranto bodhāya pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmaḥ
saṃdarśayiṣyāmaḥ samādāpayiṣyāmaḥ samuttejayiṣyāmaḥ
saṃpraharṣayiṣyāmo ‘vinivartanīyatve na ca
vyākariṣyāmaḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi tair atītais tathāgatair arhadbhiḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhair anumoditā teṣāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāṃ ca vāg bhāṣitā cittena cittaṃ vyavalokya,
teṣāṃ ca khalu śāriputra kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāṃ ca mayā anumoditam ete bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā bodhāya caranto bahūni prāṇiśatāni
bahūni prāṇisahasrāṇi bahūni prāṇiśatasahasrāṇi bahūni
prāṇiko­ṭīniyu­taśata­sahasrāṇi anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye〔PSP_4 33〕
pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyanti saṃdarśayiṣyanti samādāpayiṣyanti
samuttejayiṣyanti saṃpraharṣayiṣyanti avinivartanīyatve vyākariṣyanti.
iti pratij­ñāyāthārth­yasaṃpā­danaguṇaḥ

§3304te khalu punaḥ śāriputra kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca udārādhimuktikā bhaviṣyanti,
rūpe śabde gandhe rase spraṣṭavye dharmeṣu
te udārāṇi dānāni dāsyanti, udārāṇi dānāni dattvā
udārāṇi kuśalamūlāny abhisaṃskariṣyanti.
te udārāṇi kuśalamūlāni abhisaṃskṛtyodāraṃ vipākaṃ parigrahīṣyanti,
te udāraṃ vipākaṃ parigṛhya teṣām eva sattvānām
arthāya vipākād vipākaṃ parigṛhīṣyanti.
ity udāraphalaparigrahaguṇaḥ

§3305teṣām eva sarvasattvānāṃ sarvavastūni parityajanti,
yadi vā adhyātmikāni yadi vā bāhyāni sa tena kuśalamūlena anyāni
buddhakṣetrāṇi adhyālambiṣyati yatra saṃmukhī bhūtās tathāgatā arhantaḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhā dharmaṃ deśayanti.
teṣu ca imām eva prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
tatrāpi buddhakṣetre bahūni prāṇiśatāni
bahūni prāṇisahasrāṇi bahūni prāṇiśatasahasrāṇi bahūni
prāṇiko­ṭīniyu­taśata­sahasrāṇi anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye
saṃdarśayiṣyanti samādāpayiṣyanti samuttejayiṣyanti saṃpraharṣayiṣyanti.

§3306śāriputra āha: āścaryaṃ bhagavan yāvad idaṃ tathāgatenārhatā
samyaksaṃbuddhena na sa kaścid dharmo yo nājñāto,
na sā kācid dharmatathatā yā nājñātā,
na sā kācit sattvānāṃ caryā yā nājñātā,
yatra hi nāmātītānām api tathāgatānāṃ
bodhisattvā buddhakṣetrāṇi śrāvakāś cājñātāḥ,
anāgatānām api tathāgatānāṃ bodhisattvā
buddhakṣetrāṇi śrāvakāś cājñātāḥ,
pratyutpannānām api tathāgatānāṃ
bodhisattvā buddhakṣetrāṇi śrāvakāś cājñātā,
ye ca te daśadiglokadhātuṣu tathāgatā arhantaḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhās tiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti dharmañ ca deśayanti,
teṣām api tathāgatānām arhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ
bodhisattvā buddhakṣetrāṇi śrāvakāś cājñātāḥ.
iti sattvārthapratipattiguṇaḥ

§3307ye ‘pi te bhagavan bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
āsāṃ ṣaṇṇāṃ pāramitānāṃ〔PSP_4 34〕kṛtaśa udyogam āpatsyante,
te ‘pi etāḥ ṣaṭ pāramitā gaveṣiṣyante paryeṣiṣyante.
teṣāṃ khalu punaḥ kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṛṇāñ ca
imāḥ ṣaṭ pāramitā gaveṣamāṇānāṃ paryeṣamāṇānām etāḥ
ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ kecil lapsyante?
kecin na lapsyante?

§3308bhagavān āha: prāyeṇa śāriputra teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāṃ ca sarvā imāḥ ṣaṭ pāramitā upapatsyante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi śāriputra te kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś cāsāṃ ṣaṇṇāṃ pāramitānām
udyogam āpannāḥ.

§3309śāriputra āha: kiṃ punar bhagavann ime gambhīrā gambhīrāḥ
sūtrāntāḥ ṣaṭ pāramitā pratisaṃyuktās teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāṃ cotpatsyante?

§3310bhagavān āha: gambhīrā gambhīrāḥ śāriputra sūtrāntāḥ
ṣaṭ pāramitā pratisaṃyuktās teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāṃ cotpatsyante.

§3311śāriputra āha: keṣāṃ bhagavan kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāṃ cotpatsyante?

§3312bhagavān āha: ye śāriputra bodhisattvāḥ
kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś cāsāṃ ṣaṇṇāṃ pāramitānāṃ
kṛtaśaḥ tīvreṇa prasādena nirapekṣāḥ
kāye jīvite codyogam āpatsyante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
evaṃ hy etac chāriputra bhavati,
ye ‘nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau sattvān
pratiṣṭhāpayanti saṃdarśayanti samādāpayanti
samuttejayanti saṃpraharṣayanti niveśayanti.
teṣāṃ khalu punaḥ śāriputra kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṛṇāṃ ca
jātivyativṛttānām apy etāḥ ṣaṭ pāramitā upapatsyante,
te ṣaṭpāramitāsu yathopadiṣṭāsu pravartamānās tāvad
vīryaṃ na saṃśrayiṣyanti yāvan na buddhakṣetraṃ pariśodhayiṣyanti.
sattvāṃś ca na paripācayiṣyanti,
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhin nābhisaṃbhotsyante.
iti prajñāpāramitāyā alobha­vikalā­lobhavi­paryayeṇa niyatilābhaguṇa ity uktā guṇāḥ

§3313atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
guṇā ime bhagavan parikīrtitās teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāñ ca ye ‘nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau saṃprasthitāḥ
ṣaṭpāramitāsu cariṣyanti, sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyanti,
buddhakṣetrāṇi pariśodhayiṣyanti.
kīdṛśāḥ khalu punar bhagavaṃs teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāṃ cāntarāyā utpatsyante?〔PSP_4 35〕

§3314bhagavān āha: cireṇa pratibhānam utpatsyate,
idaṃ subhūte mārakarma veditavyaṃ bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānām.

§3315subhūtir āha: kena kāraṇena bhagavaṃś cireṇa pratibhānam utpatsyate,
yad bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ mārakarma veditavyam?

§3316bhagavān āha: iha subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāñ caran kṛcchreṇa prajñāpāramitāṃ paripūrayiṣyati.
kṛcchreṇa dhyānapāramitāṃ paripūrayiṣyati,
kṛcchreṇa vīryapāramitāṃ paripūrayiṣyati,
kṛcchreṇa kṣāntipāramitāṃ paripūrayiṣyati,
kṛcchreṇa śīlapāramitāṃ paripūrayiṣyati,
kṛcchreṇa dānapāramitāṃ paripūrayiṣyati,
anena subhūte paryāyena cireṇa pratibhānam utpatsyate,
idaṃ subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti kṛcchraprāptiḥ

§3317punar aparaṃ subhūte atikṣipraṃ pratibhānam utpatsyate tena ca maṃsyate,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3318subhūtir āha: kena paryāyeṇa bhagavan bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānām atikṣipraṃ pratibhānotpattyā mārakarma utpatsyate?

§3319bhagavān āha: iha subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya dānapāramitāyāṃ carataḥ
śīlakṣān­tivīryadh­yānapraj­ñāpāra­mitāyāṃ carato
‘nupāya­kuśala­mūlasyā­tikṣipraṃ pratibhānam utpatsyate,
anena subhūte paryāyeṇa bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānām
atikṣipraṃ pratibhānotpattyā mārakarma veditavyam.
ity āśupratibhānatā

§3320punar aparaṃ subhūte vijṛmbhamāṇā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhiṣyanti,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3321punar aparaṃ subhūte hasanta imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhiṣyanti,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3322punar aparaṃ subhūte parasparam uccagghayamānā
imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhiṣyanti,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti kāyavikāradauṣṭhulyaṃ trividham

§3323punar aparaṃ subhūte vikṣiptacittā likhiṣyanti,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3324punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘nyonyavijñānasamaṅgino likhiṣyanti,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.〔PSP_4 36〕

§3325punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānām evaṃ bhaviṣyati,
na vayaṃ atrāsvādaṃ labhāmaha ity utthāyāsanāt prakramiṣyanti,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti cittadauṣṭhulyaṃ trividham punar aparaṃ
subhūte vijṛmbhamāṇā utthāyāsānāt prakramiṣyanti,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3326punar aparaṃ subhūte vijṛmbhamāṇā svādhyāsyanti
dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti deśayiṣyanti,
vijṛmbhamāṇā manasikariṣyanti,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3327punar aparaṃ subhūte parasparaṃ hasamānā udgrahīṣyanti
dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti,
parasparaṃ hasamānā yoniśo manasikariṣyanti,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3328punar aparaṃ subhūte parasparam uccagghayamānā
likhiṣyanti udgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti
paryavāpsyanti yoniśaś ca manasikariṣyanti,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3329punar aparaṃ subhūte vikṣiptacittā udgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti
vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti yoniśaś ca manasikariṣyanti,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3330punar aparaṃ subhūte anyonyavyañjanasamaṅgina udgrahīṣyanti
dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti yoniśaś ca manasikariṣyanti,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
ity ayogavihitasvādhyāyāditā

§3331evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
yad bhagavan evam āha,
na vayam atra āsvādaṃ labhāmaha ity utthāyāsanāt prakramiṣyanti,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam iti.
kena kāraṇena bhagavan nātrāsvādaṃ labhante?

§3332bhagavān āha: tathā hi subhūte pūrvam api na caritāḥ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ,
dhyānapāramitāyāṃ vīryapāramitāyāṃ kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ śīlapāramitāyāṃ,
tathā hi subhūte pūrvam api na caritā dānapāramitāyāṃ,
tena kāraṇena subhūte āsvādaṃ na labhante,
iha prajñāpāramitāyāṃ〔PSP_4 37〕bhāṣyamāṇāyām
utthāyāsanāt prakramiṣyanti.

§3333punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānām evaṃ bhavati,
na vayam atra vyākṛtāḥ prajñāpāramitāyām
ity aprasannacittā utthāyāsanāt prakramiṣyanti,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3334subhūtir āha: kena kāraṇena bhagavan na vyākṛtāḥ
prajñāpāramitāyām utthāyāsanāt prakramiṣyanti?

§3335bhagavān āha: na khalu punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
anavakrāntaniyāmā vyākriyante anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau,
na mamātra prajñāpāramitāyān
nāma gṛhītam iti prasādan na pratilapsyante,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3336subhūtir āha: kena kāraṇena bhagavan nāmadheyāni
na parikīrtitāni bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānām
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām?

§3337bhagavān āha: na khalu punaḥ subhūte avyākṛtānāṃ
bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ nāmadheyāni parikīrtante,
nāpi mama nāmadheyaṃ parikīrtitaṃ grāmasya vā nagarasya vā
nigamasya vā rājadhānyā vā rāṣṭrasya vā yatrāhaṃ jāta iti,
sa prajñāpāramitān na śrotavyāṃ maṃsyate,
sa tataḥ pariṣado ‘pakramitavyaṃ maṃsyate,
sa yathā yathāpakramitavyaṃ maṃsyante
tathā tathā dūrībhaviṣyanti buddhadharmebhyo,
yāvata upakrameṇa cittotpādam utpādayiṣyanti,
tāvataḥ kalpān saṃparigrahīṣyati,
yatra tena punar eva yogam āpattavyam iti,
vaimukhyanimittagrāhitāṃ tān sūtrāntān gaveṣitavyān
maṃsyante, yena sarvajñajñānasyāhārikāḥ
prajñāpāramitāṃ sarvajñajñānasyāhārikāṃ cchorayitvā
tān paryeṣitavyān maṃsyante.
evaṃ bodhisattvāḥ kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca
sarvajñatājñānādhigamasya mūlaṃ cchorayitvā
śākhāpatrapalāśam adhyālambitavyaṃ maṃsyante,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3338subhūtir āha: katame te bhagavan sūtrāntā
ye sarvajñajñānasyāhārakā na bhavanti,
yān paryavāptavyān maṃsyante?

§3339bhagavān āha: ye sūtrāntāḥ śrāvakap­ratyeka­buddha­yānapra­tisaṃyuktāḥ,
tadyathā smṛtyu­pasthā­nasamyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamārgāḥ
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tavimok­ṣamukhaṃ yatra sthitvā〔PSP_4 38〕
kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca srotaāpattiphalaṃ prāpnuvanti,
sakṛdāgāmiphalam anāgāmiphalam arhattvaṃ pratyekabodhiṃ prāpnuvanti,
ime te subhūte śrāvakap­ratyeka­buddha­bhūmip­ratisaṃ­yuktāḥ sūtrāntā,
ye sarvajñatāyā nāharaṇāya saṃvartante,
te prajñāpāramitāṃ riñcitvā tāṃ paryavāptavyāṃ maṃsyante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
prajñāpāramitānirjātā hi subhūte bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā laukikalokottarair dharmair niryāsyanti,
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ śikṣyamāṇāḥ subhūte bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā laukikalokottareṣu dharmeṣu
śikṣiṣyante.
iti hetubhraṃśaḥ

§3340tadyathāpi nāma subhūte kukkuraḥ svāmino ‘ntikāt piṇḍañ chorayitvā
karmakarasyāntikād ālopaṃ mārgitavyaṃ manyeta.
evam eva subhūte bhaviṣyanty anāgate ‘dhvani mahāyānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś cemāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ sarvabuddhadharmāṇāṃ
mūlaṃ cchorayitvā śākhāpatrapalāśasadṛśān
śrāvakayānapratisaṃyuktān pratye­kabuddha­yānapra­tisaṃyuktāṃś ca
sūtrāntān paryavāptavyān maṃsyante,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3341punar aparaṃ subhūte bhaviṣyanty anāgate ‘dhvani bodhisattvayānikāḥ
kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś cemāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ riñcitvā
lābhasatkārahetoḥ śrāvakap­ratyeka­buddha­yānapra­tisaṃyuktān
paryavāptavyān maṃsyante,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti praṇītāsvādabhraṃśaḥ

§3342tadyathāpi nāma subhūte kaścid eva puruṣo hastino ‘rthiko bhavet,
sa hastinaṃ labdhvā hastipadaṃ paryeṣitavyaṃ manyeta.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte ‘pi nu sa puruṣaḥ paṇḍitajātīyo bhavet.

§3343subhūtir āha: no bhagavan.

§3344bhagavān āha: evam eva subhūte bodhisattvayānikāḥ
pudgalā veditavyā ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ riñcitvā
ye te sūtrāntāḥ śrāvakayānapratisaṃyuktāḥ
pratye­kabuddha­yānapra­tisaṃyuktās tān paryavāptavyān
maṃsyante.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte ‘pi nu paṇḍitajātīyās te mahāyānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca bhaveyuḥ.

§3345subhūtir āha: no bhagavan.

§3346bhagavān āha: idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānāṃ mārakarma〔PSP_4 39〕veditavyam.
ity uttamayānabhraṃśaḥ

§3347tadyathāpi nāma subhūte puruṣo mahāsamudraṃ draṣṭukāmo bhavet,
sa mahāsamudraṃ dṛṣṭvā goṣpadaṃ paryeṣitavyaṃ manyeta,
tasya taṃ goṣpadaṃ dṛṣṭvā evaṃ bhavet,
evaṃpramāṇo mahāsamudra iti.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte ‘pi nu sa puruṣaḥ paṇḍitajātiko bhavet.

§3348subhūtir āha: no bhagavan.

§3349bhagavān āha: evam eva subhūte tathārūpās te mahāyānikāḥ
kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca veditavyā,
ya imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā labdhvā vā tām
utsṛjya śrāvakap­ratyeka­buddhap­ratisaṃ­yuktān sūtrāntān
udgrahītavyān maṃsyante.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte api nu paṇḍitajātīyās te mahāyānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca bhaveyuḥ.

§3350subhūtir āha: no bhagavan.

§3351bhagavān āha: idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānāṃ mārakarma veditavyam.
ity uddeśabhraṃśaḥ

§3352tadyathāpi nāma subhūte palagaṇḍo vā palagaṇḍāntevāsī vā
vaijayantasya prāsādasya pramāṇena prāsādaṃ kartukāmo bhavet,
sa sūryācandramasor maṇḍalavimānāt pramāṇam udgrahītavyaṃ manyet.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte vaijayantaṃ paryeṣya vaijayantasamaṃ prāsādaṃ kartukāmaḥ
sūryācandramasor vā maṇḍalavimānāt pramāṇam udgṛhṇīyād,
api nu sa paṇḍitajātīyaḥ puruṣo bhavet.

§3353subhūtir āha: no bhagavan.

§3354bhagavān āha: evam eva subhūte bhaviṣyanty anāgate
‘dhvani ekatyā bodhisattvayānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
vā labdhvā vā riñcitvā cchorayitvā vā
śrāvakap­ratyeka­buddhap­ratisaṃ­yuktaiḥ sūtrāntaiḥ
sarvākārajñatāṃ paryeṣitavyāṃ maṃsyante.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte api nu paṇḍitajātīyās te bodhisattvāḥ
kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca bhaveyuḥ.

§3355subhūtir āha: no bhagavan.

§3356bhagavān āha: idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānāṃ mārakarma veditavyam.
iti hetupha­lasaṃban­dhabhraṃśaḥ

§3357punar aparaṃ subhūte tadyathāpi nāma kasyacid
eva puruṣasya koṭṭarājānaṃ dṛṣṭvā evaṃ bhaved,
īdṛśo rājā cakravartī varṇena saṃsthānena〔PSP_4 40〕ca
yādṛśo ‘yaṃ koṭṭarāja iti.
sa koṭṭarājasya varṇasaṃs­thānenā­kṛtyāni­mittaṃ liṅgāni
udgṛhyaivaṃ vaded, rājñaś cakravartinaḥ
īdṛśo varṇasaṃsthānākṛtiviśeṣa iti.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte api nu sa puruṣaḥ paṇḍitajātīyo bhavet.

§3358subhūtir āha: no bhagavan.

§3359bhagavān āha: evam eva subhūte bhaviṣyanty anāgate
‘dhvani ekatyā mahāyānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
labdhvā vā tāṃ riñcitvā cchorayitvā vā
śrāvakap­ratyeka­buddhap­ratisaṃ­yuktaiḥ sūtrāntaiḥ
sarvākārajñatāṃ paryeṣitavyāṃ maṃsyante.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte ‘pi nu te mahāyānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca
paṇḍitajātikāḥ syuḥ.

§3360subhūtir āha: no bhagavan.

§3361bhagavān āha: idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānāṃ mārakarma veditavyam.
iti niruttarapadabhraṃśaḥ

§3362punar aparaṃ subhūte teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāṃ cemāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatāṃ bahūni pratibhānāny utpatsyante,
yānīmāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhyamānāṃ
vikṣepsyanti.
tadyathāpi nāma rūpapratibhānaṃ śabdagan­dharasasp­raṣṭav­yadhar­maprati­bhānaṃ
dānapāramitāpratibhānaṃ śīlakṣān­tivīryadh­yānapraj­ñāpāra­mitāpra­tibhānaṃ
kāmadhātupratibhānaṃ rūpadhātupratibhānam ārūpyadhātupratibhānam
uddeśas­vādhyā­yaprati­bhānaṃ vaiyāvṛtyapratibhānaṃ
smṛtyupasthānapratibhānaṃ samyakprahāṇapratibhānam
ṛddhipā­dendri­yabala­bodhyaṅ­gamārgap­ratibhānaṃ
sarvadh­yānavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhap­ratibhānam
adhyāt­maśūnya­tāprati­bhānaṃ bahirdhā­śūnyatāp­ratibhānam
adhyāt­mabahir­dhāśūn­yatāpra­tibhānaṃ
śūnyatāśūnyatāpratibhānaṃ mahāśūnyatāpratibhānaṃ
paramār­thaśūn­yatāpra­tibhānaṃ saṃskṛ­taśūnya­tāprati­bhānam
asaṃskṛ­taśūnya­tāprati­bhānam atyanta­śūnyatāp­ratibhānaṃ,
yāvad abhāvas­vabhāva­śūnyatāp­ratibhānaṃ balapratibhānaṃ
vaiśāradyapratibhānaṃ pratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadhar­maprati­bhānaṃ,
yāvad anuttaraṃ samyak­saṃbodhip­ratibhānam.
tat kasya hetor?
apratibhānā hi subhūte prajñāpāramitā,
acintyā hi subhūte prajñāpāramitā,
niścintyācintyāpagatā hi subhūte prajñāpāramitā,
anutpādānirodhā hi subhūte prajñāpāramitā,
asaṃkleśā avyavadānā hi subhūte prajñāpāramitā,〔PSP_4 41〕
avikṣepā hi subhūte prajñāpāramitā,
anabhilāpyā hi subhūte prajñāpāramitā,
avyāpādā hi subhūte prajñāpāramitā,
anupalambhā hi subhūte prajñāpāramitā.
tat kasya hetor?
na hi subhūte iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām
ime dharmāḥ saṃvidyante.
sacet subhūte bodhisattvayānikaḥ kulaputro vā
kuladuhitā vā imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
likhanebhir dharmo vikṣipyate.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti bahuvi­dhaviṣa­yavikal­paprati­bhānotpādaḥ subhūtir āha:
śakyā punar bhagavan prajñāpāramitā likhitum.

§3363bhagavān āha: no subhūte,
tat kasya hetor?
na hi subhūte prajñāpāramitāyāḥ svabhāvaḥ saṃvidyate,
na dhyānapāramitāyā na vīryapāramitāyā na kṣāntipāramitāyā
na śīlapāramitāyā na dānapāramitāyāḥ svabhāvaḥ saṃvidyate,
na sarvaśūnyatānāṃ na saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣāṇāṃ
dharmāṇāṃ nāryasatyānāṃ svabhāvaḥ saṃvidyate,
nāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīnāṃ na śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihitānāṃ
nāṣṭānāṃ vimokṣāṇāṃ na navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattīnāṃ
nābhijñānāṃ svabhāvaḥ saṃvidyate,
na sarvasamādhīnāṃ na sarvadhāraṇīmukhānāṃ
svabhāvaḥ saṃvidyante, na daśānāṃ balānāṃ
na vaiśāradyānāṃ na pratisaṃvidāṃ nāṣṭādaśānām
āveṇikānāṃ buddhadharmāṇāṃ svabhāvaḥ saṃvidyate,
na sarvajñatāyāḥ svabhāvaḥ saṃvidyate.
yasyāś ca svabhāvo na saṃvidyate,
so ‘bhāvo yo ‘bhāvaḥ.
seyaṃ prajñāpāramitā na cābhāvenābhāvaḥ
śakyo likhitum.
iti likhanābhiniveśāntarāyaḥ

§3364sacet punaḥ subhūte mahāyānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca imāṃ prajñāpāramitām abhāva iti
saṃjñāsyanti idam api teṣāṃ mārakarma veditavyam.
ity abhāvābhiniveśāntarāyaḥ

§3365subhūtir āha: ye kecid bhagavan mahāyānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ lipyakṣarair
likhitvā gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā mayā likhiteti maṃsyante,
te ‘pi lipiṣv akṣareṣv imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitām abhinivekṣyante,
idam api bhagavaṃs teṣāṃ mārakarma veditavyam.
iti lipyakṣareṣu prajñā­pārami­tābhini­veśāntarāyaḥ

§3366subhūtir āha: tat kasya hetor?
anakṣarā hi bhagavann iyaṃ prajñāpāramitā,
anakṣarā hi dhyānapāramitā, anakṣarā hi vīryapāramitā,〔PSP_4 42〕
anakṣarā hi kṣāntipāramitā,
anakṣarā hi śīlapāramitā, anakṣarā hi dānapāramitā,
anakṣaraṃ bhagavan rūpaṃ, vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārāḥ,
anakṣaraṃ bhagavan vijñānam, anakṣarā bhagavan dhātavaḥ,
anakṣarāṇi bhagavann āyatanāni,
anakṣaro bhagavan pratītyasamutpādaḥ,
anakṣarāṇi pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni,
anakṣarāḥ saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyā dharmāḥ,
anakṣarāḥ sarvaśūnyatāḥ, anakṣarāḥ sarvasamādhayaḥ,
anakṣarāṇi sarvadhāraṇīmukhāni,
anakṣarāṇi sarvaśūn­yatāni­mittāp­raṇihitāni,
anakṣarāṇi āryasatyāni,
anakṣarāḥ sarvāp­ramāṇadh­yānārūp­yasamā­pattayaḥ,
anakṣarā aṣṭavimokṣā, anakṣarā navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattayaḥ,
anakṣarā abhijñāḥ, anakṣarāṇi tathāgatabalāni,
anakṣarāṇi vaiśāradyāni, anakṣarāḥ pratisaṃvidaḥ,
anakṣarā aṣṭādaśāveṇikā buddhadharmāḥ,
anakṣarā hi bhagavan sarvajñatā.

§3367sacet punar bhagavan mahāyānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaro vā anakṣarāṃ prajñāpāramitām abhinivekṣyante,
evaṃ dhyānapāramitāṃ vīryapāramitāṃ kṣāntipāramitāṃ śīlapāramitām,
anakṣarāṃ dānapāramitām abhinivekṣyante.
anakṣaraṃ rūpam abhinivekṣyante, vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskārān,
anakṣaraṃ vijñānam abhinivekṣyante.
evaṃ skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādaḥ
saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyān dharmān vimokṣamukhāni
satyāni apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīr balāni
vaiśāradyāni pratisaṃvida āveṇikān
buddhadharmān anakṣarān abhinivekṣyante,
yāvat sarvajñatām anakṣarām abhinivekṣyante.
idam api bhagavaṃs teṣāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti prajñāpāramitāyām anakṣarābhiniveśāntarāyaḥ

§3368punar aparaṃ subhūte teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāñ cemāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatām
utpatsyante janapadavitarkā,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3369punar aparaṃ subhūte teṣāṃ mahāyānikānāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāñ cemāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatām
utpatsyante grāmamanasikārāḥ nagaramanasikārāḥ
nigamamanasikārāḥ rājadhānīmanasikārāḥ rāṣṭramanasikārāḥ
devamanasikārāḥ gurūpādhyāyamanasikārāḥ,
mātāpi­tṛbhrā­tṛbhagi­nīputra­duhitṛj­ñātipra­tisaṃyuktā manasikārāḥ,
cauramanasikārāḥ, caṇḍālapratisaṃyuktā manasikārāḥ,
kāmavitarkapratisaṃyuktā manasikārāḥ
saṃgaṇikā pratisaṃyuktā manasikārā utpatsyante.
amī ca subhūte〔PSP_4 43〕‘nye ca bahuvidhā bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānāṃ manasikārā mārakarma veditavyam.
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatām
uddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ yoniśo manasikurvatāṃ māraḥ
pāpīyān antarāyān vikṣepān upasaṃhariṣyati.
iti janapa­dādima­nasikā­rāntarāyaḥ

§3370punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāñ cemāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatām
uddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ yoniśo manasikurvatām utpatsyante,
lābhasatkāraślokāś cīvara­piṇḍapā­taśaya­nāsanag­lānaprat­yayabhai­ṣajyapa­riṣkārās
tāṃs te bodhisattvāḥ kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś cāsvādayantaḥ,
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhiṣyanti uddekṣyanti
svādhyāsyanti yoniśo manasikariṣyanti.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti lābhasat­kāraślo­kāsvādān­tarāyaḥ

§3371punar aparaṃ subhūte teṣāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
māraḥ pāpīyān ye te bhaviṣyanti gambhīrā gambhīrāḥ
sūtrāntās tān upasaṃhariṣyati,
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatām
uddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ yoniśo manasikurvatām.
na punar atra subhūte bodhisattvair upāyakuśalair
gambhīragambhīreṣu sūtrānteṣu māreṇopasaṃhṛteṣu
spṛhotpādayitavyā.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte te sūtrāntāḥ sarvajñatāyā āhārakāḥ.
tatra subhūte ye ‘nupāyakuśalā bodhisattvā
bhaviṣyanti ta imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
riñciṣyanti yatra mayā bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānām
upāyakauśalaṃ vistareṇākhyātam ihaiva gambhīrāyāṃ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ vistareṇopāyakauśalaṃ mārgitavyam.
te khalu punaḥ subhūte mahāyānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaro vā imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ riñcitvā
tebhyaḥ śrāvakap­ratyeka­buddha­yānapra­tisaṃyuk­tebhyaḥ
sūtrāntebhya upāyakauśalyaṃ gaveṣitavyaṃ maṃsyante.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
i ty amārge­ṇopāya­kauśala­mārgaṇān­tarāyaḥ

§3372punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmaśravaṇikāś cchandakā bhaviṣyanti
prajñāpāramitāṃ likhitum uddeṣṭuṃ svādhyātuṃ paṭhituṃ,
dharmabhāṇakaś ca kilāsī bhaviṣyati.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti cchandakilāsavaidhuryam

§3373punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇakaḥ
akilāsī bhaviṣyati imāṃ〔PSP_4 44〕gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ
lekhayitum udgrahayituṃ deśayituṃ svādhyāyituṃ,
dharmaśravaṇikāś ca deśāntarasaṃprasthitā bhaviṣyanti.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3374punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmaśravaṇikāś ca
prajñāpāramitāṃ likhitukāmā bhaviṣyanti
udgrahītukāmā uddeṣṭukāmāḥ svādhyātukāmā,
dharmabhāṇakaś ca deśāntarasaṃprasthito bhaviṣyati.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti cchanda­bhedavi­ṣayavai­dhuryam

§3375punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇako lābhasatkāraślokaguruko bhaviṣyati
cīvara­piṇḍapā­taśaya­nāsanag­lānaprat­yayabhai­ṣajyapa­riṣkāra­raktaḥ,
dharmaśravaṇikāś cālpecchāḥ saṃtuṣṭā ārabdhavīryā upasthitasmṛtayaḥ
samāhitā ekāgracittāḥ prajñāvantaḥ.
idam api subhūte visāmagryā prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyāṃ
svādhyāyamānāyāṃ yoniśo manasikriyamāṇāyāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānāṃ mārakarma veditavyam.

§3376punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇakaś cālpeccho bhaviṣyati saṃtuṣṭaḥ
pravivikta ārabdhavīrya upasthitasmṛtiḥ
samāhita ekāgracittaḥ prajñāvān, dharmaśravaṇikāḥ
ca mahecchāḥ pāpecchāḥ lābhasatkāraślokagurukāś
cīvara­piṇḍapā­taśaya­nāsanag­lānaprat­yayabhai­sajyapa­riṣkāra­gurukā bhaviṣyanti.
idam api subhūte visāmagryā prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyāṃ
svādhyāyamānāyāṃ yoniśo manasikriyamāṇāyāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānāṃ mārakarma veditavyam.
iti lābhagau­ravālpec­chatāvai­dhuryam

§3377punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇaka āraṇyako bhaviṣyati,
paiṇḍapātikaḥ pāṃśukūlikaḥ khalupaścādbhaktikaḥ
ekāsanikaḥ prasthapiṇḍikaḥ śmāśānika ābhyavakāśiko
vṛkṣamūliko naiṣadyiko yathāsaṃstarikas traicīvarikaḥ,
dharmaśravaṇikāś ca nāraṇyakā bhaviṣyanti na paiṇḍapātikā
na pāṃśukūlikā na khalupaścādbhaktikā na ekāsanikā
na prasthapiṇḍikā na śmāśānikā nābhyavakāśikā na vṛkṣamūlikā
na naiṣadyikā na yathāsaṃstarikā na traicīvarikāḥ.
idam api subhūte visāmagryā iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ〔PSP_4 45〕svādhyāyamānāyāṃ yoniśo
manasikriyamāṇāyāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3378punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmaśravaṇika āraṇyako bhaviṣyati yāvat traicīvariko,
dharmabhāṇakaś ca nāraṇyako bhaviṣyati yāvan na traicīvarikaḥ.
idam api subhūte visāmagryā iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyāṃ yoniśaś ca
manasikriyamāṇāyāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti dhūtagu­ṇayogā­yogavai­dhuryam

§3379punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmaśravaṇikāś ca
śrāddhā bhaviṣyanti kalyāṇadharmāṇa imāṃ gambhīrāṃ
prajñāpāramitāṃ likhitukāmā uddeṣṭukāmāḥ svādhyātukāmāḥ,
dharmabhāṇakaś cāśrāddho bhaviṣyati
na kalyāṇadharmā imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitān
na likhitukāmo noddeṣṭukāmo na svādhyātukāmaḥ.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3380punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇakaś ca
śrāddho bhaviṣyati kalyāṇadharmā imāṃ gambhīrāṃ
prajñāpāramitāṃ likhanāya dātukāmo ‘rthikāya udgrahītukāmo,
dharmaśravaṇikaś cāśrāddho bhaviṣyati na kalyāṇadharmā
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ na likhanāya dātukāmo
noddeṣṭukāmo ‘rthikāya nodgrahītukāmaḥ.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti kalyāṇā­kalyāṇa­kāmatva­vaidhuryam

§3381punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇakaś ca
sarvāstiparityāgī bhaviṣyati anāgṛhītacittaḥ,
dharmaśravaṇikaś ca matsarī bhaviṣyati mahecchaḥ pāpeccho
lābhasat­kāraślo­kacīva­rapiṇḍa­pātaśa­yanāsa­naglānap­ratyaya­bhaiṣaj­yapariṣ­kāraguruko
bhaviṣyati.
idam api subhūte visāmagryā imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatām
uddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3382punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmaśravaṇikaś ca
sarvāstiparityāgī bhaviṣyati anāgṛhītacittaḥ,
dharmabhāṇakaś ca matsarī bhaviṣyati kuṭukuñcakaḥ.
idam api subhūte visāmagryā imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatām
uddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti tyāgamātsaryavaidhuryam〔PSP_4 46〕

§3383punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmaśravaṇikaś ca
dharmabhāṇakasyāntike parityaktukāmo bhaviṣyati
cīvara­piṇḍapāt­raśaya­nāsanag­lānaprat­yayabhai­ṣajyapa­riṣkārān,
dharmabhāṇakaś ca na grahītukāmo bhaviṣyati.
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyāṃ yoniśo manasikriyamāṇāyām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3384punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇako
dharmaśravaṇikasyāntikād grahītukāmo bhaviṣyati,
dharmaśravaṇikaś ca na dātukāmo bhaviṣyati.
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyāṃ yoniśo manasikriyamāṇāyām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti dānagrahaṇavaidhuryam

§3385punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇakaś codghaṭitajño bhaviṣyati,
dharmaśravaṇikaś ca neyo bhaviṣyati vipañcitajño vā
padaparamo vā.
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatām
uddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3386punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmaśravaṇikaś codghaṭitajño bhaviṣyati,
dharmabhāṇakaś ca neyo bhaviṣyati vipañcitajño vā
padaparamo vā.
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatām
uddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ manasikurvatām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
ity udghaṭi­tajñavi­pañcitaj­ñatāvai­dhuryam

§3387punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇakaś ca
dharmāntaraṃ jñāsyati sūtraṃ geyaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ
gāthodā­nāvadā­netivṛt­takajā­takani­dānavai­pulyād­bhūtadhar­mopade­śānāṃ,
dharmaśravaṇikāś ca dharmāntaran na jñāsyanti sūtraṃ geyaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ
gāthodā­nāvadā­netivṛt­takajā­takani­dānavai­pulyād­bhūtadhar­mopade­śānāṃ,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyāṃ〔PSP_4 47〕manasikriyamāṇāyām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3388punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmaśravaṇikaś ca
dharmāntaraṃ jñāsyati sūtraṃ geyaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ
gāthodā­nāvadā­netivṛt­takajā­takani­dānavai­pulyād­bhutadhar­mopade­śānāṃ,
dharmabhāṇakaś ca dharmāntaran na jñāsyati sūtraṃ geyaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ
gāthodā­nāvadā­netivṛt­takajā­takani­dānavai­pulyād­bhutadhar­mopade­śānām,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyāṃ manasikriyamāṇāyām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti sūtrādi­dharmā­bhijñā­nabhij­ñatāvai­dhuryam

§3389punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇakaś ca
ṣaḍbhiḥ pāramitābhiḥ samanvāgato bhaviṣyati,
dharmaśravaṇikaś ca na ṣaḍbhiḥ pāramitābhiḥ samanvāgato bhaviṣyati,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatām
uddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ manasikurvatām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3390punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmaśravaṇikāḥ
ṣaḍbhiḥ pāramitābhiḥ samanvāgatā bhaviṣyanti,
dharmabhāṇakaś ca na ṣaḍbhiḥ pāramitābhiḥ
samanvāgato bhaviṣyati.
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatām
uddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ manasikurvatām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti ṣaṭpāra­mitāsa­manvāga­māsaman­vāgama­vaidhuryam

§3391punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇakaś copāyakuśalo bhaviṣyati ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu,
dharmaśravaṇikāś cānupāyakuśalā bhaviṣyanti ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu.
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyāṃ manasikriyamāṇāyām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3392punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmaśravaṇikāś
copāyakuśalā bhaviṣyanti ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu,
dharmabhāṇakaś cānupāyakuśalo bhaviṣyati ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyāṃ manasikriyamāṇāyām.〔PSP_4 48〕
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
ity upāyānu­pāyakau­śalavai­dhuryam

§3393punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇakaś ca
dhāraṇīpratilabdho bhaviṣyati,
dharmaśravaṇikāś ca na dhāraṇīpratilabdhā bhaviṣyanti,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyāṃ manasikriyamāṇāyām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti dhāraṇīp­ratilam­bhāpra­tilambha­vaidhuryam

§3394punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇakaś ca
likhitukāmo bhaviṣyati dhārayitukāmo bhaviṣyati vācayitukāmaḥ
svādhyātukāmo yāvat manasikartukāmo, dharmaśravaṇikāś ca
na likhitukāmā bhaviṣyanti yāvan na manasikartukāmā bhaviṣyanti,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
imāṃ gambhirāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatāṃ vācayatāṃ yāvad bhāvayatām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3395punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmaśravaṇikāś ca
likhitukāmā bhaviṣyanti yāvat manasikartukāmāḥ,
dharmabhāṇakaś ca na likhitukāmo bhaviṣyati yāvan na manasikartukāmaḥ,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatāṃ vācayatāṃ yāvad bhāvayatām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti likhitukāmatāvaidhuryam

§3396punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇakaś ca
vigata­kāmacchan­davyāpā­dastyā­namiddhaud­dhatya­kaukṛt­yavicikitsā bhaviṣyati,
dharmaśravaṇikāś ca
vigata­kāmacchan­davyāpā­dastyā­namiddhaud­dhatya­kaukṛt­yavicikitsā bhaviṣyanti,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhitukāmānāṃ
yāvad bhāvayitukāmānām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3397punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmaśravaṇikāś ca
vigata­kāmacchan­davyāpā­dastyā­namiddhaud­dhatya­kaukṛt­yavicikitsā bhaviṣyanti,
dharmabhāṇakaś cāviga­takāmac­chandav­yāpādast­yānamid­dhauddhat­yakaukṛt­yavicikitsā
bhaviṣyati, iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhitukāmānāṃ
yāvad bhāvayitukāmānām.〔PSP_4 49〕
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti vigatā­vigata­kāmacchan­dādivai­dhuryam

§3398punar aparaṃ subhūte imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ
likhatāṃ yāvad bhāvayatāṃ kaścid eva tatrāgatya nirayānām
avarṇaṃ bhāṣiṣyate tiryagyoneḥ, pretānām avarṇaṃ bhāṣiṣyate,
evaṃduḥkhā nirayā evaṃduḥkhā tiryagyonir,
evaṃduḥkhaḥ pretaviṣaya iti,
ihaiva tvaṃ duḥkhasyāntaṃ kuruṣveti kin te ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhum.
iyam api subhūte tatra visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatāṃ yāvad bhāvayatām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
ity apāyagativaimukhyam

§3399punar aparaṃ subhūte imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatāṃ
yāvad yoniśo manasikurvatāṃ kaścid evāgatya cāturmahārājikānāṃ
devānāṃ varṇaṃ bhāṣiṣyate yāvan naivasaṃj­ñānāsaṃj­ñāyata­nopagānāṃ
devānāṃ varṇaṃ bhāṣiṣyate.
evaṃ sukhaḥ kāmadhātuḥ kāmaparibhogair,
evaṃ sukho rūpadhātur dhyānasamāpattibhiḥ,
evaṃ sukha ārūpyadhātuḥ śāntābhiḥ,
tad api sarvam anityaṃ duḥkhaṃ śūnyam anātmīyaṃ
vipariṇāmadharmi vyayadharmi virāgadharmi nirodhadharmi,
ihaiva tvaṃ srotaāpattiphalaṃ prāpnuhi sakṛdāgāmiphalam
anāgāmiphalam arhattvaṃ prāpnuhi pratyekabodhiṃ prāpnuhi,
mā saṃsāre cirakālaṃ saṃsara,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti sugatigamanasaumanasyam

§3400punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇakaś ca
eko bhaviṣyaty advitīyaḥ svayaṃkārī,
dharmaśravaṇikaś ca parṣadavacaro bhaviṣyati,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatāṃ vācayatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3401punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmaśravaṇikaś ca
eko bhaviṣyaty advitīyaḥ svayaṃkārī,
dharmabhāṇakaś ca parṣadavacaro bhaviṣyati,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatāṃ vācayatāṃ svādhyāyatām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
ity ekākipar­ṣadava­caratva­vaidhuryam

§3402punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇaka evaṃ vakṣyati,
yo mām anubandhiṣyati,
tasyāham imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ dāsyāmi likhanāya vācanāya〔PSP_4 50〕
uddiśanāya svādhyāyanāya manasikaraṇāya bhāvanāyai,
dharmaśravaṇikaś ca nānubandhiṣyati,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyāṃ
bhāṣyamāṇāyāṃ vācyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3403punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmaśravaṇikaś ca
dharmabhāṇakam anubandhitukāmo bhaviṣyati,
dharmabhāṇakaś cāvakāśan na kariṣyaty anubandhanāya,
iyam api subhūte tatra visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyāṃ
bhāṣyamāṇāyāṃ vācyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyām.
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
ity anubandhikāmo ‘navakā­śadānat­vavaidhuryam

§3404punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇaka āmiṣakiñcitkasya
hetor imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ dātukāmo bhaviṣyati likhanāya
uddiśanāya yāvad bhāvanāyai, dharmaśravaṇikaś ca
āmiṣakiñcitkasya hetor nopasaṃkramitukāmo bhaviṣyati,
iyam api subhūte tatra visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyāṃ yāvad bhāvyamānāyām,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
ity āmiṣakiñ­citkata­dadātu­kāmatva­vaidhuryam

§3405punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇakaś ca
tān diśaṃ gantukāmo bhaviṣyati,
yatra diśi jīvitāntarāyo bhaviṣyati,
dharmaśravaṇikaś ca na taṃ deśaṃ gantukāmo bhaviṣyati,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyāṃ manasikriyamāṇāyāṃ bhāvyamānāyām,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3406punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmaśravaṇikaś ca
tān diśaṃ gantukāmo bhaviṣyati,
yatra diśi jīvitāntarāyo bhaviṣyati,
dharmabhāṇakaś ca na taṃ deśaṃ gantukāmo bhaviṣyati,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyāṃ yāvad bhāvyamānāyām,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti jīvitān­tarāyā­nantarā­yadigga­manāga­manavai­dhuryam

§3407punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇakaś ca tena gantukāmo bhaviṣyati,
yena durbhikṣaṃ ca nirudakañ ca,
dharmaśravaṇikaś ca na tatra gantukāmo bhaviṣyati,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ〔PSP_4 51〕prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyāṃ yāvad bhāvyamānāyām,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3408punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇakaś ca
tena gamiṣyati, yena subhikṣaṃ sodakaṃ,
dharmaśravaṇikāś cānubaddhā bhaviṣyanti,
sa tān evaṃ vakṣyati, kiṃ yuṣmākaṃ kulaputrā āmiṣahetos
tatra gantuṃ sucintitaṃ tāvat kuruta mā paścād
vipratisāriṇo bhaviṣyatha piṇḍapātena labdhālabdhena,
evaṃ tena dharmabhāṇakena sūkṣmeṇopāyena dharmapratyākhyānaṃ kṛtaṃ bhaviṣyati,
te nirviṇṇarūpā evaṃ jñāsyanti pratyākhyānanimittāny etāni
naitāni dātukāmatānimittāni,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyāṃ vācyamānāyāṃ bhāvyamānāyām,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti durbhik­ṣasubhik­ṣadigga­manāga­manavai­dhuryam

§3409punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇako bhikṣus tena prakramiṣyati,
yena caurabhayaṃ caṇḍālabhayaṃ lubdhakabhayaṃ
candamṛgabhayam āśīviṣabhayaṃ kāntārāṭavībhayaṃ durgabhayaṃ
tena prakramiṣyati dharmaśravaṇikāś cemāṃ gambhīrāṃ
prajñāpāramitāṃ śrotukāmā dharmabhāṇakam anubaddhā bhaviṣyanti,
tān dharmabhāṇako bhikṣur evaṃ vakṣyati,
kiṃ yuṣmākaṃ kulaputrās tatra gantuṃ yatra caurabhayaṃ
caṇḍālabhayaṃ lubdhakabhayaṃ caṇḍamṛgabhayaṃ
āśīviṣabhayaṃ kāntārāṭavībhayaṃ durgabhayaṃ bhaviṣyati,
dharmaśravaṇikāś cemāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ
śrotukāmā dharmabhāṇakam anubaddhā bhaviṣyanti,
tān dharmabhāṇako bhikṣur na bhāṣitukāmaḥ,
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ na lekhayitukāmo noddeṣṭukāmo
na śrāvayitukāmas te tasya dharmabhāṇakasyāntikāc chrutvā
nirviṇṇarūpā na tena gamiṣyanti yena sa dharmabhāṇako bhikṣur gamiṣyati,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
asyāṃ gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyāṃ yāvad bhāvyamānāyām,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti caurādinimittavaidhuryam

§3410punar aparaṃ subhūte dharmabhāṇako bhikṣur bhikṣādakulaguruko
bhaviṣyati sa tayā bhikṣādakulagurukatayā tāni
ca kulāny abhīkṣṇaṃ vyavalokayitavyāni
maṃsyate sa tayābhīkṣ­ṇakulav­yavalo­kanatayā〔PSP_4 52〕
dharmaśravaṇikān pratyākhyāsyati,
asti mayā yuṣmanto bhikṣādakulāny avyavalokayitavyāny upasaṃkramitavyāni,
sa tān dharmaśravaṇikān
pratyākhyāsyati pratyākhyātās te pratyudāvartiṣyante,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatāṃ bhāvayatām
uddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatām idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānāṃ mārakarma veditavyam.
iti kulavyavalokanavaidhuryam

§3411punar aparaṃ subhūte māraḥ pāpīyān
bhikṣuveṣeṇa tathātathopāyena ceṣṭiṣyate yathāyathopāyena,
imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ na kaścil likhiṣyati nodgrahīṣyati
na paryavāpsyati na dhārayiṣyati na vācayiṣyati na svādhyāsyati na manasikariṣyati.

§3412evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
kena kāraṇena bhagavan māraḥ pāpīyān
bhikṣuveṣeṇa tathātathā ceṣṭiṣyate yathāyathā na kaścid
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhiṣyati nodgrahīṣyati
na paryavāpsyati na dhārayiṣyati na vācayiṣyati na svādhyāsyati na manasikariṣyati?

§3413bhagavān āha: prajñāpāramitānirjātāni hi sarvasattvānāṃ
kleśaprahāṇāny evaṃ tathātathopāyena ceṣṭiṣyate
yathāyathā na kaścid imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ
likhiṣyati nodgrahīṣyati na paryavāpsyati na dhārayiṣyati
na vācayiṣyati na svādhyāsyati na manasikariṣyati.

§3414punar aparaṃ subhūte māraḥ pāpīyān
bhikṣuveṣeṇāgatya bhedaṃ prakṣepsyati vivecayiṣyati,
naiṣā prajñāpāramitā yathāsmākaṃ sūtrāntam
āgatam ity asya prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ paryavāpyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyāṃ
yoniśo manasikriyamāṇāyāṃ bhāvyamānāyām,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3415punar aparaṃ subhūte māraḥ pāpīyān
bhikṣuveṣeṇa bodhisattvān upasaṃkramyaivaṃ vakṣyati,
ya iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carati
sa bodhisattvo bhūtakoṭīṃ sākṣātkaroti,
srotaāpattiphalaṃ vā prāpnoti sakṛdāgāmiphalaṃ vā
anāgāmiphalaṃ vā arhattvaṃ vā prāpnoti pratyekabodhiṃ vā prāpnoti,
tadvacanaṃ śrutvā na prajñāpāramitāyāṃ cariṣyati,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāyāṃ
deśyamānāyāṃ vācyamānāyāṃ yāvad〔PSP_4 53〕bhāvyamānāyām,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
iti mārasya pāpīyaso bhedaprayogaḥ

§3416punar aparaṃ subhūte iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ
likhyamānāyāṃ yāvad bhāvyamānāyāṃ bahūni mārakarmāṇy utpatsyante,
yāny antarāyakarāṇi bhaviṣyanti tāni
mārakarmāṇi bodhisattvena mahāsattvena vivarjayitavyāni.

§3417subhūtir āha: katamāni tāni bhagavan mārakarmāṇi yāni
bodhisattvena mahāsattvena bodhavyāni buddhvā ca
vivarjitavyāni?

§3418bhagavān āha: prajñā­pārami­tāprati­rūpakāni
subhūte mārakarmāṇy utpatsyante.
evaṃ dhyānapāramitā vīryapāramitā kṣāntipāramitā śīlapāramitā,
dānapāramitāpratirūpakāṇi mārakarmāṇy utpatsyante,
yāni bodhisattvena mahāsattvena bodhavyāni buddhvā ca
vivarjayitavyāni.

§3419punar aparaṃ subhūte adhyāt­maśūnya­tāprati­rūpakāṇi yāvad
abhāvas­vabhāva­śūnyatāp­ratirū­pakāṇi mārakarmāṇy utpatsyante,
śrāvakap­ratyeka­buddhap­ratisaṃ­yuktāni mārakarmāṇy utpatsyante,
tāni buddhvā bodhisattvena mahāsattvena mārakarmāṇi vivarjayitavyāni.
evañ ca vakṣyati, etān paryavāpnuhi etān
paryavāpya ihaiva srotaāpattiphalaṃ prāpnuhi
sakṛdāgāmiphalam anāgāmiphalam arhattvaṃ prāpnuhi,
imāny eva tvaṃ catvāri smṛtyupasthānāni bhāvaya samyakprahāṇāni
bhāvaya ṛddhipā­dendri­yabala­bodhyaṅ­gamārgān
bhāvaya śūnyatāvimokṣamukham ānimittavimokṣamukham apraṇihitavimokṣamukhaṃ
bhāvaya kiṃ te ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhuṃ,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
udgṛhyamāṇāyāṃ yāvan manasikriyamāṇāyāṃ bhāvyamānāyāṃ māraḥ
pāpīyān evaṃrūpāṇi mārakarmāṇi upasaṃhariṣyati.
iti prativarṇikopasaṃhāraḥ

§3420punar aparaṃ subhūte māraḥ pāpīyān buddha­veṣeṇo­pasaṃk­ramiṣyati,
suvarṇavarṇakāyena vyāmaprabhāṃ kṛtvā
tatra bodhisattvas taṃ dṛṣṭvā spṛhām
utpādya sarvajñatāyāḥ parihāsyati,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāyāṃ
yoniśo manasikriyamāṇāyāṃ bhāvyamānāyām,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.〔PSP_4 54〕

§3421punar aparaṃ subhūte māraḥ
pāpīyāṃs teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṛṇāṃ ca
purato buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgham upadarśayiṣyati,
sa tatra bodhisattvaḥ spṛhām utpādayiṣyati,
aham apy anāgate ‘dhvany evaṃrūpas tathāgato ‘rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ syām,
evaṃ ca bhikṣugaṇaṃ parikarṣeyaṃ yathā yaṃ tathāgato dharmaṃ deśayati
tathaivāham api dharmaṃ deśayeyaṃ,
sa tatra spṛhām utpādayiṣyati spṛhām
utpādya sarvajñatāyāḥ parihāsyati,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ paryavāpyamānāyāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāyāṃ
manasikriyamāṇāyāṃ bhāvyamānāyām,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.

§3422punar aparaṃ subhūte māraḥ pāpīyān anekāni
bodhisattvaśatāni anekāni bodhisattvasahasrāṇi upadarśayati,
ye dānapāramitāyāṃ cariṣyanti,
evaṃ śīlapāramitāyāṃ kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ vīryapāramitāyāṃ
dhyānapāramitāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ cariṣyanti,
te bodhisattvās teṣāṃ māranirmitānām antike spṛhām
utpādayiṣyanti spṛhām utpādya sarvajñatāyāḥ parihāsyanti,
iyam api subhūte visāmagrī bhaviṣyati,
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyāṃ yoniśo manasikriyamāṇāyāṃ bhāvyamānāyām,
idam api subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārakarma veditavyam.
tat kasya hetor?
na hīha subhūte gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ rūpaṃ saṃvidyate,
na vedanā na saṃjñā na saṃskārāḥ,
na vijñānaṃ saṃvidyate, na skandhā na dhātavo nāyatanāni
na pratītyasamutpādo na pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni saṃvidyante,
na pāramitā na bodhipakṣyā dharmā nāryasatyāni
nāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattayaḥ
nāṣṭavimokṣā na navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattayaḥ
na śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhijñāḥ saṃvidyante,
na sarvaśūnyatā na sarvasamādhayaḥ
na sarvadhāraṇīmukhāni saṃvidyante,
na tathāgatabalāni na vaiśāradyāni
na pratisaṃvido nāveṇikabuddhadharmā na vimokṣamukhāni
na bodhiḥ saṃvidyate, yatra ca subhūte na rūpaṃ saṃvidyate,
na vedanā na saṃjñā na saṃskārā na vijñānaṃ saṃvidyate,
na skandhā na dhātavo nāyatanāni
na pratītyasamutpādo na pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni
na pāramitā na bodhipakṣyā dharmā nāryasatyāni
nāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattayo nāṣṭavimokṣā
na navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattayo na śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhijñā
na sarvaśūnyatā na sarvasamādhayo na〔PSP_4 55〕sarvadhāraṇīmukhāni
na tathāgatabalāni na vaiśāradyāni
na pratisaṃvido nāveṇikabuddhadharmā na vimokṣamukhāni
na bodhiḥ saṃvidyate,
yatra na bodhir na tatra buddho na bodhisattvā
na śrāvakāḥ saṃvidyante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
svabhāvaśūnyā hi subhūte sarvadharmāḥ.
ity ayathāviṣayādispṛhotpādaḥ

§3423punar aparaṃ subhūte bahvantarāyeyaṃ prajñāpāramitā bhaviṣyati,
teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṛṇāṃ ca
imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ dhārayatāṃ vācayatām
uddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ yoniśo manasikurvatāṃ.
tadyathāpi nāma subhūte yāni jāmbūdvīpakāni ratnāni,
yad uta suvarṇa­maṇimuk­tāvaiḍūr­yaśaṅkha­śilāpra­vāḍara­jatādīni
bahvantarāyāṇi bahupratyarthikāni bhaviṣyanti.
evam etat subhūte teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāṃ cāsyāṃ gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyām
uddiśyamānāyāṃ paryavāpyamānāyāṃ svādhyāyamānāyāṃ
bhāṣyamāṇāyāṃ yoniśo manasikriyamāṇāyāṃ
bhāvyamānāyāṃ bahavo ‘ntarāyā bhaviṣyanti bahavaḥ
pratyarthikāḥ.

§3424subhūtir āha: evam etad bhagavann evam etat sugata,
bahupratyarthikāni bhaviṣyanti prajñā­pārami­tāprati­saṃyuktāni sūtrāṇi,
mārādhiṣṭhitās te mohapuruṣā bhaviṣyanti,
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatām
uddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ bhāvayatām antarāyaṃ kariṣyanti.
alpabuddhayas te bhagavan mohapuruṣā bhaviṣyanti,
mandabuddhayo ye ‘syāṃ gambhīrāyāṃ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ likhyamānāyāṃ yāvad bhāvyamānāyām
antarāyaṃ kariṣyanti.
na teṣām udārodāreṣu dharmeṣu buddhiḥ prakramiṣyati,
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitān na likhiṣyanti likhyamānāyām
antarāyaṃ kariṣyanti yāvan na bhāvayiṣyanti bhāvyamānāyāñ cāntarāyaṃ kariṣyanti.

§3425bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat
mārādhiṣṭhitās te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca
bhaviṣyanti navayānasaṃprasthitā anavaropitakuśalamūlāḥ
parīttakuśalamūlāḥ na pūrvajinakṛtādhikārā aparigṛhītakalyāṇamitrā,
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ na likhiṣyanti na vācayiṣyanti
noddekṣyanti na svādhyāsyanti na yoniśo manasikariṣyanti,
ye ‘ntarāyaṃ kariṣyanti, alpabuddhikās te kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca mandabuddhikāḥ parīttabuddhikā,
na ca teṣām udārodāreṣu dharmeṣu cittaṃ kramiṣyati,
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ na〔PSP_4 56〕likhiṣyanti
na dhārayiṣyanti noddekṣyanti na svādhyāsyanti
na yoniśo manasikariṣyanti yāvan na bhāvayiṣyanti,
anyeṣāñ ca likhatāṃ yāvad bhāvayatām antarāyaṃ kariṣyanti,
kiñ cāpi subhūte iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ
likhyamānāyāṃ yāvad bhāvyamānāyām imāni mārakarmāṇy utpatsyante,
sacet punaḥ subhūte yad imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāṃ ca likhatāṃ svādhyāyatām
uddiśatāṃ yoniśo manasikurvatāṃ bhāvayatāṃ mārakarmāṇi notpatsyante,
uttare ca dhyānapāramitāṃ paripūrayiṣyanti,
vīryapāramitāṃ kṣāntipāramitāṃ śīlapāramitāṃ dānapāramitāṃ paripūrayiṣyanti,
sarvaśūnyatāḥ saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣān dharmān paripūrayiṣyanti,
sarvasa­mādhidhā­raṇīvi­mokṣamukhāni
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīḥ pañcābhijñā daśabodhisattvabhūmīr balāni
vaiśāradyāni pratisaṃvida āveṇikabuddhadharmān
yāvat sarvajñatāṃ paripūrayiṣyanti.
veditavyam idaṃ subhūte buddhānubhāva eṣa yenaiṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāṃ ca imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatāṃ vācayatām
uddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ yoniśo manasikurvatāṃ nāntarāyā utpatsyante,
uttare ca sarvāḥ pāramitāḥ paripūrayiṣyanti,
sarvaśūnyatāḥ sarvabodhipakṣyān dharmān
sarvasamādhīn sarvadhāraṇīmukhāni
sarvavimokṣamukhāni paripūrayiṣyanti,
catvāri dhyānāni catvāry apramāṇāni
catasra ārūpyasamāpattīḥ pañcābhijñāḥ paripūrayiṣyanti,
daśa bodhisattvabhūmīḥ paripūrayiṣyanti,
daśa tathāgatabalāni catvāri vaiśāradyāni catasraḥ
pratisaṃvido ‘ṣṭādaśāveṇikān buddhadharmān paripūrayiṣyanti,
sarvākārajñatāṃ paripūrayiṣyanti.
ye ‘pi te daśasu dikṣu buddhā bhagavantas
tiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti dharmañ ca deśayanti,
te ‘pi teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṛṇāṃ ca kṛtaśa udyogam āpatsyante,
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatāṃ
vācayatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ yoniśo manasikurvatāṃ,
ye ‘pi te daśasu dikṣu avinivartanīyā bodhisattvās
te ‘pi teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṛṇāṃ ca
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhatāṃ vācayatām
uddiśatāṃ svādhyāyatāṃ yoniśo manasikurvatāṃ bhāvayatām
udyogam āpatsyante anuparigrahīṣyanti,
tadyathāpi nāma subhūte striyāḥ
kasyāścid eva bahavaḥ putrā bhaveyuḥ,
pañca vā daśa vā〔PSP_4 57〕viṃśatir vā triṃśad vā catvāriṃśad vā
pañcāśad vā śataṃ vā sahasraṃ vā śatasahasraṃ vā,
te ‘syā mātur glānāyāḥ sarve ‘py udyogam āpadyeran,
kim ity asmākaṃ mātur antarāyo na bhavet,
kim ity asmākaṃ mātā ciraṃ jīvet,
kim ity asmākaṃ mātuḥ śarīre amanaāpaḥ sparśo na nipated,
eṣāsmākaṃ jananī śarīrasya dātrī jīvitasya dhātrī,
te tāṃ mātaram upasthitām upatiṣṭheran sugopitāṃ gopāyeyur,
mā bhūd asyā jīvitāntarāyo vā śarīradaurbalyaṃ vā
daṃśama­śakasa­rīsṛpo­panipāto vā śītoṣṇakṣutpipāsādi duṣkhaṃ vā,
evan te putrās tasyā mātuḥ sarvasukhopadhānāny upasaṃhareyuḥ,
evan te tāṃ mātaraṃ sukelāyitāṃ kelāyeyur mimīyur eṣāsmākam asya lokasya darśayitrī.
evam eva subhūte tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ,
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ buddhacakṣuṣā satatasamitaṃ samanvāharanti.
tat kasya hetor?
eṣā hi gambhīrā prajñāpāramitāsmākaṃ sarvabuddhadharmāṇāṃ
jananī jñānālokasya kārikā,
ye ‘pi te daśasu dikṣu gaṅgānadīvālukopameṣu
lokadhātuṣu buddhā bhagavantas tiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti,
te ‘pīmām eva prajñāpāramitāṃ buddhacakṣuṣā satatasamitaṃ samanvāharanti.
tat kasya hetor?
eṣā hi gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā jananī tathāgatānām,
asya ca sarvajñajñānasya saṃdarśayitrī,
tena tathāgatāḥ kṛtajñatām upādāya ye imāṃ gambhīrāṃ
prajñāpāramitāṃ buddhacakṣuṣā satatasamitaṃ samanvāharanti.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
ato nirjātā hi tathāgatānāṃ dhyāna­vīryak­ṣāntiśī­ladāna­pāramitā,
ato nirjātā hi tathāgatānām
adhyātmaśūnyatā yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatā,
ato nirjātāni catvāri smṛtyupasthānāni
catvāri samyakprahāṇāni catvāra ṛddhipādāḥ
pañcendriyāṇi pañcabalāni saptabodhyaṅgāni āryāṣṭāṅgo mārgaḥ,
ato nirjātāni trīṇi vimokṣamukhāni,
ato nirjātāni catvāry āryasatyāni,
ato nirjātāni catvāri dhyānāni
catvāry apramāṇāni catasra ārūpyasamāpattayo,
ato nirjātā aṣṭau vimokṣā navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattayaḥ,
ato nirjātāḥ sarvasamādhayaḥ sarvadhāraṇīmukhāni,
ato nirjātāni daśatathāgatabalāni catvāri vaiśāradyāni
catasraḥ pratisaṃvido ‘ṣṭādaśāveṇikā buddhadharmāḥ,
ato nirjātāḥ ṣaḍabhijñāḥ,
ato nirjātā sarvabuddhānāṃ sarvākārajñatā,
ato nirjātā aprameyāsaṃkhyeyā buddhadharmāḥ,
ato nirjātāḥ srotāpannāḥ sakṛdāgāmino ‘nāgāmino,
‘to nirjātā arhantaḥ pratyekabuddhā,
ato nirjātās tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ.
ye ‘pi kecit subhūte〔PSP_4 58〕tathāgatā arhantaḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhā anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhā abhisaṃbudhyante abhisaṃbhotsyante ca,
sarve te imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamyānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhāḥ
abhisaṃbudhyante ‘bhisaṃbhotsyante ca,
ye ‘pi te subhūte mahāyānasaṃprasthitāḥ kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ
likhiṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti uddekṣyanti
svādhyāsyanti yoniśo manasikariṣyanti sarve te tathāgatair
arhadbhiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhair buddhacakṣuṣā satatasamitaṃ
samanvāhriyante teṣāṃ subhūte bodhisattvānāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāñ ca tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ
satatasamitaṃ rakṣāvaraṇaṃ guptiṃ saṃvidhāsyanti yathānuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodher na parihāsyanti.
iti jāmbūd­vīpaka­mahārat­nodāha­raṇādi­dṛṣṭāntena mahānubhāvatvam ity uktā doṣāḥ

§3426subhūtir āha: yad bhagavān āha,
prajñāpāramitā tathāgatānām arhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ
janayitrī asya ca lokasya darśayitrī ti.
kathaṃ ca bhagavan buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ prajñāpāramitā janayitrī?
kathañ ca bhagavan prajñāpāramitāsya lokasya darśayitrī?
kathañ ca bhagavan prajñāpāramitayā tathāgato janitaḥ?
katamaś ca lokas tathāgatenākhyātaḥ?

§3427bhagavān āha: anayā subhūte gambhīrayā
prajñāpāramitayā daśatathāgatabalāni janitāni,
catvāri vaiśāradyāni catasraḥ
pratisaṃvido mahākaruṇā mahāmaitrī mahāmuditā mahopekṣā
aṣṭādaśāveṇikā buddhadharmā yāvat sarvākārajñatā janitā,
ebhiś ca subhūte dharmais tathāgata iti prabhāvyate,
tasmāt tarhi subhūte anayā gambhīrayā prajñāpāramitayā tathāgato janitaḥ.
iti tathāgatanirvṛttijñānam

§3428subhūtir āha: katamaḥ punar bhagavaṃs tathāgatena loka ity ākhyātaḥ?

§3429bhagavān āha: pañca subhūte skandhās tathāgatena loka ākhyātaḥ.

§3430subhūtir āha: kathaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitāyā pañca skandhā darśitāḥ?

§3431bhagavān āha: na subhūte prajñāpāramitā imān
pañca skandhān lujyamānān darśayati,
na pralujyamānān darśayati, notpadyamānān〔PSP_4 59〕
darśayati, na nirūdhyamānān darśayati,
na saṃkliśyamānān na vyavadāyamānān darśayati,
na vṛddhiṃ na hāniṃ darśayati,
nāyūhaṃ na niryūhaṃ nātītān nānāgatān na pratyutpannān
dharmān darśayati.
tat kasya hetor?
na hi śūnyatā lujyate vā pralujyate vā,
nānimittaṃ lujyate vā pralujyate vā,
nāpraṇihitaṃ lujyate vā pralujyate vā,
nānabhisaṃskaro nānutpādo na nirodho nābhāvo nāsvabhāvo lujyate vā
pralujyate vā.
evaṃ hi subhūte tathāgatena gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā lokasya darśayitrī ākhyātā.
iti lokasya jñānam

§3432ye ‘pi te subhūte aprameyāṇāṃ sattvānām asaṃkhyeyānāṃ
sattvānām aparimāṇānāṃ sattvānāṃ cittacaritāni prajānanti,
aprameyāḥ sattvāḥ paracittavidas te ‘pi prajñāpāramitām
āgamya prajānanti.
na punaḥ subhūte iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ
sattvo na sattvaprajñaptir upalabhyate,
na rūpaṃ na rūpaprajñaptir upalabhyate,
na vedanā na saṃjñā na saṃskārā,
na vijñānaṃ na vijñānaprajñaptir upalabhyate,
na cakṣūrūpaṃ na cakṣurvijñānaṃ na cakṣuḥsaṃsparśo
na cakṣuḥ­saṃspar­śaprat­yayavedanā upalabhyate,
na cakṣūrūpaprajñaptir upalabhyate,
na cakṣurvijñānaprajñaptir upalabhyate,
na cakṣuḥsaṃsparśaprajñaptir upalabhyate,
na cakṣuḥ­saṃspar­śaprat­yayave­danāpraj­ñaptir upalabhyate,
evaṃ na śrotraṃ na śabdo na ghrāṇaṃ na gandho na jihvā na raso
na kāyo na spraṣṭavyaṃ na mano na dharmo na manovijñānaṃ
na manaḥsaṃsparśo na manaḥsaṃs­parśap­ratyaya­vedanāp­rajñaptir upalabhyate.
evaṃ na pāramitā na bodhipakṣyā dharmā na vimokṣamukhaṃ
na balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃvido nāveṇikabuddhadharmā
yāvan na sarvākārajñatāprajñaptir upalabhyate.
evaṃ hi subhūte iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā tathāgatānāṃ
lokasya saṃdarśayitrī,
sā punar iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā na rūpasya
darśayitrī yāvan na sarvajñatāyā darśayitrī.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
prajñāpāramitā eva tāvat subhūte prajñāpāramitāyāṃ na saṃvidyate nopalabhyate,
kutaḥ punā rūpam upalapsyate, vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskārāḥ,
kutaḥ punar vijñānam upalapsyate yāvat kutaḥ
punaḥ sarvākārajñatā〔PSP_4 60〕upalapsyate.
iti sarvacittacaritajñānam

§3433punar aparaṃ subhūte yāvantaḥ sattvāḥ
sattvaprajñaptyā prajñapyante rūpiṇo vā arūpiṇo vā
saṃjñino ‘saṃjñino naivasaṃjñino nāsaṃjñina iha vā
lokadhātau ‘nyeṣu vā daśadiśi lokadhātuṣu yāvantaḥ
sattvās teṣāṃ yāni saṃkṣiptāni cittāni vikṣiptāni
cittāni tāni saṃkṣiptāni cittāni vikṣiptāni
cittānīti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
kathañ ca subhūte tathāgatas teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ
tāni saṃkṣiptāni cittāni vikṣiptāni
cittānīti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti?
dharmatayā subhūte tathāgatas teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ saṃkṣiptāni
cittāni vikṣiptāni cittānīti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.

§3434subhūtir āha: katamayā bhagavan dharmatayā tathāgatas teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ
saṃkṣiptāni cittāni vikṣiptāni cittānīti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti?

§3435bhagavān āha: yatra subhūte dharmatāyāṃ dharmataiva
nopalabhyate prāg eva saṃkṣiptāni cittāni vikṣiptāni cittāni,
anayā subhūte dharmatayā tathāgataḥ saṃkṣiptāni
cittāni vikṣiptāni cittāni teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
iti cittasaṃkṣepajñānam

§3436punar aparaṃ subhūte tathāgato ‘rhan samyaksaṃbuddho ‘kṣayataḥ
teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ saṃkṣiptāni cittāni vikṣiptāni
cittāni yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
kathaṃ ca subhūte tathāgatas teṣāṃ sattvānām
akṣayataḥ saṃkṣiptāni cittāni vikṣiptāni cittāni
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti?
iha subhūte tathāgato nirodhataḥ prahāṇatas teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ
tāni cittāni yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti,
śāntatas tucchato viviktataḥ
tathāgato ‘rhan samyaksaṃbuddhas teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ
saṃkṣiptāni cittāni vikṣiptāni cittāni
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
iti cittākṣayākārajñānam

§3437punar aparaṃ subhūte tathāgatas teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ
sarāgaṃ cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti,
vītarāgaṃ cittaṃ vītarāgaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti,
sadoṣaṃ cittaṃ sadoṣaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti,
vigatadoṣaṃ cittaṃ vigatadoṣaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti,
samohaṃ cittaṃ samohaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ〔PSP_4 61〕prajānāti,
vigatamohaṃ cittaṃ vigatamohaṃ cittam iti
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.

§3438subhūtir āha: kathaṃ bhagavaṃs tathāgato ‘rhan samyaksaṃbuddhas
teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ sarāgaṃ cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittam iti
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti?
sadoṣaṃ cittaṃ sadoṣaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti?
samohaṃ cittaṃ samohaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti?

§3439bhagavān āha: yā subhūte cittasya sarāgadoṣamohatā na sā cittasya yathābhūtatā.
tat kasya hetor?
na hi subhūte yathābhūtaṃ cittam upalabhyate na caitasikā dharmāḥ
prāg eva sarāgaṃ vā sadoṣaṃ vā samohaṃ vā
cittam upalapsyate.
evaṃ hi subhūte tathāgataḥ prajñāpāramitām āgamya teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ
sarāgaṃ cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti,
sadoṣaṃ cittaṃ sadoṣaṃ cittam iti yathābhutaṃ prajānāti,
samohañ cittaṃ samohaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
kathaṃ ca subhūte tathāgatas teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ
vigatarāgaṃ cittaṃ vigatarāgaṃ cittam iti
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti?
vigatadoṣaṃ cittaṃ vigatadoṣaṃ cittam iti
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti?
vigatamohaṃ cittaṃ vigatamohaṃ cittam iti
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti?
yā subhūte cittasya vigatarāgatā na sā cittasya sarāgatā.
tat kasya hetor?
na hi subhūte dvayoś cittayoḥ samavadhānam asti.
evaṃ yā subhūte cittasya vigatadoṣatā na sā cittasya sadoṣatā,
yā subhūte cittasya vigatamohatā na sā cittasya samohatā.
tat kasya hetor?
na hi subhūte dvayoś cittayoḥ samavadhānam asti.
evaṃ subhūte tathāgatas teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ
vigatarāgaṃ cittaṃ vigatarāgaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti,
vigatadoṣaṃ cittaṃ vigatadoṣaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti,
vigatamohaṃ cittaṃ vigatamohaṃ cittam iti
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
iti sarāgādicittajñānam

§3440punar aparaṃ subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānāṃ vipulacittaṃ vipulacittam iti
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
kathaṃ ca subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānāṃ
vipulaṃ cittaṃ vipulaṃ cittam iti yathābhutaṃ prajānāti?
iha subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānāṃ
na vistīrṇaṃ cittaṃ na saṃkuñcitañ cittaṃ na hi vivarddhate
cittaṃ na parihīyate cittaṃ nāgacchati na gacchati〔PSP_4 62〕cittam iti
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte cittasya svabhāvo nopalabhyate
yena vistīrṇaṃ kriyate yāvad āgacched vā.
evaṃ hi subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānāṃ
vipulaṃ cittaṃ vipulaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
iti vipulacittajñānam

§3441punar aparaṃ subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānāṃ
mahadgataṃ cittaṃ mahadgataṃ cittam iti
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
kathaṃ ca subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānāṃ
mahadgataṃ cittaṃ mahadgataṃ cittam iti
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti?
iha subhūte tathāgatas teṣāṃ parasattvānāṃ
parapudgalānāṃ teṣāṃ cittānāṃ
nāgamanaṃ na gamanaṃ notpādaṃ na nirodhaṃ na sthitiṃ nānyathātvaṃ samanupaśyati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte teṣāṃ cittānāṃ svabhāvaḥ saṃvidyate,
ya āgacched vā gacched vā utpadyeta vā nirudhyeta vā
sthīyeta vānyathā vā bhavet.
evaṃ khalu subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānāṃ
mahadgataṃ cittaṃ mahadgataṃ cittam iti
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
iti mahadgatacittajñānam

§3442punar aparaṃ subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānām
apramāṇaṃ cittam apramāṇaṃ cittam iti
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
kathaṃ ca subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānām
apramāṇaṃ cittam apramāṇaṃ cittam iti
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti?
iha subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānāṃ
tac cittaṃ na sthitaṃ nāsthitaṃ na viṣṭhitaṃ nāviṣṭhitaṃ samanupaśyati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
anāśrayā hi subhūte cittadhārā apramāṇā,
na hi teṣām āśrayaḥ saṃvidyate yatra pratiṣṭheran.
evaṃ hi subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānām apramāṇāni
cittāny apramāṇāni cittānīti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
ity apramāṇacittajñānam〔PSP_4 63〕

§3443punar aparaṃ subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānām
anidarśanaṃ cittam anidarśanaṃ cittam iti
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
kathaṃ ca subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānām
anidarśanaṃ cittam anidarśanaṃ cittam iti
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti?
iha subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām āgamya parasattvānāṃ
parapudgalānāṃ alakṣaṇāni cittāni svabhāvarahitāni
cittāni yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti svalakṣaṇaśūnyatām
upādāya.
evaṃ hi subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānām
anidarśanañ cittam anidarśanaṃ cittam iti
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
ity anidarśanacittajñānam

§3444punar aparaṃ subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānām
adṛśyaṃ cittam adṛśyaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
kathaṃ ca subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānām
adṛśyaṃ cittam adṛśyaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti?
iti hi subhūte tathāgatasyārhataḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhasya pañcānāṃ cakṣuṣāṃ tāni paracittāni
nāvabhāsam āgacchanti.
evaṃ hi subhūte tathāgato ‘rhan samyaksaṃbuddha imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānām
adṛśyaṃ cittam adṛśyaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
ity adṛśyacittajñānam punar aparaṃ subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānāṃ ca
cittonmiñjitāni nimiñjitāni saṃmiñjitāni prasāritāni
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
kathaṃ ca subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānāṃ cittonmiñjitāni
nimiñjitāni saṃmiñjitāni prasāritāni
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti?
iha subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānāṃ tāni cittonmiñjitāni
nimiñjitāni saṃmiñjitāni prasāritāny evaṃ prajānāti,
yāni kānicit sattvānāṃ cittonmiñjitāni vā nimiñjitāni vā
saṃmiñjitāni vā prasāritāni vā utpadyamānāny utpadyante,
sarvāṇi tāni rūpasaṃniśritāni, vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārāḥ,
vijñānasaṃniśritāni vā utpadyamānāny utpadyante.〔PSP_4 64〕

§3445evaṃ hi subhūte tathāgatas teṣām imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya cittonmiñjitāni nimiñjitāni
saṃmiñjitāni prasāritāni yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti,
bhavati tathāgataḥ paraṃmaraṇād iti rūpagatam etat,
na bhavati, bhavati ca na bhavati ca,
naiva bhavati na na bhavati tathāgataḥ paraṃmaraṇād iti
rūpagatam etat, vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
bhavati tathāgataḥ paraṃmaraṇād iti vijñānagatam etat,
na bhavati, bhavati ca na bhavati ca,
naiva bhavati na na bhavati tathāgataḥ paraṃmaraṇād iti
vijñānagatam etat.

§3446śāśvataś ca ātmā ca lokaś ca
idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti rūpagatam etat,
aśāśvataḥ, śāśvataś cāśāśvataś ca,
naiva śāśvato nāśāśvata ātmā ca lokaś ca
idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti rūpagatam etat,
evaṃ vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārāḥ, śāśvata ātmā ca lokaś ca
idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti vijñānagatam etat,
aśāśvataḥ, śāśvataś cāśāśvataś ca,
naiva śāśvato nāśāśvata ātmā ca lokaś ca
idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti vijñānagatam etat.

§3447evam antavān ātmā ca lokaś ca idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti
rūpagatam etat, evaṃ vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
antavān ātmā ca lokaś ca idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti
vijñānagatam etat.
evam ananta ātmā ca lokaś ca
idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti rūpagatam etat,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā, ananta ātmā ca lokaś ca
idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti vijñānagatam etat,
antavāṃś cānantaś cātmā ca lokaś ca
idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti rūpagatam etat,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā, antavāṃś cānantaś cātmā ca
lokaś ca idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti vijñānagatam etat,
naivāntavān nānanta ātmā ca lokaś ca
idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti rūpagatam etat,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā, naivāntavān nānanta ātmā ca
lokaś ca idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti
vijñānagatam etat.

§3448bhavaty ātmā ca lokaś ca paraṃmaraṇād idam
eva satyaṃ moham anyad〔PSP_4 65〕iti rūpagatam etat,
na bhavati, bhavati ca na bhavati ca,
naiva bhavati na na bhavati ātmā ca lokaś ca
paraṃmaraṇād idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti rūpagatam etat,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā, bhavaty ātmā ca lokaś ca
paraṃmaraṇād idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti vijñānagatam etat,
na bhavati, bhavati ca na bhavati ca,
naiva bhavati na na bhavati ātmā ca lokaś ca
paraṃmaraṇād idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti
vijñānagatam etat.

§3449sa jīvas tac charīram anyo jīvo ‘nyac charīram
idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti rūpagatam etat,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārāḥ, sa jīvas tac charīram anyo
jīvo ‘nyac charīram idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti
vijñānagatam etat.
evaṃ hi subhūte tathāgataḥ parasattvānāṃ parapudgalānāṃ
cittonmiñjitāni nimiñjitāni saṃmiñjitāni prasāritāni
yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti.
iti cittonmiñjitādijñānam

§3450punar aparaṃ subhūte tathāgata imāṃ prajñāpāramitām
āgamya rūpaṃ saṃjānīte.
kim iti rūpaṃ saṃjānīte?
tathā sañjānīte yathā tathatā avitathatā avikārā
avikalpā animittā anābhogā aprapañcā nirupalambhā,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā, vijñānaṃ saṃjānīte.
kim iti vijñānaṃ saṃjānīte?
tathā saṃjānīte yathā tathatā avitathatā avikārā
avikalpā animittā anābhogā aprapañcā nirupalambhā.
evaṃ hi subhūte tathāgataḥ parasattvānāṃ
parapudgalānāṃ prajñāpāramitām āgamya unmiñjitāni
nimiñjitāni saṃmiñjitāni prasāritāni
tathā jānāti yathā tathatā avitathatā avikārā avikalpā
animittā anābhogā aprapañcā nirupalambhā.
iti tathatākārajñānam

§3451iti subhūte yā unmiñji­tanimiñ­jitasaṃ­nimiñji­taprasā­ritatathatā
sā skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­datathatā,
yā skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­datathatā sā sarvadharmatathatā,
yā sarvadharmatathatā sā ṣaṇṇāṃ pāramitānāṃ tathatā,
yā ṣaṇnāṃ pāramitānāṃ tathatā sā saptatriṃśad bodhipakṣyāṇāṃ
dharmāṇāṃ tathatā, yā saptatriṃśad bodhipakṣyāṇāṃ
dharmāṇāṃ tathatā sā sarvaśūnyatānāṃ tathatā,〔PSP_4 66〕
yā sarvaśūnyatānāṃ tathatā sāṣṭānāṃ vimokṣāṇāṃ
navānāñ cānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattīnāṃ tathatā,
yā aṣṭānāṃ vimokṣyāṇāṃ navānāñ cānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattīnāṃ
tathatā sāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīnāṃ tathatā,
yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīnāṃ tathatā sā caturṇām
āryasatyānāṃ tathatā, yā caturṇām āryasatyānāṃ
tathatā sā śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tavimok­ṣamukhānāṃ tathatā,
yā śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tavimok­ṣamukhānāṃ
tathatā sā ṣaṇṇām abhijñānāṃ tathatā,
yā ṣaṇṇām abhijñānāṃ tathatā sā sarvasamādhīnāṃ tathatā,
yā sarvasamādhīnāṃ tathatā sā sarvadhāraṇīmukhānāṃ tathatā,
yā sarvadhāraṇīmukhānāṃ tathatā sā daśānāṃ
tathāgatabalānāṃ tathatā, yā daśānāṃ tathāgatabalānāṃ
tathatā sā caturṇāṃ vaiśāradyānāṃ tathatā,
yā caturṇāṃ vaiśāradyānāṃ tathatā sā catasṛṇāṃ pratisaṃvidāṃ tathatā,
yā catasṛṇāṃ pratisaṃvidāṃ tathatā sā mahāmaitryā mahākaruṇāyās tathatā,
yā mahāmaitryā mahākaruṇāyās tathatā sāṣṭādaśānām
āveṇikānāṃ buddhadharmāṇāṃ tathatā,
yāṣṭādaśānām āveṇikānāṃ buddhadharmāṇāṃ
tathatā sā sarvajñatāyās tathatā,
yā sarvajñatāyās tathatā sā kuśalākuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ tathatā,
yā kuśalākuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ tathatā sā laukikalokottarāṇāṃ
sāsravānāsravāṇāṃ sāvadyānavadyānāṃ sakleśaniḥkleśāṇāṃ
saṃkleśavyavadānānāṃ saṃskṛtāsaṃskṛtānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ tathatā,
yā saṃskṛtāsaṃskṛtānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ
tathatā sātītā­nāgatap­ratyut­pannānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ tathatā,
yātītā­nāgatap­ratyut­pannānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ
tathatā sā srotaāpannadharmatathatā,
yā srotaāpannadharmatathatā sā srotaāpattiphalatathatā,
yā srotaāpattiphalatathatā sā sakṛdāgāmidharmatathatā,
yā sakṛdāgāmidharmatathatā sā sakṛdāgāmiphalatathatā,
yā sakṛdāgāmiphalatathatā sā anāgāmidharmatathatā,
yā anāgāmidharmatathatā sā anāgāmiphalatathatā,
yā anāgāmiphalatathatā sā arhattvatathatā,
yā arhattvatathatā sā arhattvaphalatathatā,
yā arhattvaphalatathatā sā pratyekabuddhatathatā
yā pratyekabuddhatathatā sā pratyekabodhitathatā,
yā pratyekabodhitathatā sānuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodhes tathatā,
yānuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodhes〔PSP_4 67〕tathatā sā tathāgatatathatā,
yā tathāgatatathatā sā sarvasattvatathatā.
iti hi yā ca tathāgatatathatā yā ca sarvasattvatathatā,
ekaivaiṣā tathatā avinirbhāgatathatā,
yā avinirbhāgatathatā sā akṣayā,
yā cākṣayā sākṣayatvenādvaidhīkārā.
iyaṃ subhūte sarvadharmatathatā,
yā prajñāpāramitām āgamya tathāgatenābhisaṃbuddhā,
evam iyaṃ subhūte prajñāpāramitā tathatā tathāgatānāṃ janayitrī,
evaṃ hi subhūte iyaṃ prajñāpāramitā lokasya darśayitrī,
evaṃ hi subhūte tathāgato ‘rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ
sarvadharmatathatāṃ jānāti,
avitathatām ananyatathatāṃ jānāti,
yayā tathatayā tathāgato ‘rhan samyaksaṃbuddha ity ucyate.

§3452subhūtir āha: gambhīrā bhagavan yad uta sarvadharmāṇāṃ
tathatā avitathatā ananyatathatā.
anayā bhagavaṃs tathatayā buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ bodhiḥ
prakāśikā.
ko ‘tra bhagavann adhimokṣyate?
anyatrāvinivartanīyair bodhisattvair mahāsattvair
dṛṣṭisaṃpannair vā pudgalair arhadbhiḥ kṣīṇāsravair vā
yāvad gambhīrā bhagavann ime dharmās tathāga­tenābhi­saṃbudh­yākhyātāḥ.

§3453bhagavān āha: tathā hi subhūte akṣayā tathatā.
kasmād akṣayā?
sarvadharmāṇām akṣayatvād akṣayā tathatā,
eṣā sā subhūte tathatā tathāgatenānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbudhyākhyātā yad uta sarvadharmatathatā.
iti samyaksaṃbuddhasya tathatā­vabodha­tatpara­samākh­yānapraj­ñapanaj­ñānāni

§3454atha khalu yāvantas trisāhas­ramahā­sāhasra­lokadhātau kāmāvacarā rūpāvacarāś ca
devaputrās te sarve divyāni candanacūrṇāni
parigṛhya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntā upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ
pādau śirasābhivandyaikānte tiṣṭhann,
ekānte sthitāś ca te kāmāvacarā rūpāvacarāś ca
devaputrā bhagavantam etad avocan:
gambhīreyaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā prakāśyate.
kiṃlakṣaṇā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā?

§3455bhagavān āha: śūnyatālakṣaṇā hi devaputrā iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā,
ānimittalakṣaṇā hi devaputrā iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā,
apraṇihitalakṣaṇā hi devaputrā iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā.〔PSP_4 68〕

§3456iti śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­talakṣaṇāni

§3457anutpādalakṣaṇā anirodhalakṣaṇā asaṃkleśalakṣaṇā avyavadānalakṣaṇā
abhāvalakṣaṇā asvabhāvalakṣaṇā aniśritalakṣaṇā ākāśalakṣaṇā
aśāśvatalakṣaṇā anucchedalakṣaṇā anabhisaṃskāralakṣaṇā
anekārthalakṣaṇā anānārthalakṣaṇā anāgamanalakṣaṇā
āgamanalakṣaṇā alakṣaṇā hi devaputrā iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā.
evaṃlakṣaṇā hi devaputrā iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā,
tathāgatena lokasaṃketena vyavahriyate na punaḥ paramārthena.
ity anutpādānirodhādijñānam

§3458na hi devaputrā etāni lakṣaṇāni
sadevamānuṣāsureṇa lokena śakyante vikopayitum.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
sadevamānuṣāsuro ‘pi hi lokas tallakṣaṇa,
evaṃ na hi devaputrā lakṣaṇaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ vikopayati,
na lakṣaṇaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ prajānāti,
nālakṣaṇaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ prajānāti,
iti hi lakṣaṇāni ca alakṣaṇāni ca lakṣaṇālakṣaṇāni ca,
tayor dvayor api nāsti saṃbhavaḥ,
yena prajānīyād yo vā prajānīyāt.
iti dharmatāvikopanajñānam

§3459na hi devaputrā etāni lakṣaṇāni rūpasaṃskṛtāni,
evaṃ vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskārā, na vijñānasaṃskṛtāni
na dhātusaṃskṛtāni nāyatanasaṃskṛtāni
na pratīt­yasamut­pādasaṃs­kṛtāni na dānapāramitāsaṃskṛtāni
na śīlapāramitāsaṃskṛtāni na kṣāntipāramitāsaṃskṛtāni
na vīryapāramitāsaṃskṛtāni dhyānapāramitāsaṃskṛtāni
prajñāpāramitāsaṃskṛtāni na sarvaśūnyatāsaṃskṛtāni
na bodhipakṣ­yadhar­masaṃs­kṛtāni nāryasatyasaṃskṛtāni
nāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpatt­yaṣṭavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattisaṃs­kṛtāni
na śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tasaṃs­kṛtāni,
nābhijñāsaṃskṛtāni na sarvasamādhisaṃskṛtāni
na sarvadhā­raṇīmu­khasaṃs­kṛtāni na tathāgatabalasaṃskṛtāni
na vaiśārad­yaprati­saṃvidā­veṇika­buddha­dharma­saṃskṛtāni
na sarvajñatāsaṃskṛtāni.
ity anabhisaṃskārajñānam

§3460na hi devaputrā etāni lakṣaṇāni manuṣyāṇāṃ vā
amanuṣyāṇāṃ vā sāsravāṇi vā anāsravāṇi vā laukikāni
vā lokottarāṇi vā saṃskṛtāni vā asaṃskṛtāni
vā.

§3461atha khalu bhagavāṃs tān kāmāvacarān
rūpāvacarāṃś ca devaputrān etad〔PSP_4 69〕avocat:
yadi kaścid devaputrā ākāśaṃ kiṃ lakṣaṇam?
iti vaded, api nu sa samyag vadamāno vadet.

§3462devaputrā āhur: na bhagavan samyag vadamāno vadet.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi bhagavann ākāśaṃ kenacil lakṣaṇena saṃvidyate asaṃskṛtatvād ākāśadhātoḥ.
ity avikalpajñānam

§3463bhagavān āha: utpādād vā devaputrās tathāgatānām
anutpādād vā sthitaivaiṣā dharmadhātusthitir evaṃlakṣaṇā,
yathā sthito lakṣaṇahetuḥ sā bhūtā tathāgatenābhisaṃbuddhā,
tasmāt tathāgatas tathāgata ity ucyate.

§3464devaputrā āhuḥ: gambhīrāṇi bhagavann imāni lakṣaṇāni
tathāgatenābhisaṃbuddhāni yeṣāṃ lakṣaṇānām abhisaṃbuddhatvāt,
tathāgatasyāsaṅgajñānaṃ yeṣu lakṣaṇeṣu sthitvā
tathāgatena sarvalakṣaṇāni saṃprakāśitāni,
prajñā­pārami­tāsaṃp­rakāśa­natayā bhagavaṃs tāni
lakṣaṇāni saṃprakāśitāni.
āścaryaṃ bhagavan yāvad gambhīreyaṃ prajñāpāramitā tathāgatānām
arhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ gocaro,
yatra carato tathāgatenārhatā samyaksaṃbuddhenānuttarā
samyaksaṃbodhir abhisaṃbuddhā, anuttarāṃ ca
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya sarvalakṣaṇānāṃ prabhedaḥ kṛto,
rūpalakṣaṇasya vedanālakṣaṇasya saṃjñālakṣaṇasya
saṃskāralakṣaṇasya vijñānalakṣaṇasya,
evaṃ skandhalakṣaṇasya dhātulakṣaṇasya
āyatanalakṣaṇasya pratīt­yasamut­pādalak­ṣaṇasya prabhedaḥ
kṛto yāvat sarvajñatālakṣaṇasya prabhedaḥ
kṛtaḥ.
iti prabhedajñānam

§3465atha khalu bhagavāṃs tān kāmāvacarān
rūpāvacarāṃś ca devaputrān etad avocat:
rūpāṇāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ devaputrā rūpam,
evaṃ tat tathāgatenālakṣaṇam ity abhisaṃbuddham,
anubhavalakṣaṇā vedanā, nimittodgrahaṇalakṣaṇā saṃjñā,
abhisaṃskāralakṣaṇāḥ saṃskārāḥ,
prativijñaptilakṣaṇaṃ vijñānaṃ tathāgatenālakṣaṇam ity abhisaṃbuddhaṃ,
rāśīlakṣaṇā skandhāḥ, gotralakṣaṇā dhātavaḥ,
āyadvāralakṣaṇāny āyatanāni, sāmagrīlakṣaṇaḥ
pratītyasamutpādas tathāgatenaite ‘lakṣaṇā ity abhisaṃbuddhāḥ,
parityāgalakṣaṇā dānapāramitā,
sā tathāgatenālakṣaṇety abhisaṃbuddhā.
anuddāhalakṣaṇā śīlapāramitā, akopalakṣaṇā kṣāntipāramitā,
anavamardanīyalakṣaṇā vīryapāramitā,
saṃgrahalakṣaṇā dhyānapāramitā,
asaṅgalakṣaṇā prajñāpāramitā,
sā tathāgatenālakṣaṇety abhisaṃbuddhā.
avikopanalakṣaṇāni catvāri dhyānāni catvāry apramāṇāni
catasra ārūpyasamāpattayas〔PSP_4 70〕tās tathāgatenālakṣaṇā ity abhisaṃbuddhāḥ.
nairyāṇikalakṣaṇāḥ saptatriṃśad bodhipakṣyā dharmās
te tathāgatenālakṣaṇā ity abhisaṃbuddhāḥ.
viviktalakṣaṇā śūnyatā, śāntalakṣaṇam ānimittam,
anābhogalakṣaṇam apraṇihitaṃ tat tathāgatenālakṣaṇam ity
abhisaṃbuddhaṃ vimocalakṣaṇā vimokṣyās te tathāgatenālakṣaṇā ity abhisaṃbuddhāḥ.
suniścitalakṣaṇāni balāni,
supratiṣṭhitalakṣaṇāni vaiśāradyāny,
anācchedyalakṣaṇāḥ pratisaṃvidaḥ,
hitopasaṃhāralakṣaṇā mahāmaitrī,
paritrāṇalakṣaṇā mahākaruṇā,
buddha­dharmap­rasādap­rāmodya­lakṣaṇā muditā,
sarvado­ṣasukha­duṣkha­lābhālā­bhayaśo­yaśonin­dāpraśaṃ­sopekṣāṇāṃ
lakṣaṇā upekṣā, asaṃhāryalakṣaṇā aṣṭādaśāveṇikā
buddhadharmās te tathāgatenālakṣaṇā ity abhisaṃbuddhā
yāvat pratyakṣalakṣaṇaṃ sarvajñajñānaṃ tathāgatenālakṣaṇam ity abhisaṃbuddham.
evaṃ hi devaputrās tathāgatena sarvadharmā alakṣaṇā
ity abhisaṃbuddhās tena tathāgato saṅgajñānīty ucyate.
ity alakṣaṇajñānam

§3466atha khalu bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim āmantrayāmāsa:
prajñāpāramitā subhūte tathāgatasyārhataḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhasya yenaiva janayitrī asya ca
lokasya darśayitrī tena kāraṇena tathāgata
imaṃ prajñāpāramitādharmam upaniśritya viharati.
iti svadhar­mopaniś­rayavi­hārajñānam

§3467evaṃ dharmaṃ satkaroti gurukaroti mānayati pūjayati arcayaty apacāyate.
iyaṃ sā subhūte prajñāpāramitādharmatā tasmād imāṃ tathāgataḥ
prajñāpāramitāṃ satkaroti gurukaroti mānayati pūjayaty arcayaty apacāyate.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
ato hi subhūte prajñāpāramitāyāḥ
buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ prādurbhāvo bhavati,
kṛtajñaś ca subhūte tathāgataḥ kṛtavedī,
ye khalu punaḥ subhūte samyagvadamānā vadeyuḥ
kṛtajñaḥ kṛtavedīti tathāgataṃ,
te samyagvadamānāḥ samyag vadeyuḥ kṛtajñaḥ
kṛtavedīti.
kathaṃ ca subhūte tathāgataḥ kṛtajño bhavati
kṛtavedīti?
yena subhūte yānena tathāgata āgataḥ,
yayā pratipadā anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhas tatas tathāgatas tad eva yānaṃ tām
eva pratipadaṃ satkaroti gurukaroti mānayati pūjayati
arcayaty apacāyate ‘nugṛhṇāti anuparipālayate,
iyaṃ sā subhūte tathāgatasya kṛtajñatā kṛtaveditā draṣṭavyā.
iti satkārādijñānam〔PSP_4 71〕

§3468punar aparaṃ subhūte tathāgatena sarvadharmā
akṛtā ity abhisaṃbuddhāḥ kārakāsattām upādāya,
avikṛtā ity abhisaṃbuddhā nigrahāsattām
upādāya iyam api subhūte tathāgatasya kṛtajñatā kṛtaveditā draṣṭavyā.
evaṃ tathāgatena prajñāpāramitām
āgamya sarvadharmā akṛtā ity abhisaṃbuddhāḥ.
ity akṛtakajñānam

§3469punar aparaṃ subhūte tathāgatasya prajñāpāramitām
āgamya sarvadharmeṣv akṛtakajñānaṃ pravṛttam apravṛttisaṃketenānena
subhūte paryāyeṇa prajñāpāramitā tathāgatasya janayitrī asya ca
lokasya darśayitrī.
iti sarvatragajñānam

§3470subhūtir āha: yadā bhagavan sarvadharmā ajānakā apaśyakāḥ,
kathaṃ tadā prajñāpāramitā tathāgatasya janayitrī asya ca
lokasya darśayitrī?

§3471bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat sarvadharmā ajānakā apaśyakāḥ,
kathañ ca subhūte sarvadharmā ajānakā apaśyakāḥ?
sarvadharmā hi subhūte śūnyāḥ ṛktakāḥ tucchakā asārakāḥ,
anena subhūte paryāyeṇa sarvadharmā ajānakā apaśyakāḥ.

§3472punar aparaṃ subhūte sarvadharmā ajānakā apaśyakāḥ,
kathañ ca subhūte sarvadharmā ajānakā apaśyakāḥ?
sarvadharmāḥ subhūte aniśritā aparyāpannāḥ,
anena subhūte paryāyeṇa sarvadharmā ajānakā apaśyakāḥ.
evaṃ khalu subhūte prajñāpāramitā tathāgatasya janayitrī asya ca
lokasya darśayitrī.
sā ca punā rūpasyādṛṣṭatvād darśayitrī,
evaṃ vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ,
vijñānasyādṛṣṭatvād darśayitrī,
skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dasyādṛṣ­ṭatvād darśayitrī.
evaṃ yāvat sarvajñatāyā adṛṣṭatvād darśayitrī,
evaṃ khalu subhūte prajñāpāramitā tathāgatasya janayitrī asya ca
lokasya darśayitrī.

§3473subhūtir āha: kathaṃ bhagavan rūpasyādṛṣṭatvāt?
kathaṃ vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ?
kathaṃ vijñānasyādṛṣṭatvād darśayitrī bhavati?
kathaṃ skandhadhātvāyatanānāṃ pratīt­yasamut­pādasyā­dṛṣṭatvād darśayitrī?
kathaṃ yāvat sarvajñatāyā adṛṣṭatvād darśayitrī?

§3474bhagavān āha: yadā subhūte na rūpārambaṇaṃ vijñanam utpadyate,
evaṃ hi subhūte rūpasyādṛṣṭatvād darśayitrī.
evaṃ yadā subhūte na vedanā­saṃjñā­saṃskā­rārambaṇaṃ,〔PSP_4 72〕
yadā na vijñānārambaṇaṃ vijñānam utpadyate,
evaṃ vijñānasyādṛṣṭatvād darśayitrī.
yadā na skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dārambaṇaṃ vijñānam utpadyate,
evam eṣām adṛṣṭatvād darśayitrī.
yadā na pāramitārambaṇaṃ vijñānam utpadyate,
evaṃ pāramitānām adṛṣṭatvād darśayitrī.
evaṃ sarvaśūnyatānāṃ saptatriṃśatāṃ bodhipakṣyāṇāṃ
dharmāṇām āryasatyānām apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīnām
aṣṭānāṃ vimokṣāṇāṃ navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattīnāṃ
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihitānāṃ pañcānām abhijñānāṃ sarvadhāraṇīmukhānāṃ
daśatathāgatabalānāṃ vaiśāradyānāṃ pratisaṃvidāṃ,
yadā na āveṇika­buddha­dharmā­rambaṇaṃ vijñānam utpadyate,
evam āveṇikabuddhadharmāṇām adṛṣṭatvād darśayitrī.
yadā subhūte na sarvajñatārambaṇaṃ vijñānam utpadyate,
evaṃ sarvajñatāyā adṛṣṭatvād darśayitrī.
evaṃ hi subhūte iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā tathāgatasya janayitrī asya ca
lokasya darśayitrī.
ity adṛṣṭārthadarśakajñānam

§3475punar aparaṃ subhūte kathaṃ prajñāpāramitā tathāgatasya janayitrī asya ca
lokasya darśayitrī?
iha subhūte prajñāpāramitā lokaḥ śūnya iti
sūcayati.
kim iti lokaḥ śūnya iti sūcayati?
pañcaskandhā lokaḥ śūnya iti sūcayati,
dvādaśāyatanāni lokaḥ śūnya iti sūcayati,
aṣṭādaśadhātavo lokaḥ śūnya iti sūcayati,
daśakuśalāḥ karmapathā lokaḥ śūnya iti sūcayati,
catvāri dhyānāni catvāry apramāṇāni
catasra ārūpyasamāpattayo lokaḥ śūnya iti sūcayati,
avidyā pratyayo dvādaśāṅ­gapratīt­yasamutpādo lokaḥ
śūnya iti sūcayati, satkāyadṛṣṭipūrvakāni
dvāṣaṣṭidṛṣṭikṛtāni lokaḥ śūnya iti sūcayati,
saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyā dharmā lokaḥ śūnya iti sūcayati,
ṣaṭpāramitā lokaḥ śūnya iti sūcayati.
evam adhyātmaśūnyatā bahirdhāśūnyatā adhyātmabahirdhāśūnyatā
śūnyatāśūnyatā yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatā lokaḥ
śūnya iti sūcayati.
evaṃ daśabalāni vaiśāradyāni
pratisaṃvida āveṇikabuddhadharmā lokaḥ śūnya iti sūcayati,
sarvajñatā lokaḥ śūnya iti sūcayati.
evaṃ hi subhūte prajñāpāramitā tathāgatasya janayitrī asya ca
lokasya darśayitrī.

§3476punar aparaṃ subhūte prajñāpāramitā lokaḥ śūnya iti
jñāpayati.〔PSP_4 73〕
kim iti lokaḥ śūnya iti jñāpayati?
skandhadhātvāyatanāni lokaḥ śūnya iti jñāpayati,
pratītyasamutpādo daśakuśalāḥ
karmapathāś catvāri dhyānāni catvāry apramāṇāni
catasra ārūpyasamāpattayo lokaḥ śūnya iti jñāpayati,
saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyā dharmā yāvat sarvajñatā lokaḥ
śūnya iti jñapayati.
evaṃ hi subhūte prajñāpāramitā tathāgatasya janayitri asya ca
lokasya darśayitrī.

§3477punar aparaṃ subhūte prajñāpāramitā tathāgatasya lokaḥ
śūnya iti darśayati.
kim iti lokaḥ śūnya iti darśayati?
skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādaṃ daśakuśalāḥ
karmapathāś catvāri dhyānāni
catvāry apramāṇāni catasra ārūpyasamāpattayaḥ
satkāyadṛṣṭipūrvakāṇi dvāṣaṣṭidṛṣṭikṛtāni
ṣaṭpāramitāḥ saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyā dharmāḥ
sarvaśūnyatā daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmā
yāvat sarvākārajñatā lokaḥ śūnya iti
darśayati.
evaṃ hi subhūte prajñāpāramitā tathāgatasya janayitrī asya ca
lokasya darśayitrī.
iti śūnyatā­kārasū­cakajñā­nopadar­śakajñānāni

§3478punar aparaṃ subhūte prajñāpāramitā tathāgatasya loko ‘cintya iti
darśayati.
kim iti loko ‘cintya iti darśayati?
pañcaskandhā dhātava āyatanāni
pratītyasamutpādo yāvat sarvākārajñatā loko ‘cintya iti
darśayati.
evaṃ vivikta iti atyantaśūnya iti svabhāvaśūnya iti
darśayati.

§3479punar aparaṃ subhūte prajñāpāramitā tathāgatasya lokaḥ
śānta iti darśayati.
kim iti lokaḥ śānta iti darśayati?
skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādā yāvat sarvākārajñatā lokaḥ
śānta iti darśayati.
evaṃ hi subhūte prajñāpāramitā tathāgatasya janayitrī asya ca
lokasya darśayitrī.
ity acintyatāśāntajñānam

§3480punar aparaṃ subhūte prajñāpāramitā tathāgatasya lokaḥ
śūnyataiveti darśayati.
kim iti lokaḥ śūnyataiveti darśayati?
pañcaskandhā lokaḥ śūnyataiveti darśayati,
tathā dhātvāyatanāni lokaḥ śūnyataiveti darśayati,
pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni lokaḥ śūnyataiveti darśayati.
evaṃ yāvat sarvākārajñatā lokaḥ śūnyataiveti darśayati.
evaṃ hi subhūte〔PSP_4 74〕prajñāpāramitā tathāgatasya janayitrī asya ca
lokasya darśayitrī.
sā punar iyaṃ subhūte gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā
tathāgatasyaivaṃ lokaṃ darśayati,
yathā nehalokasaṃjñā nāpi paralokasaṃjñā bhavati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi te dharmā na saṃvidyante ye nehalokasaṃjñāṃ paralokasaṃjñāṃ vā
kuryād.
iti lokasaṃjñānirodhajñānam iti jñānalakṣaṇam

§3481subhūtir āha: mahākṛtyena bateyaṃ bhagavan
prajñāpāramitā bhagavataḥ pratyupasthitā,
acintya­kṛtyenā­tulyakṛt­yenāpra­meyakṛt­yenāsaṃkh­yeyakṛt­yenāsa­masama­kṛtyeneyaṃ
bhagavan prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā bhagavataḥ.

§3482bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat,
mahākṛtyena subhūte prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā tathāgatānāṃ.
kathaṃ ca subhūte mahākṛtyena prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā?
mahākṛtyam idaṃ subhūte tathāgatānāṃ
yad uta sarvasattvānāṃ trāṇala­yanāpa­rityāgār­thena.
kathaṃ ca subhūte acintyakṛtyeneyaṃ prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā?
acintyaṃ subhūte buddhatvaṃ tathāgatatvaṃ svayaṃbhūtvaṃ sarvajñatvam.
evam acintyakṛtyena subhūte prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā tathāgatānām
arhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānām.
kathaṃ ca subhūte atulyakṛtyeneyaṃ prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā?
na hi subhūte kaścit sattvaḥ sattvanikāye saṃvidyate,
yaḥ śaknuyāt tathāgatam arhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ tulayitum.
anena subhūte paryāyeṇātulyakṛtyena tathāgatānām
arhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā.
kathaṃ ca subhūte tathāgatānām arhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānām
aprameyakṛtyeneyaṃ prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā?
aprameyaṃ subhūte buddhatvaṃ tathāgatatvaṃ svayaṃbhūtvaṃ
sarvajñatvaṃ tan na śakyaṃ kenacit pramātum.
anena subhūte paryāye­ṇāprame­yakṛtyeneyaṃ tathāgatānāṃ
prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā.
kathañ ca subhūte tathāgatānām arhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānām
asaṃkhyeyakṛtyena prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā?
asaṃkhyeyaṃ subhūte buddhatvaṃ tathāgatatvaṃ svayaṃbhūtvaṃ
sarvajñatvaṃ tan na śakyaṃ kenacit saṃkhyātum.
anena subhūte paryāyeṇāsaṃkhyeyakṛtyena〔PSP_4 75〕tathāgatānāṃ
prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā.
kathañ ca subhūte asamasamakṛtyena prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā?
nāsti subhūte tathāgatānāṃ samaḥ kutaḥ
punar uttaraḥ.
anena subhūte paryāyeṇa asamasamakṛtyena tathāgatānāṃ
prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā.

§3483subhūtir āha: kiṃ punar bhagavan buddhatvaṃ tathāgatatvaṃ
svayaṃbhūtvaṃ sarvajñatvam acintyam atulyam aprameyam asaṃkhyeyam asamasamam?

§3484bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat,
acintyaṃ subhūte buddhatvaṃ tathāgatatvaṃ svayaṃbhūtvaṃ sarvajñatvam,
evam atulyam aprameyam asaṃkhyeyam asamasamaṃ subhūte
buddhatvaṃ tathāgatatvaṃ svayaṃbhūtvaṃ sarvajñatvam.
rūpam api subhūte acintyam atulyam aprameyam asaṃkhyeyam asamasamaṃ,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
vijñānaṃ subhūte acintyam atulyam aprameyam asaṃkhyeyam asamasamam,
evaṃ dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādo ‘cintyo ‘tulyo ‘prameyo ‘saṃkhyeyo ‘samasamaḥ.
evaṃ yāvat sarvajñatā ‘py acintyā ‘tulyā ‘prameyā ‘saṃkhyeyā ‘samasamā,
sarvadharmā api subhūte ‘cintyā ‘tulyā ‘prameyā ‘saṃkhyeyā ‘samasamā,
yā subhūte sarvadharmāṇāṃ dharmatā na tatra cittan na caitasikā vā
dharmā upalapsyante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
rūpaṃ hi subhūte acintyam atulyam aprameyam asaṃkhyeyam
asamasaman na prajñāyate, vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
vijñānaṃ hi subhūte acintyam atulyam aprameyam asaṃkhyeyam asamasaman na prajñāyate.
evaṃ dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādo ‘cintyo ‘tulyo
‘prameyo ‘saṃkhyeyo ‘samasamo na prajñāyate,
yāvat sarvajñatā ‘py acintyā ‘tulyā ‘prameyā ‘saṃkhyeyā ‘samasamā na prajñāyate.

§3485subhūtir āha: kena kāraṇena bhagavan rūpam acintyam
atulyam aprameyam asaṃkhyeyam asamasaman na prajñāyate,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā vijñānam acintyam atulyam
aprameyam asaṃkhyeyam asamasaman na prajñāyate.
evaṃ dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādo ‘cintyo ‘tulyo
‘prameyo ‘saṃkhyeyo ‘samasamo na prajñāyate.
evaṃ yāvat sarvajñatāpi bhagavan kena kāraṇena ‘cintyā
‘tulyā ‘prameyā ‘saṃkhyeyā ‘samasamā na prajñāyate?

§3486bhagavān āha: rūpasyāpi cintanaṃ tulanaṃ pramāṇaṃ
gaṇanaṃ samaviṣamatvaṃ na prajñayate.
evaṃ yāvat sarvākārajñatāyāś cintanaṃ tulanaṃ pramāṇaṃ
gaṇanaṃ samaviṣamatvaṃ na prajñāyate.

§3487subhūtir āha: kena kāraṇena bhagavan rūpasya yāvat sarvākārajñatāyāś〔PSP_4 76〕
cintanaṃ tulanaṃ pramāṇaṃ gaṇanaṃ samaviṣamatvaṃ na prajñāyate?

§3488bhagavān āha: rūpasya subhūte svabhāvo ‘cintyo
‘tulyo ‘prameyo ‘saṃkhyeyo ‘samasamo niḥsvabhāvatvāt,
vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ,
vijñānasya subhūte svabhāvo ‘cintyo ‘tulyo ‘prameyo
‘saṃkhyeyo ‘samasamo niḥsvabhāvatvāt.
evaṃ dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādasya svabhāvo ‘cintyo
‘tulyo ‘prameyo ‘saṃkhyeyo ‘samasamo niḥsvabhāvatvāt.
evaṃ yāvat sarvajñatāyāḥ svabhāvo ‘cintyo ‘tulyo
‘prameyo ‘saṃkhyeyo ‘samasamo niḥsvabhāvatvāt.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte yad rūpam acintyam atulyam aprameyam
asaṃkhyeyam asamasamam api nu tatra rūpam upalabhyate,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārāḥ,
yat subhūte vijñānam acintyam atulyam aprameyam
asaṃkhyeyam asamasamam api nu tatra vijñānam upalabhyate.
ye dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādā acintyā
atulyā aprameyā asaṃkhyeyā asamasamāḥ,
api nu tatra dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādā upalabhyante.
yā subhūte sarvajñatā ‘cintyā ‘tulyā ‘prameyā
‘saṃkhyeyā ‘samasamā ‘pi nu tatra sarvajñatopalabhyate.

§3489subhūtir āha: no bhagavan.

§3490bhagavān āha: anena subhūte paryāyeṇa sarvadharmā
acintyā atulyā aprameyā asaṃkhyeyā asamasamāḥ,
ime te subhūte tathāgatasya tathāgatadharmā acintyāś cintanoparatatvād,
atulyās tulanoparatatvād, aprameyāḥ pramāṇoparatatvād,
asaṃkhyeyā gaṇanoparatatvād,
asamasamāḥ samaviṣamoparatatvāt.
anena subhūte paryāyeṇa sarvadharmā acintyā
atulyā aprameyā asaṃkhyeyā asamasamāḥ,
ime te subhūte tathāgatasya tathāgatadharmā acintyāś cintāsamatikrāntāḥ,
atulyās tulanāsamatikrāntāḥ, aprameyāḥ pramāṇasamatikrāntāḥ,
asaṃkhyeyā gaṇanāsamatikrāntāḥ,
asamasamāḥ samaviṣamasamatikrāntāḥ.
acintyā iti subhūte acintanādhivacanam etat,
atulyā iti subhūte atulanādhivacanam etat,
aprameyā iti subhūte apramāṇādhivacanam etat,
asaṃkhyeyā iti subhūte agaṇanādhivacanam etat,
asamasamā iti subhūte asamaviṣamādhivacanam etat,
ime te subhūte tathāgatasya tathāgatadharmā acintyā
atulyā aprameyā asaṃkhyeyā asamasamāḥ.
acintyā iti subhūte ākāśācintyatvād,
evam atulyā aprameyā asaṃkhyeyā asamasamā ākāśāsamasamatvād.
evaṃ hi subhūte tathāgatasya tathāgatadharmā
acintyā atulyā aprameyā asaṃkhyeyā〔PSP_4 77〕asamasamāḥ,
te na śakyante sarvaś­rāvakap­ratyeka­buddhaiḥ
sarvadevakenāpi lokena cintayituṃ vā tulayituṃ vā
pramātuṃ vā saṃkhyātuṃ vā samaviṣamaṃ vā
kartum.
evam aprameyā buddhā aprameyā buddhadharmāḥ,
asmin khalu punar acintyā­tulyāp­rameyā­saṃkhye­yāsama­samapa­rivarta­dharma­paryāye
bhagavatā bhāṣyamāṇe pañcānāṃ bhikṣuśatānām
anupādāyāsravebhyaś cittāni vimuktāni,
viṃśatīnāṃ ca bhikṣuṇī śatānām
anupādāyāsravebhyaś cittāni vimuktāni,
ṣaṣṭeś copāsakasahasrāṇāṃ viṃśatīnām upāsikāsahasrāṇāṃ
virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu dharmacakṣurviśuddhaṃ,
viṃśateś ca bodhisattvasahasrāṇām anutpattikeṣu
dharmeṣu kṣāntipratilambho ‘bhūt.
te ca bhagavatā ihaiva bhadrakalpe vyākṛtā buddhā bhaviṣyanti.
ity acintyatādiviśeṣeṇa duḥkhe catvāraḥ
kṣaṇāḥ

§3491atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
gambhīreyaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā,
mahākṛtyeneyaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā,
acintya­kṛtyenā­tulyakṛt­yenāsaṃkh­yeyakṛt­yenāpra­meyakṛt­yenāsa­masama­kṛtyeneyaṃ
bhagavan prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā.

§3492evam ukte bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat:
evam etat subhūte evam etat,
mahākṛtyeneyaṃ subhūte prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā,
acintya­kṛtyenā­tulyakṛt­yenāpra­meyakṛt­yenāsaṃkh­yeyakṛt­yenāsa­masama­kṛtyeneyaṃ
subhūte prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atra hi subhūte gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ pañcapāramitāḥ
samāyuktāḥ.
atra hi subhūte gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām
adhyātmaśūnyatā samāyuktā yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatā samāyuktā,
catvāri smṛtyupasthānāni catvāri samyakprahāṇāni
catvāra ṛddhipādāḥ pañcendriyāṇi pañcabalāni
saptabodhyaṅgāni āryāṣṭāṅgamārgaḥ samāyuktaḥ.
atra hi subhūte gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ catvāri dhyānāni
catvāry apramāṇāni catasra ārūpyasamāpattayaś catvāry āryasatyāni
aṣṭau vimokṣā navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattayaḥ
śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitāni ṣaḍabhijñāḥ sarvasamādhayaḥ
sarvadhāraṇīmukhāni samāyuktāni.
atra hi subhūte gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ daśatathāgatabalāni
samāyuktāni, catvāri vaiśāradyāni catasraḥ
pratisaṃvido ‘ṣṭādaśāveṇikā buddhadharmāḥ
samāyuktāḥ.
atra hi subhūte gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ buddhabhūmiḥ
samāyuktā yāvat sarvākārajñatā samāyuktā,
tadyathāpi nāma subhūte rājñaḥ
kṣatriyasya mūrdhnābhiṣiktasya janapa­dasthā­mavīryap­rāptasya〔PSP_4 78〕yāni
tāni rājakṛtyāni bhavanti sarvāṇi tāny amātyasamāyuktāny
alpotsukas tato rājā bhavaty apahṛtabhāraḥ rājakṛtye vā
janapadakṛtye vā.
evam eva subhūte ye kecic chrāvakadharmā vā
pratyekabuddhadharmā vā bodhisattvadharmā vā
buddhadharmā vā sarve te prajñāpāramitāsamāyuktāḥ
prajñāpāramitā teṣāṃ kṛtyaṃ karoti.
tasmāt tarhi subhūte mahākṛtyeneyaṃ prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā,
acintya­kṛtyenā­tulyakṛt­yenāpra­meyakṛt­yenāsaṃkh­yeyakṛt­yeneyaṃ
prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā
rūpasyā­parigra­hāyāna­bhiniveśāya pratyupasthitā,
vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ,
vijñānas­yāparig­rahāyā­nabhini­veśāya pratyupasthitā,
yāvat sarvākārajñatāyā aparigrahāyānabhiniveśāya pratyupasthitā,
srotaā­pattipha­lasyāpa­rigrahā­yānabhi­niveśāya pratyupasthitā.
evaṃ sakṛdā­gāmipha­lasyānā­gāmipha­lasyār­hattvasya
pratyekabodher aparigrahāyānabhiniveśāya pratyupasthitā.

§3493subhūtir āha: kathaṃ bhagavan rūpasyā­parigra­hāyāna­bhinive­śāyeyaṃ
prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā?
kathaṃ bhagavan vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ
saṃskārāṇāṃ?
kathaṃ bhagavan vijñānas­yāparig­rahāyā­nabhini­veśāyeyaṃ prajñāpāramitā pratyupasthitā?
yāvat kathaṃ bhagavann anuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodher aparigrahāyānabhiniveśāya pratyupasthitā?

§3494bhagavān āha: samanupaśyasi tvaṃ subhūte tad rūpaṃ yad rūpaṃ yena vā
parigṛhṇīyād abhiniveśeta vā?

§3495subhūtir āha: no hīdaṃ bhagavan,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārāḥ.

§3496bhagavān āha: samanupaśyasi tvaṃ subhūte tad vijñānaṃ yena vā
parigṛhṇīyād abhiniveśeta?
evaṃ yāvat samanupaśyasi tvaṃ subhūte tām
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ yā parigṛhṇīyād abhiniveśeta?

§3497subhūtir āha: no hīdaṃ bhagavan.
bhagavān āha: sādhu sādhu subhūte,
aham api subhūte tad rūpan na samanupaśyāmi yat parigṛhṇīyāṃ vā
abhiniviśeyaṃ vā, yo vā parigṛhṇīyād abhiniviśeta vā,
vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskārān, aham api subhūte tad vijñānan
na samanupaśyāmi yat parigṛhṇīyāṃ vā abhiniviśeyaṃ vā,
yo vā parigṛhṇīyād abhiniviśeta vā,
evaṃ yāvad aham api subhūte tām〔PSP_4 79〕
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhin na samanupaśyāmi,
asamanupaśyan na parigṛhṇāmi aparigṛhṇan nābhiniviśe,
aham api subhūte buddhabhūmiṃ sarvajñatāṃ sarvākārajñatāṃ
tathāgatatvaṃ buddhatvaṃ na samanupaśyāmi,
asamanupaśyan na parigṛhṇāmi, aparigṛhṇan nābhiniviśe,
tasmāt tarhi subhūte bodhisattvair mahāsattvair
rūpan na parigrahītavyaṃ nābhiniveṣṭavyam.
evaṃ vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārāḥ,
vijñānaṃ subhūte bodhisattvair mahāsattvair
na parigrahītavyan nābhiniveṣṭavyam.
evaṃ skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādāni
na parigrahītavyāni nābhiniveṣṭavyāni,
evaṃ sarvapāramitāḥ sarvaśūnyatāḥ sarvasamādhayaḥ
sarvadhāraṇīmukhāni saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyā dharmāḥ,
āryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattayo
‘ṣṭavimokṣā navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattayaḥ
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhijñā daśatathāgatabalāni
catvāri vaiśāradyāni catasraḥ
pratisaṃvido ‘ṣṭādaśāveṇikā buddhadharmā na parigrahītavyā
nābhiniveṣṭavyā yāvad anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir na parigrahītavyā nābhiniveṣṭavyā.
evaṃ buddhatvaṃ sarvajñatvaṃ sarvākārajñatvaṃ
tathāgatatvan na parigrahītavyaṃ nābhiniveṣṭavyam.
iti sarvār­yapudga­lasaṃg­rahavi­śeṣena samudaye prathamaḥ
kṣaṇaḥ

§3498atha khalu te kāmāvacarā rūpāvacarāś ca
devaputrā bhagavantam etad avocan:
gambhīrā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā durdṛśā duranubodhā atarkā
atarkāvacarā śāntā sūkṣmā nipuna­paṇḍita­vijñave­daniyā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā.
te khalu bhagavan bodhisattvāḥ pūrvajinakṛtādhikārā bhaviṣyanti,
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitām adhimokṣante,
kalyāṇamitraparigṛhītā avaropitakuśalamūlāḥ.
te khalu bhagavan bodhisattvā mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti,
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitām adhimokṣante.
iti puruṣa­viśeṣa­vedanī­yatāvi­śeṣeṇa samudaye dvitīyaḥ
kṣaṇaḥ

§3499saced bhagavan ye trisāhas­ramahā­sāhasra­lokadhātau sattvāḥ
sarve te śraddhānusāriṇo bhaveyuḥ,
dharmānusārino ‘ṣṭamakāḥ srotaāpannāḥ
sakṛdāgāmino ‘nāgāmino ‘rhanto bhaveyuḥ,
pratyekabuddhā bhaveyuḥ,〔PSP_4 80〕
teṣāṃ sarveṣāṃ yac ca jñānaṃ yac ca prahāṇaṃ,
yā ceha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām
ekadevasikī kṣāntiruciś cintanā tulanā
upaparīkṣaṇā gaṇanā iyam eva tataḥ paraṃ śreyaḥ,
yasyeha evaṃrūpāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ ruciḥ
kṣāntiḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi yac ca śraddhānusāriṇo dharmānusāriṇo
‘ṣṭamakasya srotaāpannānāṃ sakṛdāgāminām anāgāminām
arhatāṃ pratyekabuddhānāṃ jñānañ ca prahāṇañ ca,
sānutpat­tikadhar­makṣān­tiprati­labdhasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya kṣāntiḥ.

§3500atha khalu bhagavāṃs tān devaputrān āmantrayate sma:
evam etad devaputrā evam etad,
yac ca yāvat pratyekabuddhānāṃ jñānaṃ yac ca prahāṇaṃ,
sānutpat­tikadhar­makṣān­tiprati­labdhasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya kṣāntiḥ.
ity asādhāraṇatāviśeṣena samudaye tṛtīyakṣaṇaḥ

§3501yaḥ kaścid eva kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śṛṇuyāt,
śrutvā ca likheta likhitvā ca uddiśyed yoniśaś ca
manasikuryāt.
eṣāṃ khalu punaḥ kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṛṇāñ ca
kṣiprataraṃ parinirvāṇaṃ pratikāṅkṣitavyaṃ,
na tv eva teṣāṃ śrāvakayānikānāṃ vā pratyekabuddhayānikānāṃ
vā prajñāpāramitāvirahitānām anyeṣu sūtrānteṣu
caratām.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ sāmutkarṣikā
dharmā vistareṇopadiṣṭā yatra śraddhānusāribhir
dharmānusāribhir aṣṭamakaiś ca śikṣitavyaṃ,
yatra ca srotaāpannaiḥ sakṛdāgāmibhir anāgāmibhir arhadbhiḥ
pratyekabuddhair mahāyānasaṃprasthitair
bodhisattvair mahāsattvaiś ca śikṣitavyaṃ,
yathā tathāgatair arhadbhiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaiḥ
śikṣamāṇair anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir abhisaṃbuddhā.
iti kṣiprābhijñatāviśeṣena samudaye caturthaḥ
kṣaṇaḥ

§3502atha khalu te kāmāvacarā rūpāvacarāś ca
devaputrā udānam udānayāmāsuh:
mahāpāramiteyaṃ bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā,
acintya­pārami­tātulya­pārami­tāprame­yapāra­mitāsaṃkh­yeyapā­ramitā­samasa­mapāra­miteyaṃ
bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitā,
yatra hi nāma bhagavann iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ śikṣitvā
śraddhānusāriṇo niryāsyanti dharmānusāriṇo niryāsyanti aṣṭamakāḥ,
srotaāpannāḥ sakṛdāgāmino〔PSP_4 81〕‘nāgāmino ‘rhantaḥ pratyekabuddhāḥ,
yatra śikṣitvā bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhā abhisaṃbudhyante abhisaṃbhotsyante.
na cāsyāḥ prajñāpāramitāyā ūnatvaṃ vā pūrṇatvaṃ vā
prajñāyate.
ity anūnāpūrṇatāviśeṣena nirodhe prathamakṣaṇaḥ

§3503atha khalu te kāmāvacarā rūpāvacarāś ca
devaputrā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasābhivandya bhagavantaṃ triḥ
pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavato ‘ntikāt prakrāntā abhūvan.
te nātidūraṅ gatvā antarhitā abhūvan,
ye kāmāvacarā devaputrās te kāmadhātau prātiṣṭhante,
ye rūpāvacarā devaputrās te rūpadhātau prātiṣṭhante.

§3504atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
yo bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattva imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ
saha śravaṇenādhimokṣyate sa kutaś cyuta ihopapanno bhaviṣyati?

§3505bhagavān āha: yaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo
mahāsattva imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrutvā
saha śravaṇenādhimokṣyate nāvaleṣyati na saṃleṣyati
na dhanvāyiṣyati na kāṅkṣiṣyati na vicikitsiṣyati
abhinandiṣyati cemāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrotuṃ śrutvā
cemāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ tenaiva manasikāreṇāvirahito bhaviṣyati,
na tān manasikārān gacchann āgacchan sthito niṣaṇnaḥ
śāyito vā satatasamitam ucchrakṣyati,
taṃ ca dharmabhāṇakaṃ pudgalaṃ satatasamitam anubandhiṣyati,
tadyathāpi nāma subhūte taruṇavatsā gaur notsṛjati vatsam.
evam eva subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘syā gambhīrāyāḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāḥ kṛtaśas tāvan na jahāti taṃ
dharmabhāṇakaṃ yāvad iyaṃ prajñāpāramitā na kāyagatā
kṛtā bhaviṣyati dhṛtāvācitā paricitā manasā ca
prekṣitā dṛṣṭvā supratividdhā,
ayaṃ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo navayānikapudgalo
manuṣyeṣv eva cyuto manuṣyeṣv evopapannaḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi tena navayānikena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
pūrvam apīyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā likhitvā
pustakagatā satkṛtā gurukṛtā mānitā pūjitā arcitā apacāyitā
puṣpadhū­pagandha­mālyavi­lepana­cūrṇacī­varacchat­radhva­japatā­kābhiḥ
samantāc ca dīpamālābhiḥ
sa tena kuśalamūlena manuṣyeṣv eva cyuto manuṣyeṣv evopapannaḥ,
imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ saha śravaṇenādhimuktaḥ.
iti tīvrasaṃp­ratipat­tiviśeṣeṇa nirodhe dvitīyakṣaṇaḥ〔PSP_4 82〕

§3506subhūtir āha: syād bhagavan paryāyo yad etair eva guṇaiḥ
samanvāgato bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nyebhyo buddhakṣetrebhyo ‘nyān
buddhān bhagavataḥ paryupāsya tataś cyutaḥ
sann ihopapanno ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ
saha śravaṇenādhimokṣyate ‘dhimucya likhiṣyati
likhitvodgṛhīṣyati uddekṣyati svādhyāsyati yoniśaś ca
manasikariṣyati.

§3507bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat,
syāt subhūte paryāyo yad etair eva guṇaiḥ
samanvāgato bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nyebhyo buddhakṣetrebhyo ‘nyān
buddhān bhagavataḥ paryupāsya tataś cyutaḥ
sann ihopapanno ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ
saha śravaṇenādhimokṣyate adhimucya likhiṣyati
likhitvodgrahīṣyati uddekṣyati svādhyāsyati yoniśaś ca
manasikariṣyati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi tena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena iyaṃ gambhīrā
prajñāpāramitā teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatām antikāc chrutā śrutvā
codgṛhītā dhāritā vācitā svādhyāyitā manasikṛtā,
sa tenaiva kuśalamūlena tair eva manasikārair
ihopapannaḥ.

§3508punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvas tuṣitebhyo devebhyaś cyutaḥ,
iha manuṣyāṇāṃ sabhāgatāyām upapannaḥ sa etair
eva guṇaiḥ samanvāgato veditavyaḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte tena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena maitreyo
bodhisattvo mahāsattva imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ paripraśnīkṛtaḥ
sa tena kuśalamūlena ihopapannaḥ.
yena khalu punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
pūrvāntata iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā na śrutā,
śrutvā ca na paripraśnīkṛtā,
tasya manuṣyaloke upapannasya bhavati kāṅkṣayitatvaṃ bhavati
dhanvāyitatvaṃ bhavati cittasyāvalīnatā,
tena subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena pūrvāntato
‘pīyaṅ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā na śrutā,
śrutvā ca na paripraśnīkṛtā,
tasyāsyāṃ gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāyāṃ bhavati
kāṅkṣayitatvaṃ bhavati dhanvāyitatvaṃ bhavati cittasyāvalīnatā,
evaṃ dhyānapāramitā vīryapāramitā kṣāntipāramitā śīlapāramitā.

§3509punar aparaṃ subhūte yena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
pūrvāntato〔PSP_4 83〕‘pīyaṃ dānapāramitā na śrutā na paripraśnīkṛtā,
tasyāsyāṃ dānapāramitāyāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāyāṃ bhavati
kāṅkṣāyitatvaṃ bhavati dhanvāyitatvaṃ bhavati
cittasyāvalīnatā.

§3510punar aparaṃ subhūte yena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena pūrvāntato ‘pi,
adhyātmaśūnyatā yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatā
na śrutā na paripraśnīkṛtā bhavati,
tasyemāṅ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāṃ śrutvā
bhavati kāṅkṣayitatvaṃ bhavati dhanvāyitatvaṃ bhavati
cittasyāvalīnatā.

§3511punar aparaṃ subhūte yena bodhisattvena
mahāsattvena pūrvāntato ‘pi catvāri smṛtyupasthānāni
na paripraśnīkṛtāni bhavanti na śrutāni vā,
tasyemāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāsyamāṇāṃ śrutvā
bhavati kāṅkṣāyitatvaṃ bhavati dhanvāyitatvaṃ bhavati
cittasyāvalīnatā.

§3512punar aparaṃ subhūte yena bodhisattvena
mahāsattvena pūrvāntato ‘pi catvāri śamyakprahāṇāni
catvāra ṛddhipādāḥ pañcendriyāṇi pañca balāni
sapta bodhyaṅgāni āryāṣṭāṅgo mārgo na śrutaḥ,
śrutvā ca na paripraśnīkṛtas,
tasyāsyāṃ gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ bhāsyamāṇāyāṃ śrutvā
bhavati kāṅkṣāyitatvaṃ bhavati dhanvāyitatvaṃ bhavati
cittasyāvalīnatā.
punar aparaṃ subhūte yena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
pūrvāntato ‘pi catvāri dhyānāni catvāry apramāṇāni
catasra ārūpyasamāpattayaś catvāry āryasatyāni
pañcābhijñāḥ śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihitāni,
aṣṭau vimokṣā navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattayaḥ
sarvasa­mādhidhā­raṇīmukhāni daśa bodhisattvabhūmayo
daśa tathāgatabalāni catvāri vaiśāradyāni catasraḥ
pratisaṃvido ‘ṣṭādaśāveṇikā buddhadharmā na śrutā bhavanti,
śrutvā ca na paripraśnīkṛtā bhavanti,
tasyemāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāṃ śrutvā
bhavati kāṅkṣāyitatvaṃ bhavati dhanvāyitatvaṃ bhavati
cittasyāvalīnatā.

§3513punar aparaṃ subhūte yena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
pūrvāntato ‘pi anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir na śrutā bhavati,
śrutvā ca na paripraśnīkṛtā bhavati,
tasyemāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāṃ śrutvā
bhavati kāṅkṣāyitatvaṃ bhavati dhanvāyitatvaṃ bhavati
cittasyāvalīnatā.

§3514punar aparaṃ subhūte yena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
pūrvāntato ‘pīyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā na śrutā bhavati
na paripraśnīkṛtā〔PSP_4 84〕na bhāvitā na bahulīkṛtā na yoniśaś ca manasikṛtā,
ekaṃ vā divasaṃ divasadvayaṃ vā divasatrayaṃ vā
catvāri vā pañca vā ṣaḍ vā daśa vā divasāni,
iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā sa saṃhāryā bhavati
virahitaś ca bhavati prajñāpāramitayā.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
evam etad bhavati subhūte yena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā pūrvāntato ‘pi na śrutā
na paripraśnīkṛtā na bhāvitā na bahulīkṛtā na yoniśaś ca
manasikṛtā, tasya kañcit kālaṃ cchando bhavati
gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ kañcit kālaṃ cchando na bhavati,
sa punar evaṃ saṃhriyate calācalayā buddhyā tūlapicūpamaś ca
bhavati.
sa khalu punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo na cirayānasaṃprasthito
veditavyo na kalyāṇamitraparigṛhīto na samyak­saṃbud­dhapar­yupāsitaḥ.
na khalu punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā uddiṣṭā na svādhyāyitā
na yoniśo manasikṛtā na prajñāpāramitāyāṃ śikṣitaḥ,
na dhyānapāramitāyāṃ na vīryapāramitāyāṃ na kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ
na śīlapāramitāyāṃ na dānapāramitāyāṃ śikṣitaḥ.
nādhyātmaśūnyatāyāṃ śikṣitaḥ
yāvan nābhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyāṃ śikṣitaḥ,
na smṛtyupasthāneṣu śikṣitaḥ,
na samyakprahāṇeṣu narddhipādeṣu nendriyeṣu
na baleṣu na bodhyaṅgeṣu nāryāṣṭāṅgamārge śikṣitaḥ,
na pañcasv abhijñāsu nāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattiṣu nāryasatyeṣu
nāṣṭavimokṣeṣu śikṣitaḥ,
na navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattiṣu na śūnyatānimittāpraṇihiteṣu śikṣitaḥ,
na samādhiṣu na dhāraṇīmukheṣu śikṣitaḥ,
na ṣaṭsu abhijñāsu śikṣitaḥ,
na tathāgatabaleṣu śikṣitaḥ, na vaiśāradyeṣu
na pratisaṃvitsu nāṣṭādaśasv āveṇikeṣu buddhadharmeṣu śikṣitaḥ,
na sarvākārajñatāyāṃ śikṣitaḥ.
te na khalu punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā navayānasaṃprasthitā veditavyāḥ,
te dharmamātrakeṇa ca śraddhāmātrakeṇa ca
premamātrakeṇa ca samanvāgatā,
na punaḥ satkurvantīmāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhituṃ vā
vācayituṃ vā uddeṣṭuṃ vā svādhyāyatuṃ vā
yoniśo manasikaraṇāya yāvan na punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvayānikāḥ
kulaputrā vā kuladuhitaro vā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ
likhiṣyanti〔PSP_4 85〕noddekṣyanti na svādhyāsyanti na yoniśaś ca
manasikariṣyanti nāpy anayā gambhīrayā prajñāpāramitayā param anugrahīṣyanti.
evaṃ dhyānapāramitayā vīryapāramitayā
kṣāntipāramitayā śīlapāramitayā dānapāramitayā,
evaṃ yāvat sarvākārajñatayā nānugrahīṣyanti.
nāpīmāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitām anubhaviṣyanti.
evaṃ dhyānapāramitāṃ vīryapāramitāṃ
kṣāntipāramitāṃ śīlapāramitāṃ dānapāramitāṃ,
evaṃ yāvat sarvākārajñatāṃ nānubhaviṣyanti.
teṣāṃ dvābhyāṃ bhūmibhyām anyatarā bhūmiḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyā,
yad uta śrāvakabhūmir vā pratyekabuddhabhūmir vā.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi taiḥ kulaputraiḥ kuladuhitṛbhiś ca
iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā pūrvāntato ‘pi na likhitā
noddiṣṭā na svādhyātā na yoniśo manasikṛtā nāpy anayā
prajñāpāramitayā kaścid anuparigṛhīto nāpi tair bodhisattvair
mahāsattvair iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitānubhūtā,
te na teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṛṇāñ ca
bhūmidvayaṃ pratikāṅkṣitavyam.
iti samudāgamaviśeṣeṇa nirodhe tṛtīyaḥ
kṣaṇaḥ

§3515tadyathāpi nāma subhūte sāmudrikā naur yadā bhinnā bhavati
tadā ye tatra puruṣāḥ kāṣṭhaṃ vā dṛtiṃ vā
mṛtakuṇapaṃ vā nādhyālambante na parigṛhṇanti,
veditavyam etat subhūte aprāptā eva te puruṣāḥ
kulaṃ samudre kālaṃ kariṣyanti.
ye khalu punaḥ sāmudrikāyāṃ nāvibhinnāyāṃ kāṣṭhaṃ vā dṛtiṃ vā
mṛtakuṇapaṃ vā puruṣā gṛhītavyaṃ vā manyeyur gṛhṇīyur vā,
veditavyam etat subhūte na te puruṣā mahāsamudre kālaṃ kariṣyanti,
svastinā te mahāsamudrād uttariṣyanti,
te akṣatā anupahatāḥ svastinā sthale sthāsyanti.
evam eva subhūte ye te bodhisattvayānikāḥ
kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca
śraddhāmātrakeṇa prasādamātrakeṇa premamātrakeṇa ca samanvāgatā,
imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ na likhiṣyanti noddekṣyanti
na svādhyāsyanti na yoniśo manasikariṣyanti nādhyālambiṣyante,
veditavyam etat subhūte te bodhisattvayānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś cāntarā evādhvani vyavasādam āpatsyante,
aprāptā eva sarvākārajñatāṃ te śrāvakabhūmiṃ vā
pratyekabuddhabhūmiṃ vā sākṣātkariṣyanti,
yāvan na dhyānapāramitāṃ na vīryapāramitāṃ na kṣāntipāramitāṃ
na śīlapāramitāṃ na dānapāramitāṃ likhiṣyanti
noddekṣyanti na svādhyāsyanti na yoniśo manasikariṣyanti,〔PSP_4 86〕
nādhyālambiṣyanti.
evaṃ na saptatriṃśad bodhipakṣyān dharmān
na catvāry āryasatyāni nāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīḥ,
nādhyātmaśūnyatāṃ yāvan nābhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāṃ nāṣṭa vimokṣān
na navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattīr na śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhijñā
na sarvasamādhisamāpattīr na sarvadhāraṇīmukhāni
na daśa balāni na vaiśāradyāni na pratisaṃvido nāveṇikān
buddhadharmān yāvan na sarvākā­rajñatāp­ratisaṃ­yuktān
sūtrāntān likhiṣyanti noddekṣyanti na svādhyāsyanti
na yoniśo manasikariṣyanti nādhyālambiṣyanti,
veditavyam etat subhūte bodhisattvayānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś cāntarāpy adhvani vyavasādam āpatsyante,
aprāptā eva sarvākārajñatāṃ te śrāvakabhūmiṃ vā
pratyekabuddhabhūmiṃ vā sākṣātkariṣyanti.
yeṣāṃ khalu subhūte bodhisattvayānikānāṃ pudgalānām
asti śraddhāsti kṣāntir asti premāsti prasādo ‘sty adhyāśayo
‘sti rucir asty adhimuktir asti cchando ‘sti tyāgo ‘sty
anikṣiptadhuratā anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhuṃ,
te ca imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ likhiṣyanty uddekṣyanti
svādhyāsyanti adhyālambiṣyante yoniśo manasikariṣyanti,
paśya subhūte kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṛṇāṃ ca
śraddhāṃ kṣāntiṃ prema prasādam adhyāśayaṃ rucim adhimuktiṃ
cchandaṃ tyāgam anikṣiptadhuratām anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau,
yaiḥ prajñāpāramitā parigṛhītā dhyānapāramitā vīryapāramitā
kṣāntipāramitā śīlapāramitā dānapāramitā parigṛhītā,
yair adhyātmaśūnyatā bahirdhāśūnyatā
adhyātmabahirdhāśūnyatā yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatā
saptatriṃśad bodhipakṣyā dharmā āryasatyāny apramāṇāni
dhyānārūpyasamāpattayaḥ parigṛhītāḥ,
yair aṣṭa vimokṣā navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattayaḥ
śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitāni parigṛhītāni,
yair daśa balāni catvāri vaiśāradyāni catasraḥ
pratisaṃvida āveṇikā buddhadharmāḥ parigṛhītāḥ,
yaiḥ samādhidhāraṇīmukhāni pañcābhijñāḥ parigṛhītāḥ,
yair yāvat sarvākārajñatā parigṛhītā
te nāntarāpy adhvani vyavasādam āpatsyante,
te ‘tikramya śrāvakabhūmiñ ca pratyekabuddhabhūmiñ ca sattvāṃś ca
paripācya buddhakṣetraṃ pariśodhyānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbhotsyante.
ity ālambanaviśeṣeṇa nirodhe caturthaḥ
kṣaṇaḥ

§3516tadyathāpi nāma subhūte strī vā puruṣo vā
aparipakvena ghaṭena〔PSP_4 87〕āmenodakaṃ parigṛhītavyaṃ manyate,
veditavyam etat subhūte nāyaṃ ghaṭaś ciram anuvartsyate
kṣipram eva vinakṣyati vilayam āpatsyate.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
yathāpi nāmāparipakvatvāt ghaṭasya,
sa bhūmiparyavasāna eva bhaviṣyati.
evam eva subhūte kiñ cāpi bodhisattvayānikānāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāṃ cāsti śraddhāsti kṣāntir asti premāsti prasādo
‘sty adhyāśayo ‘sti rucir asty adhimuktir asti cchando
‘sti tyāgo ‘sty anikṣip­tadhura­tānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau,
te ca prajñā­pārami­tayāpa­rigṛhītā,
upāyakauśalena cāparigṛhītā,
dhyānapāramitayā vīryapāramitayā kṣāntipāramitayā
śīlapāramitayā dānapāramitayāparigṛhītā,
‘dhyātmaśūnyatayā bahirdhāśūnyatayā adhyātmabahirdhāśūnyatayā
yāvad abhāvas­vabhāva­śūnyata­yāpari­gṛhītāḥ,
smṛtyupasthānair aparigṛhītāḥ, samyakprahāṇair aparigṛhītā,
ṛddhipādair aparigṛhītāḥ, indriyair aparigṛhītā,
balair aparigṛhītā, bodhyaṅgair aparigṛhītā,
āryāṣṭāṅgena mārgeṇāparigṛhītāḥ,
pañcabhir abhijñābhir aparigṛhītāś,
caturbhir dhyānaiś caturbhir apramāṇair aparigṛhītāḥ,
catasṛbhir ārūpyasamāpattibhir aparigṛhītāś,
caturbhir āryasatyair aparigṛhītā,
aṣṭābhir vimokṣair aparigṛhītā,
navabhir anupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattibhir aparigṛhītāḥ,
śūnyatā­nimitāp­raṇihi­tavimok­ṣamukhair aparigṛhītā,
daśabhis tathāgatabalaiś caturbhir vaiśāradyaiś catasṛbhiḥ
pratisaṃvidbhir aṣṭādaśabhir āveṇikair buddhadharmair
aparigṛhītāḥ, yāvat sarvākā­rajñata­yāpari­gṛhītā,
veditavyam etat subhūte bodhisattvayānikāḥ kulaputrā vā
kuladuhitaro vā antarā vyasanam āpatsyante.
kim iti subhūte bodhisattvayānikānāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ
kuladuhitṛṇāṃ cāntarā vyasanaṃ bhaviṣyati,
yad uta śrāvakabhūmir vā pratyekabuddhabhūmir vā?
tadyathāpi nāma subhūte strī vā puruṣo vā
suparipakvena ghaṭenodakaṃ parivahen nadyāḥ kūpād vā
sarasto vā taḍāgād vā udapānād vā tasyodakaṃ pariharato,
veditavyam etat subhūte svastināyaṃ ghaṭo gṛhaṃ gamiṣyati,
evam eva subhūte yasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasyāsti
śraddhāsti kṣāntir asti premāsti prasādo ‘sty adhyāśayo
‘sti rucir asty adhimuktir asti cchando ‘sti tyāgo ‘sty
anikṣiptadhuratānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhuṃ,
sacet prajñāpāramitayā parigṛhīta,
upāyakauśalyena ca parigṛhīto,
dhyānapāramitayā parigṛhīto vīryapāramitayā parigṛhītaḥ
kṣāntipāramitayā parigṛhītaḥ
śīlapāramitayā〔PSP_4 88〕parigṛhīto dānapāramitayā parigṛhītaḥ,
evaṃ yāvat sarvākārajñatayā parigṛhīto,
veditavyam etad subhūte ayaṃ bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo nāntarā vyadhvani vyavasādam āpatsyate,
yad uta śrāvakayānena vā pratyekabuddhayānena vā
akṣato ‘nupahato ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbhotsyate.
ity ādhāraviśeṣeṇa mārge prathamaḥ
kṣaṇaḥ

§3517tadyathāpi nāma subhūte sāmudrikā naur
anavabaddhānākoṭitā akoṭīkṛtā udake ‘vatāritā bhavati,
veditavyam etat subhūte iyaṃ naur antarā saṃsatsyate vyasanam āpatsyate,
anyena bhāṇḍaṃ bhaviṣyati anyena naur bhaviṣyati.
evaṃ sa vaṇig anupāyakuśalo veditavyo mahatānayena
saṃyokṣyate mahatā ratnena bahiṣkṛto bhaviṣyati.
evam eva kiṃ cāpi subhūte bodhisattvānām
asti śraddhāsti kṣāntir asti premāsti prasādo ‘sty
adhyāśayo ‘sti rucir asty adhimuktir asti cchando ‘sti
tyāgo ‘sty anikṣip­tadhura­tānuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye,
te ca prajñā­pārami­tayāpa­rigṛhītā upāyakauśalena cāparigṛhītā
dhyāna­pārami­tayāpa­rigṛhītā vīryapā­ramita­yāpari­gṛhītāḥ
kṣānti­pārami­tayāpa­rigṛhītāḥ
śīlapāramitayāparigṛhītā dānapā­ramita­yāpari­gṛhītāḥ,
sarvaśūnyatābhir aparigṛhītāḥ
saptatriṃśad bodhipakṣyair dharmair aparigṛhītāḥ,
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tibhir aparigṛhītā,
āryasatyair aparigṛhītā, aṣṭābhir vimokṣair aparigṛhītā,
navabhir anupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattibhir aparigṛhītāḥ,
śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitair aparigṛhītāḥ,
sarvasa­mādhidhā­raṇīmu­khābhij­ñābhir aparigṛhītā,
daśabhis tathāgatabalair aparigṛhītāḥ,
vaiśāradyair aparigṛhītāḥ,
pratisaṃvidbhir āveṇikair buddhadharmair aparigṛhītā,
yāvat sarvākā­rajñata­yāpari­gṛhītā,
veditavyam etat subhūte amī bodhisattvā
antarā vyadhvani vyasanam āpatsyante,
mahato ‘rthāt parihīṇā bhaviṣyanti,
yad uta sarvākārajñatā ratnarāśeḥ,
kiṃ ca subhūte bodhisattvānām
antarā vyasanaṃ yad uta śrāvakabhūmir vā
pratyekabuddhabhūmir vā.
tadyathāpi nāma subhūte paṇḍitajātikaḥ
puruṣaḥ sāmudrikāyāṃ nāvi svākoṭitāyām
udake ‘vatāritāyāṃ bhāṇḍāvaropitāyāṃ yuktena vāyunāvaṣṭabdhāyāṃ,
veditavyam etat subhūte neyaṃ sāmudrikā naur antarā vyasanam āpatsyate,
gamiṣyaty eṣā taṃ pradeśaṃ yatrānayā gantavyaṃ,
laukikānāñ ca ratnānāṃ sa vaṇig lābhī bhaviṣyati.
evam eva subhūte yasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasyāsti
śraddhāsti kṣāntir asti premāsti prasādo ‘sty〔PSP_4 89〕
adhyāśayo ‘sti rucir asty adhimuktir asti cchando ‘sti
tyāgo ‘sty anikṣip­tadhura­tānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau,
sa ca prajñāpāramitayā parigṛhīta upāyakauśalyena ca parigṛhītaḥ,
dhyānapāramitayā vīryapāramitayā kṣāntipāramitayā
śīlapāramitayā dānapāramitayā ca parigṛhītaḥ,
sarvaśūnyatābhiḥ sarvabodhipakṣyair dharmaiḥ
sarvasamādhibhiḥ sarvadhāraṇīmukhair
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tibhiḥ parigṛhītaḥ,
āryasatyaiḥ parigṛhītaḥ, aṣṭābhir vimokṣair
navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattibhiḥ parigṛhītaḥ,
śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitaiḥ parigṛhītaḥ,
abhijñābhiḥ parigṛhītaḥ,
daśabhis tathāgatabalaiś caturbhir vaiśāradyaiś catasṛbhiḥ
pratisaṃvidbhir aṣṭādaśabhir āveṇikair buddhadharmaiḥ
parigṛhītaḥ, yāvat sarvākārajñatayā parīgṛhīto,
veditavyam etat subhūte nāyaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
‘ntarā vyasanam āpatsyate ‘nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
evam eva subhūte bhavati yasya bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasyāsti śraddhāsti kṣāntir asti premāsti prasādo
‘sty adhyāśayo ‘sti rucir asty adhimuktir asti cchando
‘sti tyāgo ‘sty anikṣip­tadhura­tānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau,
sa ca prajñāpāramitayā parigṛhīto bhavaty upāyakauśalyena ca
parigṛhīto bhavati, dhyānapāramitayā vīryapāramitayā
kṣāntipāramitayā śīlapāramitayā dānapāramitayā parigṛhīto bhavati.
evaṃ yāvat sarvākārajñatayā parigṛhīto bhavati,
sa ca bodhisattvo mahāsattvo na ca
śrāvakabhūmiṃ na pratyekabuddhabhūmiṃ patati.
iti sākalyaviśeṣeṇa mārge dvitīyaḥ
kṣaṇaḥ

§3518tadyathāpi nāma subhūte puruṣo viṃśativarṣaśatiko jātyā jīrṇo vṛddho
mahallakas tasya kaścid eva śarīre vyādhir utpadyeta vātiko vā
paittiko vā śleṣmiko vā sāṃnipātiko vā,
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte api nu sa puruṣo muktakaḥ śaktaḥ
svayam utkrāntum.

§3519subhūtir āha: no bhagavan.

§3520bhagavān āha: kaścit punaḥ subhūte sa puruṣa uttiṣṭhet?

§3521subhūtir āha: kiṃ cāpi bhagavan sa puruṣo mañcād uttiṣṭhed,
atha ca punar apratibalaḥ krośāntaṃ vā
prakramituṃ sa tayā jarayā taiś ca vyādhibhiḥ kṣapitaḥ,
kiṃ cāpi tato mañcād uttiṣṭhed,
atha ca punaḥ so ‘pratibalaḥ prakramitum.〔PSP_4 90〕

§3522bhagavān āha: evam eva subhūte bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasyāsti śraddhāsti kṣāntir asti premāsti prasādo
‘sty adhyāśayo ‘sti rucir asty adhimuktir asti cchando
‘sti tyāgo ‘sty anikṣip­tadhura­tānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau,
sa ca prajñā­pārami­tayāpa­rigṛhīta upāyakauśalyena cāparigṛhīto,
dhyānapāramitayā vīryapāramitayā kṣāntipāramitayā
śīlapāramitayā dānapāramitayāparigṛhīto,
adhyātmaśūnyatayā yāvad abhāvas­vabhāva­śūnyata­yāpari­gṛhītaḥ,
smṛtyupasthānair aparigṛhītaḥ
samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamārgair aparigṛhīto,
‘pramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tibhir āryasatyaiś cāparigṛhītaḥ,
śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitair aparigṛhīto,
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmair aparigṛhīto,
veditavyam etat subhūte ‘yaṃ bodhisattvo ‘ntarā
vyadhvani śrāvakabhūmau vā pratyekabuddhabhūmau vā
patiṣyati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi sa prajñāpāramitayā aparīgṛhīta upāyakauśalyena
cāparigṛhīto yāvat sarvākā­rajñata­yāpari­gṛhītaḥ.
tadyathāpi nāma subhūte sa eva puruṣo
viṃśativarṣaśatiko jātyā jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ,
sa vātena vā pittena vā śleṣmanā vā sāṃnipātena vā parikṣapitas,
taṃ mañcād utsthāpya dvau balavantau puruṣau vāmadakṣiṇayoḥ
pārśvayor abalaṃ vyānuparigṛhya evaṃ vadetām:
āgaccha tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa yenecchasi yena kāmo ‘nuparigṛhītas
tvam āvābhyāṃ nāntarā patiṣyasi yāvan na tat sthānam anuprāpto bhaviṣyasi.
evam eva subhūte yasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasyāsti
śraddhāsti kṣāntir asti premāsti prasādo ‘sty adhyāśayo
‘sti rucir asty adhimuktir asti cchando ‘sti tyāgo
‘sty anikṣip­tadhura­tānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau,
sa ca bodhisattvaḥ prajñāpāramitayā parigṛhīta upāyakauśalyena ca
parigṛhīto, dhyānapāramitayā parigṛhīto,
vīryapāramitayā parigṛhītaḥ, kṣāntipāramitayā parigṛhītaḥ,
śīlapāramitayā parigṛhīto, dānapāramitayā parigṛhīto,
‘dhyātmaśūnyatayā bahirdhāśūnyatayā adhyātmabahirdhāśūnyatayā
yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatayā parigṛhītaḥ,
veditavyam etat subhūte nāyaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘ntarā saṃsatsyate,
pratibalo ‘yaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvas tat sthānam
anuprāptuṃ yad utānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi prajñā­pārami­topāya­kauśal­yenāvi­rahitaḥ.〔PSP_4 91〕

§3523subhūtir āha: kathaṃ bhagavan bodhisatt­vayāna­saṃpras­thitāḥ
kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś cāparigṛhītāḥ
prajñā­pārami­topāya­kauśalena cāparigṛhītāḥ
śrāvakabhūmiṃ pratyekabuddhabhūmiñ ca
patanti?

§3524bhagavān āha: sādhu sādhu subhūte yas tvaṃ tathāgatam arhantaṃ
samyaksaṃbuddham etam arthaṃ paripraśnīkartavyaṃ manyase,
iha subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattva ādita eva yad dānan
dadāti tad ahaṃkāramamakārapatitayā saṃtatyā dadāti,
yac chīlaṃ rakṣati, yāṃ kṣāntiṃ bhāvayati,
yad vīryam ārabhate, yad dhyānaṃ samāpadyate,
yāṃ prajñāṃ bhāvayati,
tad ahaṃkāramamakārapatitena cittena bhāvayati,
tasya tad dānan dadata evaṃ bhavati,
ahaṃ dānaṃ dadāmīdan dānaṃ dadāmi,
asmai dānan dadāmi, ahaṃ śīlaṃ rakṣāmi,
idaṃ śīlaṃ rakṣāmi, ahaṃ śīlavān, ahaṃ kṣamāmi,
ahaṃ kṣāntiṃ saṃpādayāmi, ahaṃ kṣamāvān,
ahaṃ vīryam ārabhe, ‘ham ārabdhavīryo,
‘haṃ vīryavān, ahaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpadye,
ahaṃ dhyāyāmi, ahaṃ dhyānavān,
ahaṃ prajñāṃ bhāvayāmīmāṃ prajñāṃ bhāvayāmi, ahaṃ prajñāvān,
sa tena dānena manyate tad dānaṃ manyate dānaṃ mameti manyate,
evaṃ śīlaṃ kṣāntiṃ vīryaṃ dhyānaṃ,
tayā prajñayā manyate tāṃ prajñāṃ manyate prajñāṃ mameti manyate.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi dānapāramitāyā ete vikalpāḥ saṃvidyante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
āramitā hi dānapāramitā,
evaṃ na śīlapāramitāyā na kṣāntipāramitāyā na vīryapāramitāyā
na dhyānapāramitāyā na hi prajñāpāramitāyā ete vikalpāḥ
saṃvidyante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
āramitā hi prajñāpāramitā, sa ca bodhisattvayānikaḥ
pudgalo nāraṃ jānāti na pāraṃ jānāti,
so ‘parigṛhīto dānapāramitayā śīlapāramitayā
kṣāntipāramitayā vīryapāramitayā dhyānapāramitayā
prajñā­pārami­tayāpa­rigṛhīto yāvat sarvākā­rajñata­yāpari­gṛhītaḥ
śrāvakabhūmau vā pratyekabuddhabhūmau vā patati,
na niryāsyati sarvākārajñatāyām.
kathañ ca bodhisattvo ‘nupāyakuśalo bhavati?
iha subhūte yo bodhisattvayānikaḥ kulaputro vā
kuladuhitā vā ādāv evam anupāyena dānaṃ dadāti,
anupāyena śīlaṃ rakṣati, anupāyena kṣāntiṃ saṃpādayati,
anupāyena vīryam ārabhate, anupāyena dhyānaṃ samāpadyate,
anupāyena prajñāṃ bhāvayati, tasyaivaṃ bhavati,
ahaṃ dānaṃ dadāmi, idaṃ dānaṃ dadāmi,
ahaṃ śīlaṃ rakṣāmi, idaṃ śīlaṃ rakṣāmi,
ahaṃ kṣāntiṃ saṃpādayāmi, imāṃ kṣāntiṃ saṃpādayāmi,
ahaṃ〔PSP_4 92〕vīryam ārabhe, idaṃ vīryam ārabhe,
ahaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpadye, idaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpadye,
ahaṃ prajñāṃ bhāvayāmi, imāṃ prajñāṃ bhāvayāmi,
sa dānaṃ manyate dānena manyate dānaṃ mameti manyate,
śīlaṃ manyate śīlena manyate śīlavān aham iti manyate,
kṣāntiṃ manyate kṣāntyā manyate kṣamāvān aham iti manyate,
vīryaṃ manyate vīryeṇa manyate vīryaṃ mameti manyate,
dhyānaṃ manyate dhyānena manyate dhyānavān aham iti manyate,
prajñāṃ manyate prajñayā manyate prajñā mameti manyate.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi dānapāramitāyāṃ vikalpaḥ saṃvidyate yathāsau vikalpayati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hy āramitaiṣā yad uta dānapāramitā,
āramitaiṣā yad uta śīlapāramitā,
āramitaiṣā yad uta kṣāntipāramitā,
āramitaiṣā yad uta vīryapāramitā,
āramitaiṣā yad uta dhyānapāramitā.
na hi prajñāpāramitāyāṃ vikalpaḥ
saṃvidyate yathāsau vikalpayati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hy āramitaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitā,
sa ca bodhisattvayānikaḥ kulaputro nāraṃ jānāti na pāraṃ jānāti,
so ‘parigṛhīto dānapāramitayā parigṛhītaḥ śīlapāramitayāparigṛhītaḥ
kṣānti­pārami­tayāpa­rigṛhīto vīryapāramitayāparigṛhīto
dhyāna­pārami­tayāpa­rigṛhītaḥ prajñā­pārami­tayāpa­rigṛhīta,
evaṃ yāvat sarvākārajñatayā śrāvakabhūmau vā
pratyekabuddhabhūmau vā patati,
na niryāsyati sarvākārajñatāyām.
evaṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayā copāyakauśalena cāparigṛhītaḥ
śrāvakabhūmiṃ vā pratyekabuddhabhūmiṃ vā
patati.
kathaṃ ca subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayā copāyakauśalena ca
parigṛhīto na śrāvakabhūmiṃ vā na pratyekabuddhabhūmiṃ vā patati,
anuttarāṃ ca samyaksaṃbodhim ārāgayati?
iha subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattva ādāv eva dānaṃ dadan,
nāhaṃkāramamakārapatitena cetasā dānan dadāti,
nāhaṃkāramamakārapatitena cetasā śīlaṃ rakṣati,
nāhaṃkāramamakārapatitena cetasā kṣāntiṃ saṃpādayati,
nāhaṃkāramamakārapatitena cetasā vīryam ārabhate,
nāhaṃkāramamakārapatitena cetasā dhyānaṃ samāpadyate,
nāhaṃkāramamakārapatitena cetasā prajñāṃ bhāvayati,
tasya naivaṃ bhavati,
ahaṃ dānan dadāmīdan dānan dadāmy asyai dānaṃ dadāmi,
ahaṃ śīlaṃ rakṣāmi, idaṃ śīlaṃ rakṣāmi, eṣu śīlaṃ rakṣāmi,
ahaṃ kṣāntiṃ saṃpādayāmi, imāṃ kṣāntiṃ saṃpādayāmi,
asmai kṣāntim〔PSP_4 93〕saṃpādayāmi, ahaṃ vīryam ārabhe,
idaṃ vīryam ārabhe, asyārthe vīryam ārabhe,
ahaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpadye, idaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpadye,
eṣu dhyānaṃ samāpadye, ahaṃ prajñāṃ bhāvayāmi,
imāṃ prajñāṃ bhāvayāmi, asyārthe prajñāṃ bhāvayāmi,
sa dānaṃ na manyate dānena na manyate dānaṃ mameti na manyate,
śīlaṃ na manyate śīlena na manyate śīlaṃ mameti na manyate,
kṣāntiṃ na manyate kṣāntyā na manyate kṣāntiṃ mameti na manyate,
vīryaṃ na manyate vīryeṇa na manyate vīryaṃ mameti na manyate,
dhyānaṃ na manyate dhyānena na manyate dhyānaṃ mameti na manyate,
prajñāṃ na manyate prajñayā na manyate prajñā mameti na manyate.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi dānapāramitāyāṃ vikalpo na saṃvidyate yena manyate,
evaṃ śīlakṣān­tivīryadh­yānapā­ramitāyāṃ vikalpo na saṃvidyate yena manyate,
tathā hi prajñāpāramitāyāṃ vikalpo na saṃvidyate yena manyate,
āramitaiṣā yad uta dānapāramitā,
evaṃ śīlapāramitā kṣāntipāramitā vīryapāramitā
dhyānapāramitā āramitaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitā,
sa ca bodhisattvo mahāsattva āramitāñ ca pāramitāñ ca
na manyate, sa dānapāramitayā parigṛhītaḥ,
śīlapāramitayā kṣāntipāramitayā vīryapāramitayā dhyānapāramitayā,
prajñāpāramitayā ca parigṛhīto,
yāvat sarvākārajñatayā parigṛhīto na śrāvakabhūmiṃ vā
na pratyekabuddhabhūmiṃ vā patati,
sarvākārajñatāṃ cārāgayati.
evaṃ khalu subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayā parigṛhīta upāyakauśalena ca
parigṛhīto na śrāvakabhūmiṃ na pratyekabuddhabhūmiṃ patati.
evam upāyakauśalaparigṛhīto ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim ārāgayati.
iti saṃparigrahaviśeṣeṇa mārge tṛtīyaḥ
kṣaṇaḥ

§3525evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
kathaṃ bhagavann ādikarmikeṇa bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ śikṣitavyaṃ?
kathaṃ dhyānapāramitāyāṃ śikṣitavyaṃ?
kathaṃ vīryapāramitāyāṃ śikṣitavyaṃ?
kathaṃ kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ śikṣitavyaṃ?
kathaṃ śīlapāramitāyāṃ śikṣitavyam?
kathaṃ dānapāramitāyāṃ śikṣitavyaṃ?
kathaṃ yāvad āveṇikabuddhadharmeṣu
śikṣitavyaṃ?

§3526bhagavān āha: iha subhūte ādikarmikeṇa bodhisattvena
mahāsattvena prajñāpāramitāyāṃ śikṣitukāmena dhyānapāramitāyāṃ
vīryapāramitāyāṃ〔PSP_4 94〕kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ śīlapāramitāyāṃ
dānapāramitāyāṃ śikṣitukāmena yāvat sarvākārajñatāyāṃ
śikṣitukāmena kalyāṇamitrāṇi sevitavyāni
bhaktavyāni paryupāsitavyāni,
ye ‘syāḥ prajñāpāramitāyā uddeṣṭāraḥ,
dhyānapāramitāyā vīryapāramitāyāḥ kṣāntipāramitāyāḥ
śīlapāramitāyā dānapāramitāyā uddeṣṭāraḥ,
tasyemāṅ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitām evam upadekṣyanti,
ehi tvaṃ kulaputra yadyad eva dānan dadāsi tattat
sarvam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye pariṇāmaya,
ehi tvaṃ kulaputra yadyad eva śīlaṃ rakṣasi,
kṣāntiṃ saṃpādayasi, vīryaṃ ārabhase,
dhyānaṃ samāpadyase, prajñāṃ bhāvayasi,
tattat sarvam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye pariṇāmaya,
mā ca tvaṃ kulaputrānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ rūpataḥ parāmrākṣīḥ,
mā vedanāto mā saṃjñāto mā saṃskārato mā vijñānataḥ parāmrākṣīḥ,
mā ca tvaṃ kulaputrānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhin dānapāramitayā parāmrākṣīḥ,
mā śīlapāramitayā mā kṣāntipāramitayā mā vīryapāramitayā mā dhyānapāramitayā,
mā prajñāpāramitayā parāmrākṣīḥ,
mā adhyātmaśūnyatayā mā bahirdhāśūnyatayā mā adhyātmabahirdhāśūnyatayā
yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatayā parāmrākṣīḥ,
mā smṛtyupasthānaiḥ parāmrākṣīḥ,
mā samyakprahāṇaiḥ parāmrākṣīḥ,
mā ṛddhipādair indriya­balabodh­yaṅgamārgaiḥ parāmrākṣīḥ,
mā pañcabhir abhijñābhiḥ parāmrākṣīḥ,
mā apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tibhiḥ mā āryasatyair
mā aṣṭābhir vimokṣair mā navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattibhiḥ,
mā śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitaiḥ parāmrākṣīḥ,
mā samādhibhir mā dhāraṇīmukhair mā daśabhis tathāgatabalair
mā caturbhir vaiṣāradyair mā catasṛbhiḥ
pratisaṃvidbhir mā aṣṭādaśabhir āveṇikair
buddhadharmaiḥ parāmrākṣīḥ,
mā ca tvaṃ kulaputrānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ yāvat sarvākārajñatāṃ parāmrākṣīḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
aparāmṛṣṭaṃ hi rūpam anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim anuprāpsyati,
aparāmṛṣṭā vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārāḥ,
aparāmṛṣṭaṃ vijñānam anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim anuprāpsyati,
aparāmṛṣṭā dānapāramitā śīlapāramitā kṣāntipāramitā
vīryapāramitā dhyānapāramitā, aparāmṛṣṭā prajñāpāramitā,
aparāmṛṣṭā adhyātmaśūnyatā yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatā,
aparāmṛṣṭāni smṛtyupasthānāni, aparāmṛṣṭāḥ
samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgā, aparāmṛṣṭā abhijñā,〔PSP_4 95〕
aparāmṛṣṭā apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tayaḥ,
aparāmṛṣṭāny āryasatyāni,
aparāmṛṣṭā aṣṭau vimokṣā navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattayaḥ,
aparāmṛṣṭāni śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihitāni,
aparāmṛṣṭāni samādhidhāraṇīmukhāni
daśatathāgatabalāni catvāri vaiśāradyāni,
aparāmṛṣṭāś catasraḥ pratisaṃvido ‘ṣṭādaśāveṇikā buddhadharmāḥ,
aparāmṛṣṭā yāvat sarvākārajñatā anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim anuprāpsyati.
mā ca tvaṃ kulaputra prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran rūpe spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
aspṛhaṃ hi kulaputra rūpaṃ, vedanāyāṃ saṃjñāyāṃ saṃskāreṣu,
mā ca tvaṃ kulaputra vijñāne spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
aspṛhaṃ hi kulaputra vijñānaṃ,
mā ca tvaṃ kulaputra dānapāramitāyāṃ spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ,
mā śīlakṣān­tivīryadh­yānapā­ramitāyāṃ spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ,
mā prajñāpāramitāyāṃ spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ,
mā adhyātmaśūnyatāyāṃ spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ,
mā yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyāṃ spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ,
mā smṛtyupasthāneṣu spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ,
mā samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamārgeṣu
spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ, mā apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattiṣu,
mā āryasatyeṣu spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ, mā aṣṭasu vimokṣeṣu
navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattiṣu spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ,
mā śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñādaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmeṣu
spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ, mā sarvasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukheṣu spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ,
mā ca tvaṃ kulaputra sarvākārajñatāyāṃ spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
aspṛhā hi kulaputra sarvākārajñatā,
mā ca tvaṃ kulaputra srotaāpattiphale spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ,
mā sakṛdāgāmiphale mā anāgāmiphale
mā arhattve mā pratyekabodhau spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ,
mā bodhisattvaniyāme spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ,
mānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau spṛhāṃ kārṣīḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
svabhāvaśūnyā hi kulaputra sarvadharmāḥ.
ity anāsvādanāviśeṣeṇa mārge caturthaḥ kṣaṇaḥ iti
viśeṣalakṣaṇam

§3527subhūtir āha: duṣkarakārakā hi bhagavan bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā bhavanti, ye svalakṣaṇaśūnyeṣu dharmeṣu
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ prārthayanty anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhukāmāḥ.

§3528bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat,
duṣkarakārakā hi subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā,
ye svalakṣaṇaśūnyeṣu dharmeṣv anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ prārthayanty
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhukāmā〔PSP_4 96〕lokasya hitāya,
subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ saṃprasthitā lokasya sukhāya,
subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ saṃprasthitā lokasya
trāṇaṃ bhaviṣyāma ity anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau saṃprasthitāḥ.
lokasya śaraṇaṃ bhaviṣyāmo,
lokasya layanaṃ lokasya parāyaṇaṃ lokasya dvīpā lokasya
pariṇāyakā anukampakā nāthā lokasya gatir bhaviṣyāma iti
anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau saṃprasthitāḥ.
kathañ ca subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ
lokasya hitāya saṃprasthitā bhavanti?
iha subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ sattvān pañcabhyo gatibhyaḥ
parimocyābhayasthale kṣame nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpayanti.
evaṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhukāmā lokasya hitāya saṃprasthitā bhavanti.
iti hitakāritram

§3529kathañ ca subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
lokasya sukhāya saṃprasthitā bhavanti?
iha subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya sarvasattvān
duṣkha­daurma­nasyopā­yāsebhyaḥ
parimocayitvābhayasthale kṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpayanti.
evaṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā lokānāṃ
sukhāya saṃprasthitā bhavanti.
iti sukhakāritram

§3530kathañ ca subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhukāmā lokasya trāṇaṃ bhavanti?
iha subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya yāni tāni
saṃsārāvacarāṇi duḥkhāni tataḥ sattvāṃs trāyanti,
teṣāñ ca duṣkhānāṃ prahāṇāya dharmaṃ deśayanti,
te taṃ dharmaṃ śrutvānupūrveṇa tribhir yānaiḥ
parinirvānti.
evaṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya lokasya trāṇaṃ bhavanti.
iti trāṇakāritram

§3531kathaṃ ca subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhukāmā lokasya śaranaṃ bhavanti?
iha subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya
jātija­rāmara­ṇaśoka­paride­vaduḥkha­daurma­nasyopā­yāsadharmaṇaḥ
sattvā jātija­rāmara­ṇaśoka­paride­vaduḥkha­daurma­nasyopā­yāsebhyaḥ
parimocayanti parimocyānupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau pratiṣṭhāpayanti.
evaṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
lokasya śaraṇaṃ bhavanti.
iti śaraṇakāritram〔PSP_4 97〕

§3532kathaṃ ca subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ sattvānāṃ
layanaṃ bhavanti?
iha subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya sattvānāṃ
sarvadharmāṇām aśleṣāya dharman deśayanti.
evaṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya sattvānāṃ
layanaṃ bhavanti.

§3533subhūtir āha: kathaṃ punar bhagavan sarvadharmāṇām
aśleṣo bhavati?

§3534bhagavān āha: yaḥ subhūte rūpasyāśleṣaḥ sa rūpasyāsaṃbandho,
yo rūpasyāsaṃbandhaḥ sa rūpasyānutpādo,
yo rūpasyānutpādaḥ sa rūpasyānirodho,
yo rūpasyānirodhaḥ sa rūpasyāśleṣaḥ,
vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ,
yaḥ subhūte vijñānasyāśleṣaḥ sa vijñānasyāsaṃbandho,
yo vijñānasyāsaṃbandhaḥ sa vijñānasyānutpādo,
yo vijñānasyānutpādaḥ sa vijñānasyānirodho,
yo vijñānasyānirodhaḥ sa vijñānasyāśleṣaḥ.
evaṃ skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādeṣu
pratītyasamutpādāṅgeṣu ca sarvapāramitāsu
saptatriṃsatsu bodhipakṣeṣu dharmeṣu
āryasatyeṣv apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattiṣu aṣṭasu vimokṣeṣu
navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattiṣu śūnyatānimittāpraṇihiteṣv abhijñāsu
sarvasa­mādhisar­vadhāra­ṇīmukheṣu
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmeṣu,
yaḥ subhūte sarvākārajñatāyā aśleṣaḥ
sa sarvākārajñatāyā asaṃbandho,
yaḥ sarvākārajñatāyā asaṃbandhaḥ sa sarvākārajñatāyā anutpādo,
yaḥ sarvākārajñatāyā anutpādaḥ sa sarvākārajñatāyā anirodho,
yaḥ sarvākārajñatāyā anirodhaḥ sa sarvākārajñatāyā aśleṣaḥ.
evaṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya sarvasattvānāṃ
sarvadharmāśleṣāya dharman deśayanti.
iti layanakāritram

§3535kathañ ca subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhukāmā lokasya parāyaṇaṃ bhavanti?
iha subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya sattvānām
evaṃdharman deśayanti, yad rūpasya pāran na tad rūpaṃ,
vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ,
yad vijñānasya pāran na tad vijñānaṃ,
yat skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādasya pāran
na te skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādāḥ,
yat sarvapāramitānāṃ pāran na tāḥ sarvapāramitāḥ,
yat sarvaśūnyatānāṃ pāran na tāḥ sarvaśūnyatāḥ,
yad bodhipakṣyāṇāṃ dharmāṇāṃ pāran na te bodhipakṣyā dharmāḥ, evam
āryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpatt­yaṣṭavi­mokṣana­vānupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattiśūn­yatāni­mittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñādaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃvido,〔PSP_4 98〕
yad āveṇikabuddhadharmāṇāṃ pāran na te āveṇikabuddhadharmāḥ,
yāvad yat sarvākārajñatāyāḥ pāran na sā sarvākārajñatā,
yathā ca subhūte rūpan tathā sarvadharmās tathā sarvākārajñatā.

§3536subhūtir āha: yadi bhagavan yathā sarvadharmās
tathā rūpaṃ nanv abhisaṃbuddhair ca bhavati
bodhisattvena mahāsattvena sarvākārajñatā.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi bhagavan rūpasya pāre vikalpaḥ kaścid asti,
na vedanāyā na saṃjñāyā na saṃskārāṇāṃ,
na vijñānasya pāre vikalpaḥ kaścid asti.
na skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dāṅgānāṃ
pāre vikalpaḥ kaścid asti.
nābhij­ñādaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmāṇāṃ
pāre vikalpaḥ kaścid asti yāvat sarvākārajñatāyāḥ
pāre vikalpaḥ kaścid asti.
idaṃ rūpam iti, vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārāḥ,
idaṃ vijñānam iti yāvad ime skandhā ime dhātava imāny āyatanāni
ayaṃ pratītyasamutpādaḥ,
imāni pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni imāḥ pāramitā imāḥ
śūnyatā ime bodhipakṣyā dharmā imāny āryasatyāni
imā abhijñā imā apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tayaḥ,
imāni vimokṣa­samāpat­tidhāra­ṇīmukhāni
imāni śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihitāni,
ime daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmāḥ,
iyaṃ sarvākārajñateti.

§3537bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat,
na hi subhūte rūpasya pāre vikalpaḥ kaścid asti,
na vedanāyā na saṃjñāyā na saṃskārāṇāṃ,
na vijñānasya pāre vikalpaḥ kaścit.
evaṃ na skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādasya
pratītyasamutpādāṅgānāñ ca pāre vikalpaḥ kaścin,
na pāramitānāṃ sarvaśūnyatānāṃ bodhipakṣyāṇāṃ dharmāṇām
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīnāṃ pāre vikalpaḥ kaścin,
na daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmāṇāṃ
pāre vikalpaḥ kaścit, evan na yāvat sarvākārajñatāyāḥ
pāre vikalpaḥ kaścid asti.
api nu subhūte duṣkaraṃ bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānāṃ ya imān evaṃrūpān dharmān
upanidhyāyanti na cāvalīyante.
evaṃ ca mayaite dharmā abhisaṃbodhavyā.
evañ cānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyaitān
dharmān evaṃśāntān evaṃpraṇītān prakāśayiṣyāma iti.
evaṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya lokasya parāyaṇaṃ bhavanti.
iti suparāyaṇakāritram〔PSP_4 99〕

§3538kathañ ca subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya lokasya dvīpā bhavanti?
tadyathāpi nāma subhūte ye pradeśā udakaparicchinnā bhavanti
mahānadīṣu ca mahāsamudreṣu vā te subhūte dvīpā ity ucyante.
evam eva subhūte rūpaṃ pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnam,
evaṃ vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
vijñānaṃ subhūte pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnam.
evaṃ skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādaḥ
pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni ca pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnāni,
evaṃ dānapāramitā pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnā,
evaṃ śīlakṣān­tivīryadh­yānapraj­ñāpāramitā pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnā,
adhyātmaśūnyatā pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnā
bahirdhāśūnyatā pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnā,
adhyātmabahirdhāśūnyatā pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnā
yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatā pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnā,
saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyā dharmāḥ pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnāḥ,
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattayaḥ pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnāḥ,
āryasatyāni pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnāni,
vimokṣa­samāpat­tidhāra­ṇīmukhāni pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnāni,
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhijñaḥ pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnāḥ,
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmāḥ
pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnāḥ,
yāvat sarvākārajñatā pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnā.
etena subhūte pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chedena sarvadharmāḥ paricchinnāḥ,
yaś ca subhūte sarvadharmāṇāṃ pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chedaḥ,
etac chāntam etat praṇītam etad yathātmyaṃ,
yad uta śūnyatānupalambho dharmo paricchedas tṛṣṇākṣayo virāgo virodho nirvāṇam.
evaṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya pūrvān­tāparān­taparic­chinnān
sarvadharmān deśayanto lokasya dvīpā bhavanti.

§3539kathañ ca subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya lokasyāloko bhavati?
iha subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo dīrgharātram
avidyāṇ­ḍakośa­paryava­naddhānāṃ sattvānāṃ tamobhibhūtānāṃ
prajñayāvabhāsayan mohāndhakāram avidyātamobhinattitimiraṃ vidhūnoty,
evaṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya lokasyāloko bhavati.

§3540kathaṃ ca subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya sattvānām ulkādhāro bhavati
prabhākaraḥ?
iha subhūte〔PSP_4 100〕bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya ya ime ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāś
catuḥsaṃg­rahavas­tuprati­saṃyuktāś ca sūtrāntās teṣām
arthan tattvataḥ sattvebhyaḥ prakāśayati,
sattvāṃś ca tatra niyojayati niveśayati pratiṣṭhāpayati,
evaṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya sattvānām ulkādhāraḥ
prabhākaro bhavati.

§3541kathañ ca subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya sattvānāṃ
sārthavāho bhavati?
iha subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbudhya kumārgasaṃprasthitānāṃ sattvānāṃ
caturgamanagāminām ekāyanaṃ mārgam upadiśati sattvānāṃ
viśuddhaye śokopadravāṇāṃ samatikramāya duḥkhadaurmanasyānām
astaṃgamāyāryasya dharmasyādhigamāya nirvāṇasya sākṣātkriyāyai,
evaṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya sattvānāṃ
sārthavāho bhavati.
iti dvīpakāritram

§3542kathaṃ ca subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya lokasya pariṇāyako bhavati?
iha subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ sattvanikāye mahākaruṇām
utpādyānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya
rūpasyā­nutpādā­yāniro­dhāyāsaṃk­leśāyāv­yavadānāya sattvānāṃ
dharman deśayati saṃprakāśayati,
vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ,
vijñānas­yānutpā­dāyāni­rodhāyā­saṃkle­śāyāvya­vadānāya dharman deśayati
saṃprakāśayati.
evaṃ dānaśī­lakṣān­tivīryadh­yānapraj­ñāpāra­mitāyā
anutpā­dāyāni­rodhāyā­saṃkle­śāyāvya­vadānāya dharman deśayati
saṃprakāśayati.
upāyapāramitāyāḥ praṇidhānapāramitāyā balapāramitāyā jñānapāramitāyāś
cānutpā­dāyāni­rodhāyā­saṃkle­śāyāvya­vadānāya dharman deśayati
saṃprakāśayati.
adhyātmaśūnyatāyā bahirdhāśūnyatāyā
adhyātmabahirdhāśūnyatāyā yāvad abhāvasvabhāva śūnyatāyāś
cānutpā­dāyāni­rodhāyā­saṃkle­śāyāvya­vadānāya dharman deśayati
saṃprakāśayati.
saptat­riṃśad­bodhipakṣyāṇāṃ dharmāṇām āryasatyānām
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīnām abhijñānāṃ
cānutpā­dāyāni­rodhāyā­saṃkleśāyā vyavadānāya dharman deśayati
saṃprakāśayati.
aṣṭānāṃ vimokṣāṇāṃ navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattīnāṃ
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihitānāṃ
cānutpā­dāyāni­rodhāyā­saṃkle­śāyāvya­vadānāya dharman deśayati
saṃprakāśayati.
evaṃ sarvasamādhīnām〔PSP_4 101〕sarvadhāraṇīmukhānāṃ daśānāṃ
balānāṃ caturṇāṃ vaiśāradyānāṃ catasṛṇāṃ pratisaṃvidām
aṣṭādaśānām āveṇikānāṃ buddhadharmāṇāṃ
cānutpā­dāyāni­rodhāyā­saṃkle­śāyāvya­vadānāya dharman deśayati
saṃprakāśayati.
sarvākārajñatāyā anutpā­dāyāni­rodhāyā­saṃkle­śāyāvya­vadānāya dharman deśayati
saṃprakāśayati.
pratyekabodher anutpā­dāyāni­rodhāyā­saṃkle­śāyāvya­vadānāya dharman deśayati
saṃprakāśayati.
srotaā­pattipha­lasyānut­pādāyā­nirodhā­yāsaṃk­leśāyāv­yavadānāya dharman deśayati
saṃprakāśayati.
evaṃ
sakṛdā­gāmipha­lasyānā­gāmipha­lasyār­hattva­phalas­yānutpā­dāyāni­rodhāyā­saṃkle­śāyāvya­vadānāya
dharman deśayati saṃprakāśayati.
evaṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya sattvānāṃ
pariṇāyako bhavati.
iti pariṇāyakakāritram

§3543kathañ ca subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhukāmaḥ sattvānāṃ
gatir bhavati?
iha subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo mūḍhānāṃ gatikānāṃ
sattvānām antaśo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya gatir bhavati.
ākāśagatikaṃ rūpam iti sattvānāṃ dharman deśayati,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā, ākāśagatikaṃ vijñānam iti
sattvānāṃ dharman deśayati.
ākāśagatikā skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādāḥ
pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni ceti sattvānāṃ
dharman deśayati.
evaṃ sarvapāramitāḥ sarvaśūnyatāḥ
sarvasamādhayaḥ sarvadhāraṇīmukhāni
saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyā dharmā apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattaya
āryasatyāny aṣṭavimokṣā navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattayaḥ
śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitāny abhijñā­daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃvido
‘ṣṭāda­śāveṇi­kabuddha­dharmā ākāśagatikā iti sattvānāṃ
dharman deśayati.
ākāśagatikā sarvajñateti sattvānāṃ
dharman deśayati.
anāgatigatikā rūpaśūnyatā sā nāgacchati na gacchatīti sattvānāṃ
dharman deśayati, vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
anāgatigatikā vijñānaśūnyatā sā nāgacchati na gacchatīti sattvānāṃ
dharman deśayati.
anāgatigatikā skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādasya pratītyasamutpādāṅgānāñ ca
śūnyatā sā nāgacchati na gacchatīti sattvānāṃ
dharman deśayati.
evam anāgatigatikā
sarvapā­ramitā­sarvaśūn­yatāsar­vavimok­ṣasamā­dhisamā­pattidhā­raṇīmu­khaśūnyatā
sā nāgacchati na gacchatīti sattvānāṃ
dharman deśayati.〔PSP_4 102〕
anāgatigatikā
smṛtyu­pasthā­nasamyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamār­gaśūnyatā
sā nāgacchati na gacchatīti sattvānāṃ
dharman deśayati.
anāgatigatikā apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tiśūnyatā
sā nāgacchati na gacchatīti sattvānāṃ
dharman deśayati.
anāgatigatikā śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñāśūnyatā
sā nāgacchati na gacchatīti sattvānāṃ
dharman deśayati.
anāgatigatikā daśata­thāgata­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadhar­maśūnyatā
sā nāgacchati na gacchatīti sattvānāṃ
dharman deśayati.
anāgatigatikā sarvākārajñatāśūnyatā sā nāgacchati na gacchatīti sattvānāṃ
dharman deśayati.
evaṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya sattvānāṃ
gatir bhavati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
śūnyatāgatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte śūnyatāyā āgatir vā gatir vopalabhyate.
ānimittagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte ānimittasyāgatir vā gatir vopalabhyate.
apraṇihitagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte ‘praṇihitasyāgatir vā
gatir vopalabhyate.
anabhisaṃskāragatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte ‘nabhisaṃskārasyāgatir vā
gatir vopalabhyate.
ity anābhogakāritram

§3544anutpādagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte ‘nutpādasyāgatir vā gatir vopalabhyate.
anirodhagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte ‘nirodhasyāgatir vā gatir vopalabhyate.
asaṃkleśāvyavadānagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte ‘saṃkle­śāvyava­dānasyāgatir vā
gatir vopalabhyate.
ajātābhāvagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte ‘jātābhāvasyāgatir vā
gatir vopalabhyate.
svapnagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte svapnasyāgatir vā gatir vopalabhyate.
māyāgatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte māyāyā āgatir vā gatir〔PSP_4 103〕vopalabhyate.
pratiśrutkāgatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte pratiśrutkāyā āgatir vā
gatir vopalabhyate.
pratibhāsagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte pratibhāsasyāgatir vā
gatir vopalabhyate.
nirmitagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte nirmitasyāgatir vā gatir vopalabhyate.
marīcīgatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte marīcyā āgatir vā gatir vopalabhyate.
gandharvanagaragatikā hi subhūte sarva dharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte gandharvanagarasyāgatir vā
gatir vopalabhyate.
anantāparyantagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte anantāparyantasyāgatir vā
gatir vopalabhyate.
anuddhā­rāprat­yuddhā­ragatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte ‘nuddhā­rāprat­yuddhā­rasyāgatir vā
gatir vopalabhyate.
anāgatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhote ‘nāgater āgatir vā gatir vopalabhyate.
anāyūhāniryūhagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte ‘nāyūhāniryūhasyāgatir vā
gatir vopalabhyate.
ayogāvi­yogāśle­ṣāviśle­ṣagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte ‘yogāvi­yogāśle­ṣāviśle­ṣasyāgatir vā
gatir vopalabhyate.
ātmagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte ātmana āgatir vā gatir vopalabhyate.
sattvagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmā,
jīvajan­tupoṣa­puruṣa­pudgala­manuja­mānava­kāraka­vedaka­jānaka­paśyakot­thāpaka­samutthā­pakagatikā
hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte sattvo na saṃvidyate
jīvajan­tupoṣa­puruṣa­pudgala­manuja­mānava­kāraka­vedaka­jānaka­paśyakot­thāpaka­samutthāpakā
na saṃvidyante, kutaḥ punar eṣām āgatir vā gatir vā
bhaviṣyati.
nityagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
sukhagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
ātmagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
śubhagatikā〔PSP_4 104〕hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte nityaṃ sukham ātmā śubhan na saṃvidyate,
kutaḥ punar eṣām āgatir vā gatir vā
bhaviṣyati.
anityagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
duḥkhagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
anātmagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
aśubhagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte anityaṃ duḥkham anātmā aśubhan na saṃvidyate,
kutaḥ punar eṣām āgatir vā gatir vā
bhaviṣyati.
rāgagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
doṣagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
mohagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
dṛṣṭigatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte dṛṣṭikṛtaṃ vastu na saṃvidyate,
kuto dṛṣṭikṛtāni bhaviṣyanti?,
kuta evāgatir vā gatir vā bhaviṣyati.
tathatāgatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte tathatāyā āgatir vā gatir vopalabhyate,
dharmadhātugatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
bhūtakoṭigatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
samatāgatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
acintyadhātugatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte dharmadhātor bhūtakoṭeḥ samatāyā acintyadhātor āgatir vā
gatir vopalabhyate.
acalagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi subhūte ‘calasya dharmasyāgatir vā
gatir vopalabhyate.
iti yānatra­yaniryā­ṇatatpha­lasākṣāt­karaṇa­kāritram

§3545rūpagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte rūpan na saṃvidyate,
kutaḥ punar asyāgatir vā gatir vā bhaviṣyati.
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārāḥ,
vijñānagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte vijñānan na saṃvidyate,
kutaḥ punar asyāgatir vā gatir vā bhaviṣyati.
evaṃ skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapratīt­yasamut­pādāṅga­gatikā
hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapratīt­yasamut­pādāṅgāni
na saṃvidyante,〔PSP_4 105〕kutaḥ punar eṣām āgatir vā
gatir vā bhaviṣyati.
dānapāramitāgatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte dānapāramitā na saṃvidyate,
kutaḥ punar asyā āgatir vā gatir vā
bhaviṣyati.
evaṃ śīlapāramitāgatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
kṣāntipāramitāgatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
vīryapāramitāgatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
dhyānapāramitāgatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
prajñāpāramitāgatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte śīlakṣān­tivīryadh­yānapraj­ñāpāramitā na saṃvidyate,
kutaḥ punar āsām āgatir vā gatir vā
bhaviṣyati.
adhyātmaśūnyatāgatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
yāvad abhāvas­vabhāva­śūnyatā­gatikā hi subhūte
sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte adhyātmaśūnyatā,
yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatā na saṃvidyate,
kutaḥ punar āsām āgatir vā gatir vā
bhaviṣyati.
smṛtyupasthānagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte smṛtyupasthānāni na saṃvidyante,
kutaḥ punar eṣām āgatir vā gatir vā
bhaviṣyati.
evaṃ samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamār­gagatikā
hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamārgā
na saṃvidyante, kutaḥ punar eṣām āgatir vā gatir vā
bhaviṣyati.
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tigatikā hi subhūte
sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
āryasat­yavimok­ṣasamā­dhisamā­pattidhā­raṇīmu­khagatikā
hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
abhijñā­daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vicchūn­yatāni­mittap­raṇihi­tāṣṭāda­śāveṇi­kabuddha­dharmā
gatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte sarvadharmā na saṃvidyante,
kutaḥ punar eṣām āgatir vā gatir vā
bhaviṣyati.
srotaāpattiphalagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
sakṛdāgāmiphalagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
anāgāmiphalagatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante,
arhatt­vaprat­yekabud­dhagatikā〔PSP_4 106〕hi subhūte
sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte srotaā­pannasa­kṛdāgām­yanāgām­yarhatt­vaprat­yekabuddhā
na saṃvidyante, kutaḥ punar eṣām āgatir vā gatir vā
bhaviṣyati.
anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhigatikā hi subhūte sarvadharmās te tāṅ gatin na vyativartante.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte ‘nuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir na saṃvidyate,
kutaḥ punar asyā āgatir vā gatir vā
bhaviṣyati.

§3546subhūtir āha: ko ‘tra bhagavan gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām
adhimokṣyate?

§3547bhagavān āha: ye subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ
pūrvacaritā bhaviṣyanty anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau,
pūrvajinakṛtādhikārāḥ pūrvaji­napari­pācita­kuśalamūlā bhaviṣyanti,
bahubud­dhakoṭī­niyuta­śatasa­hasrapar­yupāsitā bhaviṣyanti,
kalyāṇamitraparigṛhītāś ca ta imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitām
adhimokṣante.
iti gatikāritram iti kāritralakṣaṇam

§3548subhūtir āha: kāni punar bhagavaṃs teṣāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānāṃ liṅgāny ākārāṇi nimittāni svabhāvā bhaviṣyanti,
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ jñāsyanti?

§3549evam ukte bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat:
rāgavi­nayavi­viktas­vabhāvās te subhūte bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti,
doṣamo­havina­yavivik­tasvabhāvās te subhūte bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti.
iti kleśaviviktasvabhāvaḥ

§3550rāgaliṅgaviviktasvabhāvāś ca
te subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti,
doṣamo­haliṅga­viviktas­vabhāvāś ca te subhūte bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti.
iti talliṅgavivekasvabhāvaḥ

§3551rāgani­mittavi­vekasva­bhāvāś ca
te subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti,
doṣamo­hanimit­tavive­kasvabhāvāś ca te subhūte bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti.
iti tannimittavivekasvabhāvaḥ

§3552rāgārāgaviviktasvabhāvāś ca
te subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti,
doṣādo­ṣamohā­mohavi­viktas­vabhāvāś ca
te subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti,
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitām adhimokṣyante.〔PSP_4 107〕

§3553subhūtir āha: kiṃgatikās te bhagavan bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti, ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitām
ājñāsyanti?

§3554bhagavān āha: sarvākārajñatāgatikā hi subhūte bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti, ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitām
ājñāsyanti.

§3555subhūtir āha: sarvākārajñatāgatikās te bhagavan bodhisattvā
mahāsattvāḥ sarvasattvānāṃ gatir bhavanti.

§3556bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat,
sarvākārajñatāgatikās te subhūte bodhisattvā
mahāsattvāḥ sarvasattvānāṃ gatir bhaviṣyanti,
ya imāṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitām adhimokṣyante.
iti vipakṣap­ratipak­ṣavive­kasvabhāvaḥ

§3557subhūtir āha: duṣkarakārakā bhagavaṃs te bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti, yair ayaṃ saṃnāhaḥ saṃnaddhaḥ
sarvasattvān parinirvāpayiṣyāma iti.
na cātra sattvo na sattvaprajñaptir upalabhyate.

§3558bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat,
duṣkarakārakās te subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā bhaviṣyanti,
yair ayaṃ saṃnāhaḥ saṃnaddhaḥ sarvasattvān
parinirvāpayiṣyāma iti.
sa khalu punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya saṃnāho na rūpasaṃbaddhaḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte rūpaṃ na saṃvidyante,
na bodhisattvo na bodhisattvasaṃnāhas tenocyate
subhūte na rūpasaṃbaddho ‘yaṃ saṃnāha iti,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārāḥ,
sa khalu punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya saṃnāho na vijñānasaṃbaddhaḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte vijñānan na saṃvidyate na bodhisattvo
na bodhisattvasaṃnāhas tenocyate subhūte na vijñānasaṃbaddho ‘yaṃ saṃnāha iti.
na skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādasya pratītyasamutpādāṅgānāṃ
vā saṃbaddho ‘yaṃ saṃnāhaḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādaḥ
pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni vā
na saṃvidyante na bodhisattvo na bodhisattvasaṃnāhas
tenocyate subhūte na pratīt­yasamut­pādasaṃ­bandho
na pratīt­yasamut­pādāṅga­saṃbaddho ‘yaṃ saṃnāha iti.
evaṃ vistareṇa subhūte nāyaṃ saṃnāha
ātmasatt­vajīva­jantupo­ṣapuru­ṣapudga­lamanu­jamāna­vakāra­kaveda­kajāna­kapaśya­kasaṃbandho
yāvat subhūte nāyaṃ saṃnāhaḥ sarvākārajñatāsaṃbaddhaḥ.
tat〔PSP_4 108〕kasya hetoḥ?
atyantatayā hi subhūte sarvākārajñatā na saṃvidyate
na bodhisattvo na bodhisattvasaṃnāhas tenocyate,
yāvan na sarvākārajñatāsaṃbaddho ‘yaṃ bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya saṃnāha iti.
sarvadharmasaṃbaddho batāyaṃ bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya saṃnāho yair
ayaṃ gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caradbhir evaṃ saṃnāhaḥ saṃnaddhaḥ,
evaṃ sarvasattvān parinirvāpayiṣyāmaḥ.
iti duṣkaratāsvabhāvaḥ

§3559subhūtir āha: asya bhagavan bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya sarvasattvān parinirvāpayiṣyāmīti,
evaṃ saṃnāhasaṃnaddhasya sthānadvayan na pratikāṅkṣitavyaṃ
śrāvakabhūmir vā pratyekabuddhabhūmir vā,
asthānam etat bhagavann anavakāśo ‘yaṃ sa bodhisattvo
mahāsattva evaṃ saṃnāhasaṃnaddhaḥ sarvasattvān
parinirvāpayiṣyāmīti śrāvakabhūmau vā pratyekabuddhabhūmau vā
paten naitat sthānaṃ vidyate.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya sīmābaddhaḥ
sattvānāṃ kṛtaśaḥ saṃnāhasaṃnaddhaḥ.
ity aikāntikasvabhāvaḥ

§3560evam ukte bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat:
kaṃ punas tvaṃ subhūte ‘rthavaśaṃ saṃpaśyann evaṃ vadasi?
asya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya mahāsaṃnāhasaṃnaddhasya
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyān na dvayoḥ sthānayor
anyatarānyataraṃ sthānaṃ pratikāṅkṣitavyaṃ śrāvakabhūmir vā
pratyekabuddhabhūmir vā.

§3561subhūtir āha: tathā hi bhagavan na bodhisattvena mahāsattvena prādeśikānāṃ
sattvānāṃ kṛtaśaḥ saṃnāhaḥ saṃnaddhaḥ,
sarvasattvaparinirvāṇāya sarvākārajñatājñānasya
kṛtaśo bhagavan bodhisattvena mahāsattvena saṃnāhaḥ
saṃnaddhaḥ.
bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat,
na prādeśikānāṃ sattvānāṃ
kṛtaśo bodhisattvena mahāsattvena mahāsaṃnāhaḥ saṃnaddhaḥ,
api tu khalu punaḥ subhūte sarvasattvānāṃ
parinirvāṇāya sarvākārajñatājñānasya kṛtaśo
bodhisattvena mahāsattvena mahāsaṃnāhaḥ
saṃnaddhaḥ.
ity uddeśasvabhāvaḥ

§3562subhūtir āha: gambhīrā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā
sā na kenacid bhāvayitavyā na kvacin na kathaṃcid bhāvayitavyā.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na〔PSP_4 109〕hi bhagavann iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ
kasyacid dharmasya pariniṣpattir upalabhyate,
yo vā bhāvayed yaṃ vā bhāvayed yena vā bhāvayet,
ākāśabhāvanaiṣā bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
sarvadharmā bhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
asadbhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
aparigrahabhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā
bhāvanāvibhāvanaiṣā bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā.

§3563bhagavān āha: kasya subhūte bhāvanāvibhāvanaiṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā?

§3564subhūtir āha: rūpabhāvanāvibhāvanaiṣā bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā vedanā­saṃjñā­saṃskā­rabbhā­vanāvi­bhāvanaiṣā
bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
vijñāna­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
ātmabhāvanāvibhāvanaiṣā bhagavan yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
sattva­jīvajan­tupoṣa­puruṣa­pudgala­manuja­mānava­kāraka­vedaka­jānaka­paśyaka­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
dānapā­ramitā­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā
śīlapā­ramitā­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
kṣānti­pārami­tābhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
vīryapā­ramitā­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
dhyāna­pārami­tābhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
prajñā­pārami­tābhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
adhyāt­maśūnya­tābhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā
yāvad abhāvas­vabhāva­śūnyatā­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
smṛtyu­pasthā­nabhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamār­gabhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tibhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñābhāva­nāvibhā­vanaisā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
vimokṣa­mukhasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhabhā­vanāvi­bhāvanaiṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
āryasat­yabhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,〔PSP_4 110〕
daśaba­labhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
vaiśārad­yaprati­saṃvidā­veṇika­buddha­dharma­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
srotaā­pattipha­labhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
sakṛdā­gāmipha­labhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
anāgāmi­phalabhā­vanāvi­bhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
arhatt­vabhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
pratye­kabuddha­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
bodhisatt­vabhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
yāvat sarvākā­rajñatā­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā bhagavan
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā.

§3565bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat,
rūpabhāvanāvibhāvanaiṣā subhūte yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
vedanā­saṃjñā­saṃskā­rabhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
vijñāna­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
skandha­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
dhātubhāvanāvibhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
āyatana­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
pratīt­yasamut­pādabhā­vanāvi­bhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
pratīt­yasamut­pādāṅga­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
cakṣurū­pacakṣur­vijñāna­cakṣuḥ­saṃspar­śacakṣuḥ­saṃspar­śaprat­yayave­danābhā­vanāvi­bhāvanaiṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
evaṃ śrotragh­rāṇajih­vākāya­manodharmaḥ
manovijñāna manaḥsaṃs­parśama­naḥsaṃs­parśap­ratyaya­vedanā­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
pṛthivī­dhātubhā­vanāvi­bhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
abdhātu­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
tejodhā­tubhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
vāyudhā­tubhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
ākāśadhā­tubhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā vijñāna­dhātubhā­vanāvi­bhāvanaiṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā avidyābhāvanāvibhāvanaiṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā saṃskā­rabhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
vijñāna­bhāvanā­vibhāva­naiṣā, nāmarū­pabhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā,
ṣaḍāya­tanabhā­vanāvi­bhāvanaiṣā,〔PSP_4 111〕
sparśa­bhāvanā­vibhāva­naiṣā, vedanā­bhāvanā­vibhāva­naiṣā,
tṛṣṇābhāvanāvibhāvanaiṣā, upādāna­bhāvanā­vibhāva­naiṣā,
bhavabhāvanāvibhāvanaiṣā, jātibhāvanāvibhāvanaiṣā,
jarāma­raṇaśo­kapari­devaduḥ­khadaur­manasyo­pāyāsa­bhāvanā­vibhāvanai ṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā.
evaṃ sarvapā­ramitā­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
sarvaśūn­yatābhā­vanāvi­bhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
bodhipakṣ­yadhar­mabhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tibhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
āryasat­yābhij­ñāśūnya­tānimit­tāpraṇi­hitavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhabhā­vanāvi­bhāvanaiṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadhar­mabhāva­nāvibhā­vanaiṣā
yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā,
yāvat sarvākā­rajñatā­bhāvanā­vibhāvanaiṣā yad uta prajñāpāramitābhāvanā.
ity anupalambhasvabhāvaḥ

§3566iha subhūte gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām
upaparīkṣitavyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīya iti,
yaḥ kaścid bodhisattvo mahāsattva iha gambhīrāyāṃ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ nābhiniviśeta so ‘vinivartanīyo
bodhisattvo mahāsattva upaparīkṣitavyo,
evaṃ dhyānapāramitāyāṃ vīryapāramitāyāṃ kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ
śīlapāramitāyāṃ dānapāramitāyāṃ yo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
nābhiniviśeta so ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattva upaparīkṣitavyaḥ.
evam adhyātmaśūnyatāyāṃ yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyāṃ nābhiniviśeta,
saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyeṣu dharmeṣu nābhiniviśeta,
āryasatyeṣv apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattiṣu nābhiniviśeta,
aṣṭavimokṣeṣu navasv anupūrvavihārasamāpattiṣu
śūnyatānimittāpraṇihiteṣu nābhiniviśeta,
samādhidhāraṇīmukheṣv abhijñāsu nābhiniviśeta,
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikeṣu buddhadharmeṣu
nābhiniviśeta, yaḥ kaścid bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
sarvākārajñatāyāṃ nābhiniviśeta so ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ.
yaḥ kaścid bodhisattvo mahāsattva iha gambhīrāyāṃ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran na parabhāṣitāni
na paramantritāni sārataḥ parataḥ
paśyati so ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo,
yaḥ kaścid bodhisattvo mahāsattva iha gambhīrāyāṃ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran na parasya śraddhayā
gacchati so ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo,
yaḥ kaścid bodhisattvo mahāsattva iha〔PSP_4 112〕gambhīrāyāṃ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran na rāgasahitaiś cittotpādaiḥ
saṃhriyate na doṣamohasahagataiś cittotpādaiḥ
saṃhriyate so ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattva upaparīkṣitavyaḥ.
yaḥ kaścid avinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘syāṃ gambhīrāyāṃ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāyāṃ nottrasyati na saṃtrasyati
na saṃtrāsam āpadyate nāvalīyate na saṃlīyate na cāsya
vipṛṣṭhībhavati mānasaṃ prajñāpāramitayā cāvirahito bhavati,
abhinandati prajñāpāramitāśravaṇaṃ śrutvā
codgṛhṇāti paryavāpnoti dhārayati vācayati yoniśaś ca
manasikaroti tathatvāya pratipadyate,
veditavyam etat subhūte pūrvāntato ‘py anenāvinivartanīyena
bodhisattvena mahāsattvena iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā
śrutā udgṛhītā paryavāptā dhāritā vācitā yoniśaś ca
manasikṛtā tathatvāya pratipannā.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi avinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattva iha gambhīrāyāṃ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāyāṃ nottrasyati na saṃtrasyati
na saṃtrāsam āpadyate nāvalīyate na saṃlīyate na cāsya
vipṛṣṭhībhavati mānasaṃ na pratyudāvartate uttare ca
śrutvā udgṛhṇāti paryavāpnoti dhārayati vācayati yoniśaś ca
manasikaroti tathatvāya pratipadyate.
ity anabhiniveśasvabhāvaḥ

§3567subhūtir āha: yo bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattva iha
gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāyāṃ nottrasyati
na saṃtrasyati na saṃtrāsam āpadyate nāvalīyate
na saṃlīyate na cāsya vipṛṣṭhībhavati mānasaṃ,
kathaṃ bhagavaṃs tena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā vyavacārayitavyā?

§3568bhagavān āha: sarvākārajñatā nimnayā subhūte saṃtatyā
tena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena iyaṃ gambhīrā prajñāpāramitā vyavacārayitavyā.

§3569subhūtir āha: kathaṃ bhagavan sarvākārajñatā nimnayā saṃtatyā
bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ vyavacāraṇā bhavati?

§3570bhagavān āha: śūnyatānimnayā śūnyatāpravaṇayā śūnyatāprāgbhārayā
subhūte saṃtatyā bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya iha
gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ vyavacāraṇā bhavati,
ānimittanimnayā ānimittapravaṇayā ānimittaprāgbhārayā subhūte saṃtatyā,
apraṇihitanimnayā apraṇihitapravaṇayā〔PSP_4 113〕
apraṇihitaprāgbhārayā subhūte saṃtatyā,
ākāśanimnayā ākāśapravaṇayā ākāśaprāgbhārayā subhūte saṃtatyā,
yāvad bhūtakoṭinimnayā bhūtakoṭipravaṇayā
bhūtakoṭiprāgbhārayā subhūte saṃtatyā,
anabhi­saṃskā­ranimna­yānabhi­saṃskā­raprava­ṇayāna­bhisaṃs­kāraprāg­bhārayā
subhūte saṃtatyā iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ vyavacāraṇā bhavati.
svapnanimnayā nirmāṇanimnayā subhūte saṃtatyā,
māyānimnayā marīcinimnayā subhūte saṃtatyā,
pratiśrutkānimnayā pratibhāsanimnayā subhūte saṃtatyā,
pratibimbanimnayā gandharvanagaranimnayā subhūte saṃtatyā
iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ vyavacāraṇā bhavati.

§3571subhūtir āha: yad bhagavān evam āha,
śūnyatānimnayā śūnyatāpravaṇayā śūnyatāprāgbhārayā
saṃtatyā iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānāṃ vyavacāraṇā bhavati.
evam
ānimit­tāpraṇi­hitākā­śānutpā­dāniro­dhājātā­bhāvāsaṃk­leśāvya­vadāna­tathatā­vitatha­tānanya­tathatā­dharma­tādhar­masthi­titādhar­maniyā­matācint­yatābhū­takoṭya­nabhisaṃs­kārasvap­nanirmā­ṇamāyā­marīcip­ratiśrut­kāprati­bhāsap­ratibim­bagandhar­vanaga­ranimnayā
pravaṇayā prāgbhārayā subhūte saṃtatyā bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānām iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ vyavacāraṇā bhavati.
kiṃ punar bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo rūpam api vyavacārayati?
vedanāṃ saṃjñāṃ saṃskārān,
vijñānam api vyavacārayati?
evaṃ skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādaṃ pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni
vyavacārayati?
sarvapāramitāḥ sarvaśūnyatāḥ sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhidhā­raṇīmukhāni
vyavacārayati?
saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyān dharmān vyavacārayati,
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīḥ śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhijñā vyavacārayati?
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmān
vyavacārayati?
kiṃ punar bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo yāvat sarvākārajñatām
api vyavacārayati?

§3572bhagavān āha: na subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo rūpaṃ vyavacārayati,
na vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārān na vijñānaṃ vyavacārayati,
na skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādaṃ
na pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni vyavacārayati,
na sarvapāramitā na sarvaśūnyatā vyavacārayati,
na bodhipakṣyān dharmān vyavacārayati,
nāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīr nāryasatyāni vyavacārayati,
na vimokṣa­samādhi­samāpat­tidhāra­ṇīmukhāni vyavacārayati,〔PSP_4 114〕
na daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmān vyavacārayati,
na subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo yāvat sarvākārajñatāṃ vyavacārayati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte sarvākārajñatā na kenacit kṛtā
na kutaścid āgatā na kvacid gatā nāpi kvacit sthitā
na deśasthā na pradeśasthā na tasyāḥ saṃkhyā upalabhyate,
na gamanaṃ nāgamanam upalabhyate,
yasyāś ca na saṃkhyā na gamanaṃ nāgamanam upalabhyate,
sā na śakyā kenacid abhisaṃboddhuṃ,
na rūpeṇa na vedanayā na saṃjñayā na saṃskārair
na vijñānena na skandhair na dhātubhir nāyatanair
na pratītyasamutpādena na pratītyasamutpādāṅgair,
na dānena na śīlena na kṣāntyā na vīryeṇa na dhyānena
na prajñayā yāvan na sarvākārajñatā jñānenābhisaṃboddhum.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
rūpam eva sarvākārajñatā, vedanaiva saṃjñaiva saṃskārā eva,
vijñānam eva sarvākārajñatā.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte yā ca rūpasya tathatā,
yā ca sarvākārajñatāyās tathatā, yā ca buddhadharmāṇāṃ
tathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā vedanāyāḥ
saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ, yā ca vijñānasya tathatā,
yā ca sarvākārajñatāyās tathatā,
yā ca buddhadharmāṇāṃ tathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā,
yā ca skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādānāṃ tathatā,
yā ca sarvākārajñatāyās tathatā,
yā ca buddhadharmāṇāṃ tathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā,
yā ca skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dāṅgānāṃ tathatā,
yā ca sarvākārajñatāyās tathatā,
yā ca buddhadharmāṇāṃ tathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā.
evaṃ yā ca pāramitātathatā, yā ca śūnyatātathatā,
yā ca bodhipakṣyadharmatathatā,
yā cāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­titathatā yā cāryasatyatathatā,
yā ca samādhi­samāpat­tidhāra­ṇīmukha­tathatā,
yā ca vimokṣamukhatathatā, yā cābhijñātathatā,
yā ca daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vittathatā,
yā cāveṇi­kabuddha­dharma­tathatā,
yā ca sarvākārajñatāyās tathatā,
yā ca buddhadharmāṇāṃ tathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā.

§3573atha khalu kāmāvacarā rūpāvacarāś ca
devaputrā divyāni candanacūrṇāni gṛhītvā
divyāny utpala­kumuda­puṇḍarī­kasaugan­dhikamān­darava­mahāmān­daravāṇi gṛhītvā
yena bhagavāṃs tenākṣipanti sma, kṣiptvā ca〔PSP_4 115〕
yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntā upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ
pādau śirasābhivandya ekānte tiṣṭhan,
ekānte sthitāś ca kāmāvacarā rūpāvacarāś ca
devaputrā bhagavantam etad avocan:
gambhīrā bhagavan prajñāpāramitā durdṛśā
duranu­bodhātar­kātarkā­vacarā śāntā śūkṣmā nipuṇa­paṇḍita­vijñave­danīyā
sarvalokavipratyanīkā yad uta tathāgatānāṃ
bodhir yatra nāma tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ,
evaṃ gambhīrāṃ prajñāpāramitām evaṃ nipuṇāṃ nirdiśanti,
rūpam eva sarvākārajñatā sarvākārajñataiva rūpaṃ,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
vijñānam eva sarvākārajñatā sarvākārajñataiva vijñānam.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
yā ca rūpasya tathatā, yā ca
sarvākārajñatāyās tathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā,
yā ca vedanāyās tathatā, yā ca saṃjñāyās tathatā,
yā ca saṃskārāṇāṃ tathatā, yā ca vijñānasya tathatā,
yā ca sarvākārajñatāyās tathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā.
evaṃ skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpāda eva sarvākārajñatā,
sarvākārajñataiva skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādaḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
yā ca skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­datathatā,
yā ca sarvākārajñatātathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā.
evaṃ yā ca yāvad buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ tathatā,
yā ca yāvat sarvākārajñatāyās tathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā.

§3574evam ukte bhagavāṃs tān kāmāvacārān
rūpāvacārāṃś ca devaputrān etad avocat:
evam etad devaputrā evam etat, rūpam eva devaputrāḥ
sarvākārajñatā sarvākārajñataiva devaputrā rūpaṃ,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārāḥ, vijñānam eva devaputrāḥ
sarvākārajñatā sarvākārajñataiva devaputrā vijñānam.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
yā ca rūpasya tathatā yā ca
sarvākārajñatāyās tathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā,
yā ca vedanāyās tathatā yā ca saṃjñāyās tathatā yā ca
saṃskārāṇāṃ tathatā, yā ca vijñānasya tathatā yā ca
sarvākārajñatāyās tathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā.
evaṃ skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpāda eva sarvākārajñatā,
sarvākārajñataiva skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādaḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
yā ca skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­datathatā yā ca
sarvākārajñatāyās tathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā.
dānapāramitaiva sarvākārajñatā sarvākārajñataiva〔PSP_4 116〕dānapāramitā,
evaṃ śīlapāramitā kṣāntipāramitā vīryapāramitā dhyānapāramitā,
prajñāpāramitaiva devaputrāḥ
sarvākārajñatā sarvākārajñataiva devaputrāḥ
prajñāpāramitā.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
yā ca dānapāramitātathatā,
yā ca sarvākārajñatātathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā.
evaṃ śīlapāramitā kṣāntipāramitā vīryapāramitā dhyānapāramitā,
yā ca prajñāpāramitātathatā,
yā ca sarvākārajñatātathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā.
adhyātmaśūnyataiva sarvākārajñatā sarvākā­rajñatai­vādhyāt­maśūnyatā,
evaṃ yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyataiva sarvākārajñatā
sarvākā­rajñatai­vābhāvas­vabhāva­śūnyatā.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
yā cābhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyās tathatā,
yā ca sarvākārajñatāyās tathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā.
smṛtyupasthānāny eva sarvākārajñatā sarvākārajñataiva smṛtyupasthānāi,
evaṃ samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamārgā eva sarvākārajñatā
sarvākārajñataiva samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamārgāḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
yā ca smṛtyupasthānatathatā yā ca
sarvākārajñatātathathā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā.
evaṃ yā ca samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamār­gatathatā,
yā ca sarvākārajñatātathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā.
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattaya eva sarvākārajñatā
sarvākā­rajñatai­vāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tayaḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
yā cāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­titathatā yā ca
sarvākārajñatātathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayāadvaidhīkārā.
evam
āryasat­yaśūnya­tānimit­tāpraṇi­hitābhij­ñāvimok­ṣasamā­dhisamā­pattidhā­raṇīmu­khadaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃvid,
āveṇikabuddhadharmā eva sarvākārajñatā sarvākā­rajñatai­vāveṇi­kabuddha­dharmāḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
yā cāveṇikabuddhadharmāṇāṃ tathatā,
yā ca sarvākārajñatāyās tathathā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā.
evaṃ srotaāpattiphalaṃ sakṛdāgāmiphalam
anāgāmiphalam arhattvaṃ pratyekabuddhā,
buddhā eva sarvākārajñatā sarvākārajñataiva buddhāḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
yā ca buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ tathatā,
yā ca sarvākārajñatāyās tathatā ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā.
idam api devaputrā arthavaśaṃ saṃpaśyaṃs tathāgato
‘lpotsukatāyāṃ cittaṃ nāmayāmāsa na dharmadeśanāyām.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
gambhīro batāyaṃ〔PSP_4 117〕dharmo durdṛśo duranubodho ‘tarko ‘tarkāvacaraḥ
śāntaḥ śūkṣmaḥ paṇḍitavijñavedanīyaḥ
sarvalokavipratyanīko yad uteyaṃ tathāgatānāṃ bodhiḥ,
sā na kenacid abhisaṃbuddhā na kadācid abhisaṃbuddhā
na kvacid abhisaṃbuddhā iyaṃ sā dharmāṇāṃ
gambhīratā dharmatā yatra na dvayasamudācāro nādvayasamudācāraḥ
saṃvidyate.
ity ālambanasvabhāvaḥ

§3575ākāśagambhīratayā devaputrā gambhīro ‘yaṃ dharmaḥ,
tathatāgambhīratayā dharmadhātugambhīratayā bhūtakoṭīgambhīratayā
acintya­dharma­dhātugam­bhīratayā devaputrā gambhīro ‘yaṃ dharmaḥ,
anantāparyantayā anāgamanāgamanatayā
anutpādānirodhasamatayā asaṃkle­śāvyava­dānasa­matayā,
anabhisaṃskārasamatayā ātmagambhīratayā
sattva­jīvajan­tupoṣa­puruṣa­pudgala­manuja­mānava­kāraka­vedaka­jānaka­paśyaka­gambhī­ratayā
devaputrā gambhīro ‘yaṃ dharmaḥ.
rūpagambhīratayā devaputrā gambhīro ‘yaṃ dharmaḥ,
vedanā­saṃjñā­saṃskā­ravijñā­nagambhī­ratayā devaputrā gambhīro ‘yaṃ dharmaḥ,
skandhagambhīratayā dhātugam­bhīrata­yāyata­nagambhī­ratayā
pratīt­yasamut­pādagam­bhīratayā pratīt­yasamut­pādāṅga­gambhī­ratayā
devaputrā gambhīro ‘yaṃ dharmaḥ,
dānapāramitāgambhīratayā devaputrā gambhīro ‘yaṃ dharmaḥ,
śīlapāramitāgambhīratayā kṣānti­pārami­tāgambhī­ratayā
vīryapāramitāgambhīratayā dhyāna­pārami­tāgambhī­ratayā
prajñā­pārami­tāgambhī­ratayā devaputrā gambhīro ‘yaṃ dharmaḥ,
adhyāt­maśūnya­tāgambhī­ratayā yāvad abhāvas­vabhāva­śūnyatā­gambhī­ratayā
devaputrā gambhīro ‘yaṃ dharmaḥ, smṛtyu­pasthā­nagambhī­ratayā
samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamār­gagambhī­ratayā
devaputrā gambhīro ‘yaṃ dharmaḥ,
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tigambhī­ratayā devaputrā gambhīro ‘yaṃ dharmaḥ,
āryasatyagambhīratayā śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tagambhī­ratayā
abhijñāgambhīratayā sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhagam­bhīratayā
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidgam­bhīratayā
aṣṭāda­śāveṇi­kabuddha­dharma­gambhī­ratayā,
yāvat sarvākā­rajñatā­gambhī­ratayā devaputrā gambhīro ‘yaṃ dharmaḥ.

§3576evam ukte devaputrā bhagavantam etad avocan:
sarvalokavipratyanīko ‘yaṃ bhagavan dharmo deśyate.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
nāyaṃ bhagavan dharmo rūpasyodgrahāya nānudgrahāya vā deśyate,
na vedanāyā na saṃjñāyā na saṃskārāṇāṃ,
na vijñānasyodgrahāya nānudgrahāya vā deśyate,
na〔PSP_4 118〕skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapratīt­yasamut­pādāṅgānām
udgrahāya nānudgrahāya vā deśyate.
evaṃ na sarvaśūnyatānāṃ saptatriṃśadbodhipkṣyāṇāṃ dharmāṇāṃ
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmāṇām
udgrahāya vā nānudgrahāya vā dharma upadeśyate,
na sarvadharmāṇām udgrahāya nānudgrahāya vā
dharmo deśyate, nāyaṃ bhagavan dharmaḥ
srotaāpattiphalasya udgrahāya nānudgrahāya vā
deśyate.
evaṃ na sakṛdāgāmiphalasya nānāgāmiphalasya nārhattvasya
na pratyekabodher yāvat sarvākārajñatāyā nodgrahāya nānudgrahāya vā
dharmo deśyate, udgrahe ca lokaś carati mama rūpaṃ,
mama vedanā mama saṃjñā mama saṃskārā mama vijñānaṃ,
mama skandhā mama dhātavo mamāyatanāni
mama pratītyasamutpādo ‘haṃ pratītyasamutpannaḥ,
mama dānam ahaṃ dānapatir mama śīlam ahaṃ śīlavān
mama kṣāntir ahaṃ kṣāntimān mama vīryam ahaṃ vīryavān
mama dhyānam ahaṃ dhyānavān mama prajñā ahaṃ prajñāvān,
mamādhyātmaśūnyatā aham adhyātmaśūnyatāṃ bhāvayāmi yāvan
mamābhā­vasvabhā­vaśūnyatāham abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāṃ bhāvayāmi,
mama smṛtyupasthānāni mama samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamārgā
mamāpra­māṇadh­yānārūp­yasamā­pattayo mamāryasatyāni
mamābhijñā mama vimokṣa­samādhi­samāpat­tidhāra­ṇīmukhāni
mama śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitāni ahaṃ śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihitavān
mama daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃvido mamāṣṭā­daśāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmā
mama srotaāpattiphalam ahaṃ srotaāpanno mama
sakṛdāgāmiphalam ahaṃ sakṛdāgāmī mamānāgāmiphalam aham
anāgāmī mamārhattvam aham arhan mama pratyekabodhir
ahaṃ pratyekabuddho mama sarvākārajñatā ahaṃ sarvākārajñatāḥ.

§3577bhagavān āha: evam etad devaputrā evam etan,
nāyaṃ devaputrā dharmo rūpasyodgrahāya deśyate nānudgrahāya,
na vedanāyā na saṃjñāyā na saṃskārāṇāṃ,
na vijñānasyodgrahāya deśyate nānudgrahāya.
ye tu devaputrā rūpasyodgrahāya caranti,
vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ,
ye vijñānasyodgrahāya caranti,
na te bhavyāḥ prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāvayitum.
ye skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādānām udgrahāya caranti,
ye sarvapā­ramitā­sarvaśūn­yatāsa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhānām
udgrahāya caranti, ye
pramāṇadh­yānārūp­yasamā­pattyār­yasatya­śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñādaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmāṇām〔PSP_4 119〕
udgrahāya caranti,
ye devaputrāḥ sarvākārajñatāyā udgrahāya caranti,
na te bhavyāḥ prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāvayituṃ yāvan
na pratibalā dhyāna­vīryak­ṣāntiśī­ladāna­pāramitāṃ bhāvayituṃ,
yāvan na pratibalāḥ sarvākārajñatāṃ bhāvayitum.
iti sarvalo­kaviprat­yanīkas­vabhāvaḥ

§3578subhūtir āha: sarvadharmānulomiko ‘yaṃ bhagavan dharmaḥ,
kasyānulomiko ‘yaṃ bhagavan dharmaḥ?
prajñāpāramitānulomiko ‘yaṃ bhagavan dharmaḥ,
yāvad dhyānapāramitā vīryapāramitā kṣāntipāramitā
śīlapāramitā dānapāramitānulomiko ‘yaṃ bhagavan dharmaḥ,
adhyātmaśūnyatānulomiko ‘yaṃ bhagavan dharmaḥ,
yāvad abhāvas­vabhāva­śūnyatā­nulomiko ‘yaṃ bhagavan dharmaḥ,
smṛtyupasthānānulomiko ‘yaṃ bhagavan dharmaḥ,
samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamār­gānulomiko ‘yaṃ bhagavan dharmaḥ,
āryasatyānulomiko ‘yaṃ bhagavan dharmaḥ,
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tisarva­vimokṣa­samādhi­samāpat­tidhāra­ṇīmukhā­nulomiko
‘yaṃ bhagavan dharmaḥ,
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñānulomiko ‘yaṃ bhagavan dharmaḥ,
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadhar­mānulomiko ‘yaṃ bhagavan dharmaḥ,
sarvākārajñatānulomiko ‘yaṃ bhagavan dharmaḥ.
nāyaṃ dharmaḥ kvacit pratihanyate rūpe na pratihanyate,
evaṃ vedanāyāṃ saṃjñāyāṃ saṃskāreṣu vijñāne na pratihanyate,
skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapratīt­yasamut­pādāṅgeṣu na pratihanyate,
sarvapāramitāsu sarvaśūnyatāsu na pratihanyate,
saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyeṣu dharmeṣu na pratihanyate, āryasatyeṣu
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tisarva­vimokṣa­samādhi­samāpat­tidhāra­ṇīmukheṣu
na pratihanyate, śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitesv abhijñāsu
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmeṣu na pratihanyate,
sarvākārajñatāyāṃ na pratihanyate.
apratihatalakṣaṇo batāyaṃ dharmaḥ,
ākāśasamatām upādāya, tathatāsamatām upādāya,
dharmadhātusthititām upādāya,
bhūtakoṭisamatām upādāya, acintyadhātusamatām upādāya,
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tasamatām upādāya,
anutpādānirodhasamatām upādāya,
asaṃkleśāvyavadānasamatām upādāya,
anutpādo ‘yaṃ dharmo rūpānutpādānirodhatām upādāya,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā, vijñānānutpādānirodhatām upādāya,
skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapratīt­yasamut­pādāṅgānām〔PSP_4 120〕
anutpādānirodhatām upādāya,
sarvapāramitā sarvaśūn­yatānut­pādāni­rodhatām upādāya
saptat­riṃśad­bodhipakṣ­yadhar­māpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpatt­yāryasat­yābhij­ñāśūnya­tānimit­tāpraṇi­hitasar­vavimok­ṣasamā­dhisamā­pattidhā­raṇīmu­khānut­pādāni­rodhatām
upādāya, daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadhar­mānutpā­dāniro­dhatām
upādāya.
ity apratighātasvabhāvaḥ

§3579apado ‘yaṃ dharmo rūpapadānupalabdhitām upādāya,
vedanā­saṃjñā­saṃskā­ravijñā­napadā­nupalab­dhitām upādāya,
skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapratīt­yasamut­pādāṅga­padānu­palabdhitām upādāya,
sarvapā­ramitā­sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhapa­dānupa­labdhitām
upādāya, bodhipakṣ­yadhar­mapadā­nupalab­dhitām upādāya,
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tiśūnya­tānimit­tāpraṇi­hitapa­dānupa­labdhitām upādāya,
āryasat­yābhij­ñādaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadhar­mapadā­nupalab­dhitām
upādāya, sarvākā­rajñatā­padānu­palabdhitām upādāya,
apado ‘yaṃ dharmaḥ.
ity apadasvabhāvaḥ atha khalu te kāmāvacarā rūpāvacarāś ca
devaputrā bhagavantam etad avocan:
anujāto ‘yaṃ bhagavan bhagavataḥ subhūtiḥ
sthaviraḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi yadyad eva deśayati
sarvatac chūnyatānimittāpraṇihitam ārabhya dharmaṃ deśayati.

§3580atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtis tān kāmāvacarān
rūpāvacarāṃś ca devaputrān āmantrayāmāsa:
yad evaṃ devaputrā vadatha,
anujāto ‘yaṃ bhagavan bhagavataḥ subhūtiḥ sthaviraḥ,
kim ity anujātatvāt subhūtiḥ sthaviro ‘nujātas tathāgatasya?
yathā tathāgatasya tathānāgatāgatā,
evam eva subhūter api tathatānāgatāgatā,
evaṃ hi subhūtiḥ sthaviras tathāgatasyānujātaḥ.
yā tathāgatasya tathatā sā sarvadharmatathatā,
yā sarvadharmatathatā sā tathāgatatathatā avitathatā ananyatathatā,
evaṃ hi subhūtiḥ sthaviras tathāgatam anujātaḥ.
yā tathāgatatathatā sā sthititathatā yā sthititathatā sā tathāgatatathatā,
evaṃ hi subhūtiḥ sthaviras tathāgatam anujātaḥ.
yathā tathāgatatathatāvikārā nirvikārā,
evaṃ hi subhūteḥ sthavirasya tathatāvikārā nirvikārā
yathā tathāgatasya tathatā na kvacit pratihanyate.
evaṃ sarvadharmatathatā na kvacit pratihanyate.
yā ca tathāgatatathatā yā ca sarvadharmatathatā〔PSP_4 121〕
ekaivaiṣā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā na sā kadācin na tathatā,
yataḥ sā na kadācin na tathatā tataḥ
sā tathatādvayādvaidhīkārā.
evaṃ hi subhūtiḥ sthaviras tathāgatam anujātaḥ.
yathā tathāgatatathatā sarvatragāvikalpā nirvikalpā,
evaṃ hi subhūtitathatā sarvatragāvikalpā nirvikalpā.
yathā tathāgatatathatā abhinnā abhedatathatānupalabhyā,
evaṃ subhūtitathatā abhinnā abhedatathatānupalabhyā.
evaṃ hi subhūtisthaviras tathāgatam anujātaḥ.
yathā tathāga­tatatha­tānanya­tathatā sarvadharmatathatā,
yā na sā kadācin na tathatā,
sadā sā tathatā tathaiva subhūtisthaviro ‘nanyatathatā
yā tathāgatam anujāto na kvacid anujātaḥ,
evaṃ hi subhūtisthaviras tathāgatam anujātaḥ.
yathā tathāgatatathatā nātītā nānāgatā na pratyutpannā,
evaṃ sarvadharmatathatā nātītā nānāgatā na pratyutpannā.
evaṃ hi subhūtisthaviratathatā nātītā nānāgatā na pratyutpannā,
evaṃ hi subhūtisthaviras tathāgatam anujāta iti
ucyate.
atītatathatāsamatayā
tathāga­tatatha­tāsama­tātathā­gatata­thatāsa­matayā­tītata­thatāsamatā,
anāgatatathatāsamatayā tathāgatatathatāsamatā
tathāgatatathatāsamatayā anāgatatathatāsamatā,
pratyut­pannata­thatāsa­matayā tathāgatatathatāsamatā
tathāgatatathatāsamatayā pratyut­pannata­thatāsamatā.
iti hy atītānā­gataprat­yutpan­natathatā ca
tathāgatatathatā cādvayam etad advaidhīkāram.
rūpatathatayā tathāgatatathatā tathāgatatathatayā rūpatathatā,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārāḥ,
vijñānatathatayā tathāgatatathatā tathāgatatathatayā vijñānatathatā,
iti hi tathāgatatathatā ca
rūpave­danāsaṃj­ñāsaṃs­kāravij­ñānatathatā cādvayam etad advaidhīkāram.
skandhatathatayā tathāgatatathatā tathāgatatathatayā skandhatathatā,
dhātutathatayā tathāgatatathatā tathāgatatathatayā dhātutathatā,
āyatanatathatayā tathāgatatathatā tathāgatatathatayā āyatanatathatā,
pratīt­yasamut­pādata­thatayā tathāgatatathatā
tathāgatatathatayā pratītyasamutpādatathatā,
pratīt­yasamut­pādāṅga­tathatayā tathāgatatathatā
tathāgatatathatayā pratīt­yasamut­pādāṅga­tathatā,
iti hi skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapratīt­yasamut­pādāṅga­tathatā ca
tathāgatatathatā cādvayam etad〔PSP_4 122〕advaidhīkāram.
ananyatathatayā tathāgatatathatā tathāga­tatatha­tayānan­yatathatā,
evaṃ sattva­jīvajan­tupoṣa­puruṣa­pudgala­manuja­mānava­kāraka­vedaka­jānaka­paśyaka­tathatā ca
tathāgatatathatā cādvayam etad advaidhīkāram.
dānapāramitātathatayā tathāgatatathatā tathāgatatathatayā dānapāramitātathatā,
evaṃ śīlapā­ramitāk­ṣāntipā­ramitā­vīryapā­ramitādh­yānapā­ramitāp­rajñāpā­ramitā­tathatayā
tathāgatatathatā tathāgatatathatayā prajñāpāramitātathatā,
iti hi dānaśī­lakṣān­tivīryadh­yānapraj­ñāpāra­mitātathatā ca
tathāgatatathatā cādvayam etad advaidhīkāram.
adhyātmaśūnyatātathatayā tathāgatatathatā
tathāga­tatatha­tayādh­yātmaśūn­yatāta­thatā,
evaṃ yāvad abhāvas­vabhāva­śūnyatā­tathatayā tathāgatatathatā
tathāgatatathatayā yāvad abhāvas­vabhāva­śūnyatā­tathatā,
iti hy adhyātmaśūnyatātathatā ca tathāgatatathatā ca,
yāvad abhāvas­vabhāva­śūnyatā­tathatā ca
tathāgatatathatā cādvayam etad advaidhīkāram.
smṛtyupasthānatathatayā tathāgatatathatā
tathāgatatathatayā smṛtyupasthānatathatā,
evaṃ samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamār­gatathatayā
tathāgatatathatā tathāgatatathatayā mārgatathatā.
iti hi smṛtyupasthānatathatā ca
samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamār­gatathatā ca
tathāgatatathatā cādvayam etad advaidhīkāram.
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­titathatayā tathāgatatathatā
tathāgatatathatayā pramāṇadh­yānārūp­yasamā­pattita­thatā,
sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhata­thatayā tathāgatatathatā
tathāgatatathatayā sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhata­thatā,
iti hy apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­titathatā ca
sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhatathatā ca
tathāgatatathatā cādvayam etad advaidhīkāram.
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tatathatayā tathāgatatathatā
tathāgatatathatayā śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tatathatā,
āryasatyatathatayā tathāgatatathatā tathāgatatathatayā āryasatyatathatā,
abhijñātathatayā tathāgatatathatā tathāga­tatatha­tayābhij­ñātathatā,
iti hi śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tatathatā cāryasatyatathatā cābhijñātathatā ca
tathāgatatathatā cādvayam etad advaidhīkāram.
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vittathatayā tathāgatatathatā
tathāgatatathatayā daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vittathatā,
āveṇika­buddha­dharma­tathatayā tathāgatatathatā
tathāga­tatatha­tayāve­ṇikabud­dhadhar­matathatā,
iti hi daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vittathatā〔PSP_4 123〕
cāveṇi­kabuddha­dharma­tathatā ca
tathāgatatathatā cādvayam etad advaidhīkāram.
sarvākārajñatātathatayā tathāgatatathatā
tathāgatatathatayā sarvākārajñatātathatā,
iti hi sarvākārajñatātathatā ca
tathāgatatathatā cādvayam etad advaidhīkāram.
iyaṃ sā subhūte tathāgatatathatāyāṃ tathatām
āgamya tathāgato ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhas tathāgata iti
nāmadheyaṃ labhate.
asmin khalu punas tathatāparivarte bhāṣyamāṇe,
yaṃ trisāhas­ramahā­sāhasra­lokadhātuḥ
ṣaḍvikāram aṣṭādaśamahānimittaṃ kampate prakampate saṃprakampate,
calati pracalati saṃpracalati,
vedhate pravedhate saṃpravedhate,
raṇati praraṇati saṃpraraṇati,
kṣubhyati prakṣubhyati saṃprakṣubhyati,
garjati pragarjati saṃpragarjati,
pūrvā dig unnamati paścimā dig avanamati,
paścimā dig unnamati pūrvā dig avanamati,
uttarā dig unnamati dakṣiṇā dig avanamati,
dakṣiṇā dig unnamati uttarā dig avanamati,
antād unnamati madhyād avanamati,
madhyād unnamati antād avanamati.

§3581atha khalu kāmāvacarā rūpāvacarāś ca
devaputrā divyaiś candanacūrṇair
bhagavantaṃ subhūtisthaviraṃ cābhyavakirann evaṃ ca vācam abhāṣanta,
āścaryaṃ bhagavan yāvad ayaṃ subhūtisthaviras
tathāgatatathatayā tathāgatam anujātaḥ.
ity agatisvabhāvaḥ

§3582atha khalu subhūtisthaviras teṣāṃ devaputrāṇāṃ
tām eva kathām anubadhnāti sma, iti hi devaputrāḥ
subhūtisthaviro na rūpam anujāto na rūpasya tathatām anujāto,
nānyatra rūpatathatāyā anujātaḥ, vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
na vijñānam anujāto, na vijñānatathatām anujāto,
nānyatra vijñānatathatāyā anujātaḥ
na skandhadhātvāyatanam anujāto na skandha­dhātvā­yatana­tathatām
anujāto nānyatra skandha­dhātvā­yatana­tathatāyā anujātaḥ
na pratītyasamutpādam anujāto na pratītyasamutpādatathatām anujāto,
nānyatra pratīt­yasamut­pādata­thatāyā anujātaḥ.
evaṃ sarvapāramitāḥ sarvaśūnyatāḥ
saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyā dharmā āryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattayaḥ
sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhaśūn­yatāni­mittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñādaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmāḥ,〔PSP_4 124〕
na sarvākārajñatām anujāto,
na sarvākārajñatātathatām anujāto,
nānyatra sarvākārajñatātathatāyā anujātaḥ.
nāsaṃskṛtam anujāto, nāsaṃskṛtatathatām anujāto,
nānyatra saṃskṛtatathatāyā anujātaḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi te dharmā na saṃvidyante nopalabhyante yo vānujāyeta yena vānujāyeta,
yo vānujanyeta yena vānujanyeta.
ity ajātisvabhāvaḥ

§3583atha khalv āyuṣmāc chāriputro bhagavantam etad avocat:
gambhīreyaṃ bhagavaṃs tathatā avitathatā ananyatathatā
dharmatā dharmadhātusthititā dharmaniyāmatā bhūtakoṭir,
yatra na rūpam upalabhyate na rūpatathatā,
yadā rūpam eva nopalabhyate kutaḥ punā rūpatathatopalapsyate,
yatra na vedanā na saṃjñā na saṃskārā,
yatra na vijñānam upalabhyate na vijñānatathatā,
yadā vijñānam eva nopalabhyate kutaḥ
punar vijñānatathatopalapsyate.
yatra na skandhadhātvāyatanāny upalabhyante na skandha­dhātvā­yatana­tathatā,
yadā skandhadhātvāyatanāny eva nopalabhyate,
kutaḥ punaḥ skandha­dhātvā­yatana­tathato­palapsyate.
yatra na pratītyasamutpādo na pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni
copalabhyante na pratītyasamutpādatathatā na pratīt­yasamut­pādāṅga­tathatā vā,
yadā pratītyasamutpādaḥ pratītyasamutpādāṅgāny eva vā nopalabhyate,
kutaḥ punaḥ pratītyasamutpādatathatā pratīt­yasamut­pādāṅga­tathatā vopalapsyate.
evaṃ sarvapāramitāḥ sarvaśūnyatāḥ
sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhāni
saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyā dharmāḥ,
āryasatyāny apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattayaḥ
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñādaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmā,
yatra na sarvākārajñatopalabhyate, na sarvākārajñatātathatā,
yadā sarvākārajñataiva nopalabhyate,
kutaḥ punaḥ sarvākā­rajñatā­tathato­palapsyate.

§3584bhagavān āha: evam etac chāriputra evam etad,
gambhīreyaṃ śāriputra tathatā,
yatra na rūpam upalabhyate, na rūpasya tathatopalabhyate,
rūpam eva nopalabhyate kutaḥ punā rūpasya tathatopalapsyate,
yatra na vedanā na saṃjñā na saṃskārā,
na vijñānam upalabhyate na vijñānasya tathatopalabhyate
vijñānam eva nopalabhyate kuto vijñānasya tathatopalapsyate.〔PSP_4 125〕
yatra na skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādā upalabhyante
na skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādasya tathatopalabhyate,
skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpāda eva nopalapsyate,
kutaḥ punaḥ skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādasya tathatopalapsyate.
evaṃ yāvan na sarvākārajñatopalabhyate na sarvākārajñatāyās
tathatopalabhyate sarvākārajñataiva nopalabhyate,
kutaḥ punaḥ sarvākārajñatāyās tathatopalapsyate.
asyāṃ khalu punaḥ śāriputra tathatāyām
avitathatāyām ananyatathatāyāṃ bhāṣyamāṇāyāṃ
bhikṣu­śatadva­yasyānu­pādāyās­ravebhyaś cittāni vimuktāni,
pañcānāṃ bhikṣuṇīśatānāṃ virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu
dharmacakṣur viśuddhaṃ, pañcānāṃ bodhisattvasahasrāṇām
anutpattikadharmeṣu kṣāntipratilambho ‘bhūt,
ṣaṣṭeś ca bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
parihāṇadharmakāṇām anupādāyāsravebhyaś cittāni
vimuktāni.

§3585atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputras teṣāṃ bodhisattvānām
anupādāyāsravebhyaś cittāni vimuktāni
viditvā bhagavantam etad avocat:
ko bhagavan hetuḥ kaḥ pratyayo yad eteṣāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānām anupādāyāsravebhyaś cittāni
vimuktāni?

§3586bhagavān āha: etaiś ca śāriputra bodhisattvaiḥ
pañcabuddhaśatāni paryupāsitāni sarvatra ca
dānaṃ dattaṃ śīlaṃ rakṣitaṃ kṣāntyā saṃpāditaṃ
vīryam ārabdhaṃ dhyānāny utpāditāni prajñā bhāvitā,
te prajñāpāramitayā virahitatvād upāyakauśalyena cāparigṛhītatvād evaṃ caritāḥ,
vayaṃ dānaṃ dadāmo vayaṃ śīlaṃ rakṣāmo vayaṃ
kṣāntyā saṃpādayāmo vayaṃ vīryam ārabhāmahe vayaṃ
dhyānaṃ samāpadyāmahe vayaṃ prajñāṃ bhāvayāmaḥ,
te prajñā­pārami­tāvira­hitatvād anupāyakauśalena dānaṃ
śīlaṃ kṣāntiṃ vīryaṃ dhyānaṃ prajñāṃ bhāvayāmāsuḥ,
te nānātvasaṃjñāyāṃ caranto nānātvopalabdhyā bodhisattvaniyāmaṃ nāvakrāmanti,
te bodhisattvaniyāmam anavakrāmantaḥ
srotaāpattiphalaṃ prāptā yāvad arhattvaṃ prāptāḥ,
kiṃ cāpi śāriputra bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānām
asti mārgaḥ śūnyatā vā nimittaṃ vā praṇihitaṃ vā
te prajñāpāramitayā virahitā upāyakauśalyena
cāparigṛhītā bhūtakoṭiṃ sākṣātkṛtvā
śrāvaka bhavanti.〔PSP_4 126〕

§3587śāriputra āha: kena kāraṇena bhagavaṃs tair
evaṃ śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitair dharmaiḥ subhāvitaiḥ
prajñāpāramitayā virahitā upāyakauśalyena cāparigṛhītā bhūtakoṭiṃ sākṣātkṛtvā
śrāvakā bhavanti.
bodhisattvāḥ punar bhagavaṃs tair evaṃ śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitair
dharmaiḥ subhāvitaiḥ prajñāpāramitām
upāyakauśalyaṃ cāgamyānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhyante?

§3588bhagavān āha: iha śāriputra ekaḥ sarvākārajñatācittena virahitaḥ,
śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitān dharmān
bhāvayann upāyakauśalyam anāgamya śrāvako bhavati.
aparaḥ punaḥ śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
sarvākā­rajñatā­cittenā­virahitaḥ śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitān dharmān
bhāvayann upāyakauśalena bodhisattvaniyāmam avakrāmaty anuttarāṃ ca
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhyate.
tadyathāpi nāma śāriputra pakṣiṇaḥ
śakuner yojanaśatiko vā ātmabhāvo bhaved,
dviyojanaśatiko vā triyojanaśatiko vā
caturyojanaśatiko vā ātmabhāvo bhavet,
sa devebhyas trayastriṃśebhyo jambūdvīpam āgantavyaṃ manyeta,
sa ca pakṣī śakunir apakṣo bhavet, sa devebhyas
trayastriṃśebhya ātmānaṃ parimoktavyaṃ manyeta jambūdvīpaṃ gamiṣyāmīti.
atha tasya pakṣiṇaḥ śakuner ardhapatitasyaltad abhavat,
aho batāhaṃ deveṣu trayastriṃśeṣu pratitiṣṭheyam iti.
tat kiṃ manyase śāriputrāpi nu sa pakṣī śakuniḥ pratibalaḥ,
punar eva deveṣu trayastriṃśeṣu pratiṣṭhātum?

§3589śāriputra āha: no bhagavan.

§3590bhagavān āha: sacet punar asyāntare, evaṃ bhaved,
aho batāham akṣato ‘nupahato jambūdvīpe pratitiṣṭheyam iti.
tat kiṃ manyase śāriputrāpi nu sa pakṣī śakunir
akṣato ‘nupahato jambūdvīpe pratitiṣṭhet?

§3591śāriputra āha: no bhagavan,
kṣataś cāsau bhagavann upahataś cāprāpta eva jambūdvīpaṃ maraṇaṃ nigacchet.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
evam etad bhavati bhagavan yasya mahāṃś cātmabhāvo bhavati,
ajātapakṣaś ca dūrāc ca viprakṛṣṭāt prapatati.

§3592bhagavān āha:
evam eva śāriputra kiñ cāpi bodhisattvo mahāsattvo gaṅgānadīvālukopamān
kalpān avagamya dānaṃ dadāti śīlaṃ rakṣati kṣāntyā
saṃpādayati vīryam ārabhate dhyānaṃ samāpadyate,
tasya ca mahat prasthānaṃ mahāṃś cittotpādo
‘pramāṇaparigraho ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhuṃ,
sa ca prajñā­pārami­tayopā­yakauśa­lenaiva〔PSP_4 127〕virahitaḥ
śrāvakabhūmiṃ vā pratyekabuddhabhūmiṃ vā
patati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi tena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
sarvākārajñatāvirahitena cittena dānaṃ dattaṃ bhavati
śīlaṃ rakṣitaṃ kṣāntyā saṃpāditaṃ vīryam
ārabdhaṃ dhyānāny utpāditāni sa ca bodhisattvaḥ
prajñā­pārami­tayopā­yakauśalena ca virahito ‘bhūt,
tena sa śrāvakabhūmiṃ vā pratyekabuddhabhūmiṃ vā
patati.
kiñ cāpi sa śāriputra bodhisattvo ‘tītānā­gataprat­yutpannānāṃ
buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlasa­mādhip­rajñāvi­muktivi­muktij­ñānadarśanaṃ
samanvāharati ārādhayati nimittīkaroti,
na ca sa tathāgatānāṃ śīlaṃ jānāti samādhiṃ jānāti prajñāṃ
jānāti vimuktiṃ jānāti vimuktijñānadarśanaṃ jānāti,
so ‘jānan na budhyamānaḥ śūnyatāyām ānimitte praṇihite vā
śāntiṃ śṛṇoti sa tāṃ śāntiṃ nimittīkaroti nimittataś
cānuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye pariṇāmayati.
evaṃ hi pariṇāmayan bodhisattvaḥ sthāsyati śrāvakabhūmau vā
pratyekabuddhabhūmau vā.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
evam etac chāriputra yaḥ prajñā­pārami­tayopā­yakauśalena ca virahito bhavati,
na ca kuśalamūlāny anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye pariṇāmayati,
sa śrāvakabhūmiṃ vā pratyekabuddhabhūmiṃ vā
patati.
iti tathatā­nupalam­bhasva­bhāvaḥ ity uktaṃ svabhāvalakṣaṇam

§3593yaḥ punaḥ śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prathamacittotpādam upādāya sarvākā­rajñatā­cittenā­virahito dānaṃ
dadāti śīlaṃ rakṣati kṣāntyā saṃpādayati vīryam ārabhate dhyānāni
ca samāpadyate na ca nimittīkaroti,
smṛtyu­pasthā­nasamyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamārgān
bhāvayati na ca nimittīkaroti yāvat sarvākārajñatāṃ bhāvayati na ca
nimittīkaroti.
iti sāmānyena mokṣabhāgīyam

§3594sa ca prajñā­pārami­tayopā­yakauśalyena cāvirahitas traiyadhvikān
buddhān samanvāharati, teṣāṃ cātītā­nāgatap­ratyut­pannānāṃ
buddhānāṃ bhagavatayaś ca śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ
prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktij­ñānadar­śanaskandhaḥ,
tatsarvaṃ na nimittīkaroti na śūnyatāsamādhiṃ nimittīkaroti
ānimittasamādhim apraṇihitasamādhiṃ na nimittīkaroti
veditavyam etac chāriputra nāyaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
śrāvakabhūmau vā pratyekabuddhabhūmau〔PSP_4 128〕vā sthāsyatīti,
akṣato ‘nupahato ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbhotsyate.
iti śraddhātmakaṃ mokṣabhāgīyam

§3595tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi tena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
prathamacittotpādam upādāya dānaṃ dattaṃ na ca nimittīkṛtaṃ,
śīlaṃ rakṣitaṃ kṣāntyā saṃpāditaṃ vīryam ārabdhaṃ
dhyānaṃ samāpannaṃ prajñā bhāvitā na ca nimittīkṛtā,
atitānā­gataprat­yutpannānāṃ buddhānāṃ
bhagavatāṃ śīlasa­mādhip­rajñāvi­muktivi­muktij­ñānadar­śanāni
na nimittīkṛtāni, idaṃ śāriputra bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānāṃ tad upāyakauśalyaṃ yan nimittavirahitena
cittena dānaṃ dadāti śīlaṃ rakṣati kṣāntyā saṃpādayati
vīryam ārabhate dhyānaṃ samāpadyate prajñāṃ bhāvayati.
smṛtyu­pasthā­nasamyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamārgān bhāvayati,
āryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīr bhāvayati,
sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhāni samāpadyate,
śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitāni bhāvayati na ca nimittīkaroti,
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmān
bhāvayati yāvat sarvākārajñatāyāṃ carati na ca
nimittīkaroti.
iti vīryātmakaṃ mokṣabhāgīyam

§3596śāriputra āha: yathāhaṃ bhagavan bhagavato bhāṣitasyārtham ājānāmi,
yo bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayā copāyakauśalyena cāvirahitāśayas tasyānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhiḥ.
iti smṛtyātmakaṃ mokṣabhāgīyam tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi bhagavan tena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
prathamacittotpādam upādāya na kaścid dharma upalabdho yo
‘bhisaṃbudhyeta yena cābhisaṃbudhyeta yaṃ cābhisaṃbudhyeta rūpaṃ vā
vedanā vā saṃjñā vā saṃskārā vā vijñānaṃ vā,
evaṃ skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādo vā
pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni vā sarvapāramitā vā
sarvaśūnyatā vā saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyā vā
dharmā āryasatyāni vā apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattayo vā
sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhāni
vā śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitāni vā
abhijñā­daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāveṇikā vā
buddhadharmāḥ sarvākārajñatā vā.
ye punar ime bhagavan bodhisattvayānikāḥ kulaputrāḥ
kuladuhitaraś ca prajñāpāramitāvirahitā upāyakauśalyavirahitāś ca
saṃśayas teṣāṃ pratikāṅkṣitavyo〔PSP_4 129〕‘nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi bhagavaṃs tair bodhisattvayānikaiḥ kulaputraiḥ
kuladuhitṛbhir vā prajñā­pārami­topāya­kauśal­yavira­hitair
yadyad eva dānaṃ dattaṃ tatsarvaṃ nimittīkṛtya dattam,
evaṃ yadyad eva śīlaṃ rakṣitaṃ kṣāntyā
saṃpāditaṃ vīryam ārabdhaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpannaṃ,
yā caiva prajñā vyavacāritā sā sarvā nimittīkṛtya vyavacāritā.
tasmāt saṃśayas teṣāṃ bodhisattvayānikānāṃ
kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṛṇāṃ cānuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyaḥ.
tasmāt tarhi bhagavan bodhisattvena
mahāsattvenānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhukāmena
prajñā­pārami­topāya­kauśal­yāvira­hitena bhavitavyaṃ,
prajñāpāramitāyām upāyakauśalyena sthitvānupalambhayogena
ānimittasahagatena cittena dānaṃ dātavyaṃ śīlaṃ rakṣitavyaṃ kṣāntyā
saṃpādayitavyaṃ vīryam ārabdhavyaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpattavyaṃ prajñā bhāvayitavyā.
ānimittasahagatena cittena adhyātmaśūnyatā bhāvayitavyā,
yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatā bhāvayitavyā.
ānimittasahagatena cittena smṛtyupasthānāni
bhāvayitavyāni.
evaṃ samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgāni,
ānimittasahagatena cittenāryāṣṭāṅgo mārgo bhāvayitavyaḥ.
ānimittasahagatena cittenāp­ramāṇadh­yānārūp­yasamā­pattayaḥ
samāpattavyāḥ.
ānimittasahagatena cittenāryasatyāni
bhāvayitavyāni.
ānimittasahagatena cittena sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhāni
bhāvayitavyāni.
ānimittasahagatena cittena
abhijñā­daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmā bhāvayitavyāḥ,
ānimittasahagatena cittena sarvākārajñatāyāṃ caritavyam.
iti samādhyātmakaṃ mokṣabhāgīyam

§3597atha khalu kāmāvacarā rūpāvacarāś ca
devaputrā bhagavantam etad avocan:
durabhisaṃbhavā bhagavan duradhimucyānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhiḥ,
yatra hi sarvākāraiś ca nāma bodhisattvena
mahāsattvena sarvadharmā ‘bhisaṃboddhavyās te ca
dharmā na saṃvidyanti nopalabhyante.

§3598bhagavān āha: evam etad devaputrā evam etat,
durabhisaṃbhavā devaputrā duradhimucyānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhiḥ,
mayāpi devaputrāḥ sarvadharmāḥ sarvākārair abhisaṃbuddhāḥ,
na ca me kaścid dharma upalabdho yo ‘bhisaṃbudhyeta
yena cābhisaṃbudhyeta yaṃ cābhisaṃbudhyeta.〔PSP_4 130〕
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantaviśuddhatvād devaputrāḥ sarvadharmāṇām.
iti prajñātmakaṃ mokṣabhāgiyam

§3599atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
yad bhagavān evam āha,
durabhisaṃbhavānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir iti,
yathā punar ahaṃ bhagavato bhāṣitasyārtham ājānāmi.
yathā ca mama bhavati,
tathā svabhisaṃbodhā bhagavann anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhiḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi bhagavan na kaścid abhisaṃbudhyate na kenacid
abhisaṃbudhyate na kiñcid abhisaṃboddhavyaṃ,
śūnyā hi bhagavan sarvadharmāḥ,
śūnyeṣu bhagavan sarvadharmeṣu sa dharmo na saṃvidyate,
yo ‘bhisaṃbudhyeta yena vābhisaṃbudhyeta yaṃ vābhisaṃbudhyeta.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi bhagavan sarvadharmāḥ śūnyāḥ,
yasyāpi dharmasya vṛddhaye vā prahāṇāya vā dānaṃ vā dadyāt,
śīlaṃ vā rakṣet kṣāntiṃ vā saṃpādayet vīryaṃ vā
ārabheta dhyānaṃ vā samāpadyeta,
evaṃ yāvat sarvākārajñatāyāṃ vā śikṣeta,
te ca dharmā na saṃvidyante,
yaś cābhisaṃbudhyeta yena cābhisaṃbudhyeta
yaṃ cābhisaṃbudhyeta sarve te dharmāḥ
śūnyāḥ.
anena bhagavan paryāyeṇa svabhisaṃbodhā bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānām anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhiḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi bhagavan rūpaṃ rūpasvabhāvena śūnyaṃ,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā, vijñānaṃ vijñānasvabhāvena śūnyam,
evaṃ skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādāḥ,
pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni pratīt­yasamut­pādāṅgas­vabhāvena śūnyāni,
evaṃ sarvapāramitāḥ sarvaśūnyatāḥ sarvabodhipakṣyā dharmāḥ,
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tayaḥ,
āryasatyāni śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitāni
sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhāni
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmā
āveṇika­buddha­dharmas­vabhāvena śūnyāḥ,
sarvākārajñatā sarvākārajñatāsvabhāvena śūnyā.
ity adhimātrāṇi mokṣabhāgīyāni

§3600atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat:
anenāyuṣman subhūte paryāyeṇa durabhisaṃbhavānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhiḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hy āyuṣman subhūte nākāśasyaivaṃ bhavati,
aham anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbhotsya iti.
evam evāyuṣman subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya naivaṃ bhavati,
aham anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbhotsya iti.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
ākāśasamā hi subhūte〔PSP_4 131〕sarvadharmāḥ,
atha ca punar bodhisattvo mahāsattva ākāśasamān sarvadharmān
adhimucyānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
sacet punar bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasyākāśasamān sarvadharmān
adhimucya svabhisaṃbodhā syād anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir
na durabhisaṃbhavā na tv evaṃ gaṅgānadīvālukopamā bodhisattvā
vivarterann anuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodher.
anenāyuṣman subhūte paryāyeṇa vijñāyate
durabhisaṃbhavānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir na svabhisaṃbodhā.
iti mṛdūni mokṣabhāgīyāni

§3601atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat:
tat kiṃ manyase?
śāriputra rūpaṃ vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.

§3602śāriputa āha: nāyuṣman subhūte.

§3603vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārāḥ,

§3604subhūtir āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
śāriputra vijñānaṃ vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.

§3605śāriputra āha: nāyuṣman subhūte.

§3606evaṃ vistareṇa skandhadhātava āyatanāni pratītyasamutpādaḥ
pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni sarvapāramitāḥ sarvaśūnyatāḥ
sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhāni
bodhipakṣyadharmā apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tayaḥ,
āryasatyāni vimokṣamukhāni
abhijñā­daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmāḥ,
yāvat sarvākārajñatā vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.

§3607śāriputra āha: nāyuṣman subhūte.

§3608subhūtir āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
āyuṣman śāriputrānyatra rūpāt sa dharmo yo vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.

§3609śāriputra āha: nāyuṣman subhūte.

§3610vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ,

§3611subhūtir āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
śāriputrānyatra vijñānāt sa dharmo yo vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.

§3612śāriputra āha: nāyuṣman subhūte.

§3613evaṃ skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādaḥ
pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni sarvapāramitāḥ sarvaśūnyatāḥ
sarvabodhipakṣyā dharmā apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tayaḥ,〔PSP_4 132〕
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmāḥ
yāvad anyatra sarvākārajñatāyāḥ sa dharmo yo vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.
śāriputra āha: nāyuṣman subhūte.

§3614subhūtir āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
śāriputra yā rūpasya tathatā sā vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ, vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ,
yā vijñānasya tathatā sā vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.
evaṃ vistareṇa skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādaḥ
pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni sarvapāramitāḥ
sarvaśūnyatāḥ saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyā dharmā
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tisarva­vimokṣa­samādhi­samāpat­tidhāra­ṇīmukha­śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tāryasat­yābhij­ñādaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃvido,
yā āveṇikabuddhadharmāṇāṃ
tathatā sā vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodheḥ,
yāvat yā sarvākārajñatāyās tathatā sā vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.

§3615śāriputra āha: nāyuṣman subhūte.

§3616subhūtir āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
śāriputrānyatra rūpatathatāyāḥ
sa dharmo yo vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodheḥ,
anyatra vedanātathatāyāḥ saṃjñātathatāyāḥ saṃskāratathatāyāḥ,
tat kiṃ manyase?
śāriputrānyatra vijñānatathatāyāḥ
sa dharmo yo vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.
evaṃ vistareṇānyatra skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­datathatāyā,
anyatra pratīt­yasamut­pādāṅga­tathatāyā,
anyatra sarvapāramitā sarvaśūnyatā
sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhata­thatāyā,
anyatra saptat­riṃśad­bodhipakṣ­yadhar­māpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­titathatāyā,
anyatra śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñāryasat­yadaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vittathatāyā,
anyatrā­veṇika­buddha­dharma­tathatāyā,
anyatra sarvākārajñatātathatāyāḥ sa dharmo yo vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.

§3617śāriputra āha: nāyuṣman subhūte.

§3618subhūtir āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
āyuṣman śāriputra tathatā vivartate〔PSP_4 133〕‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.

§3619śāriputra āha: nāyuṣman subhūte.

§3620evaṃ dharmatā dharmadhātur dharmasthititā dharmaniyāmatā bhūtakoṭīḥ.

§3621śāriputra āha: nāyuṣman subhūte.

§3622subhūtir āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
āyuṣman śāriputrācintyadhātur vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.

§3623śāriputra āha: nāyuṣman subhūte.

§3624subhūtir āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
āyuṣman śāriputrānyatra tathatāyāḥ
sa dharmo yo vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.
evaṃ dharmatāyā dharmadhātor dharmasthititāyā dharmaniyāmatāyā bhūtakoṭeḥ,
anyatrācintyadhātoḥ sa dharmo yo vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.

§3625śāriputra āha: nāyuṣman subhūte.

§3626subhūtir āha: evaṃ satyataḥ
sthititas teṣu dharmeṣv anupalambhamāneṣu,
katamaḥ sa dharmo yo vivartate ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ?

§3627evam ukte āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat:
yayā dharmanayajātyā subhūtiḥ sthaviro nirdiśati,
tayā na kaścid bodhisattvo mahāsattvo vivartiṣyate anuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.
ya ime trayo bodhisattvayānikāḥ pudgalāḥ tathāgatenākhyātāḥ,
eṣāṃ ca trayāṇāṃ bodhisattvayānikānāṃ pudgalānāṃ
vyavasthānaṃ na bhaviṣyati.
eka eva bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhaviṣyati
yad uta bodhisattvayāniko yathāyuṣmataḥ
subhūter nirdeśaḥ.

§3628atha khalv āyuṣmān Pūrṇo maitrāyaṇīputra āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat:
kiṃ punar āyuṣman śāriputra subhūtiḥ
sthavira ekam api bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvam icchati,
paripraṣṭavyas tāvat subhūtiḥ sthaviraḥ.

§3629atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat:
kiṃ punar āyuṣman subhūte ekam api bodhisattvayānikaṃ bodhisattvam icchasi?

§3630evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat:〔PSP_4 134〕
kiṃ punar āyuṣmañ chāriputra tathatāyāṃ trīn bodhisattvān icchasi,
śrāvakayānikaṃ vā bodhisattvaṃ pratyekabuddhayānikaṃ vā
bodhisattvaṃ bodhisattvayānikaṃ vā
bodhisattvam icchasi?

§3631śāriputra āha: nāyuṣman subhūte.

§3632subhūtir āha: tat kiṃ punar āyuṣmañ śāriputra tathatāyāṃ trayo bodhisattvā
upalabhyante?

§3633śāriputra āha: nāyuṣman subhūte.

§3634subhūtir āha: kiṃ punar āyuṣmañ chāriputra tathatā ekato vā
dvābhyāṃ vā tribhir vākārair upalabhyate?

§3635śāriputra āha: nāyuṣman subhūte.

§3636subhūtir āha: kiṃ punar āyuṣmañ śāriputra tathatāyām
ekaṃ bodhisattvam upalabhate?

§3637śāriputra āha: nāyuṣman subhūte.

§3638subhūtir āha: evaṃ satyataḥ sthititas te dharmā anupalabhyamānāḥ
kutaḥ punar āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasyaivaṃ bhavati,
ayaṃ śrāvakayāniko bodhisattvo ‘yaṃ pratyekabuddhayāniko
bodhisattvo ‘yaṃ buddhayāniko bodhisattva ity,
ayaṃ sarvadharmatathatāyāṃ prabhāvyamānāyāṃ yasya bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya cittan nāvalīyate na saṃlīyate na vipratisārī bhavati
mānasaṃ nottrasyati na saṃtrasyati na saṃtrāsam āpadyate.
ayaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvo niryāsyaty anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau.

§3639tatra khalu bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim āmantrayate sma:
sādhu sādhu subhūte pratibhāntu te subhūte yathāpīdaṃ buddhānubhāvena,
evaṃ khalu subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
sarvadharmatathatāyāṃ prabhāvyamānāyāṃ yasya bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya cittan nāvalīyate na saṃlīyate na vipratisārī bhavati
mānasaṃ nottrasyati na saṃtrasyati na saṃtrāsam āpadyate,
niryāsyaty ayaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau.

§3640atha khalv āyuṣmāñ śāriputro bhagavantam etad avocat:
katamayā bhagavan bodhyā niryāsyati bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ?

§3641bhagavān āha: anuttarayā samyaksaṃbodhyā niryāsyaty ayaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ.
iti madhyāni mokṣabhāgīyānīty uktaṃ mokṣabhāgīyam〔PSP_4 135〕

§3642atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
niryātukāmena bhagavan bodhisattvena mahāsattvenānuttarāyāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhau kathaṃ sthātavyam?

§3643bhagavān āha: iha subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvenānuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhukāmena sattvānām
antike samacittatāyāṃ sthātavyaṃ,
sarvasattvānām antike samacittam utpādayitavyaṃ,
na viṣamaṃ cittam utpādayitavyaṃ,
sarvasattvāḥ samacittenālambitavyāḥ,
sarvasattvānām antike mahāmaitry utpādayitavyā,
sarvasattveṣu mahākaruṇotpādayitavyā,
sarvasattvā maitreṇa cittenālambitavyāḥ,
sarvasattvā mahāka­ruṇācit­tenālam­bitavyā,
na puruṣacittenālambitavyāḥ sarvasattvānām
antike nihatamānatotpādayitavyā,
sarvasattvāś ca niḥśāṭhyenālambitavyāḥ.
iti mṛdūṣmagatam

§3644sarvasattvānām antike hitacittatotpādayitavyā,
ahitaṃ cittaṃ notpādayitavyaṃ,
sarvasattvāś ca hitacittenālambitavyā,
nāhitacittenālambitavyāḥ, sarvasattvānām
antike apratihataṃ cittam utpādayitavyaṃ,
sarvasattvā na pratiha­tacitte­nālambi­tavyāḥ,
sarvasattvānām antike aviheṭhanācittam utpādayitavyaṃ,
sarvasattvā na viheṭha­nācitte­nālambi­tavyāḥ.
iti madhyam uṣmagatam

§3645sarvasattvānām antike mātṛcittam utpādayitavyaṃ pitṛcittam
utpādayitavyaṃ bhrātṛcittam utpādayitavyaṃ bhaginīcittam
utpādayitavyaṃ putracittam utpādayitavyaṃ duhitṛcittam utpādayitavyaṃ
mitrāmāt­yajñāti­sālohi­tacittam utpādayitavyaṃ sarvasattvāś ca
mātṛcittena pitṛcittenālambitavyā,
bhrātṛcittena bhaginī­cittenā­lambitavyāḥ,
putracittena duhitṛcittenālambitavyā,
mitrāmāt­yajñāti­sālohi­tacitte­nālambi­tavyāḥ.
evaṃ khalu subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvenānuttarāyāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhau niryāntukāmena sthātavyam.
ity adhimātram uṣmagatam

§3646ātmanā ca prāṇātipātāt prativiratena bhavitavyaṃ pare ca
prāṇātipātavairamaṇo samādāpayitavyāḥ,
prāṇātipātavirateś ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye prāṇātipātāt prativiratā bhavanti,
teṣāñ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.
evaṃ bodhisattvena mahāsattvenānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau niryāstukāmena sthātavyam.〔PSP_4 136〕

§3647ātmanā cādattādānāt prativiratena bhavitavyaṃ,
pare cādattādānavairamaṇye samādāpayitavyāḥ,
adattādānavirateś ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye adattādānāt prativiratā bhavanti,
teṣāñ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3648ātmanā ca kāmamithyācārāt prativiratena bhavitavyaṃ,
pare ca kāmamith­yācārap­rativiratau samādāpayitavyāḥ,
kāmamithyācāravirateś ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye kāmamithyācārāt prativiratā bhavanti teṣāṃ ca
varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3649evam anṛtavacanāt paruṣavacanāt piśunavacanād
avadyapralāpād abhidhyāyā vyāpādāt,
ātmanā ca mithyādṛṣṭeḥ prativiratena bhavitavyaṃ,
pare ca mithyādṛṣṭiviratau samādāpayitavyā,
mithyādṛṣṭivirateś ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye mithyādṛṣṭer viratā bhavanti,
teṣāñ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.
ātmanā ca prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpattavyaṃ,
pare ca prathame dhyāne samādāpayitavyāḥ,
prathamadhyānasamāpatteś ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpadyante,
teṣāñ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3650evam ātmanā ca dvitīyaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpattavyaṃ,
evaṃ tṛtīyaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpattavyaṃ,
ātmanā ca caturthaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpattavyaṃ,
pare ca caturthe dhyāne samādāpayitavyāś
caturthadhyānasamāpatteś ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye caturthadhyānaṃ samāpadyante,
teṣāñ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3651ātmanā ca maitrī bhāvayitavyā,
pare ca maitrībhāvanāyāṃ samādāpayitavyā,
maitrībhāvanāyāś ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye maitrīvihāriṇas teṣām
api varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3652evaṃ karuṇāyāṃ muditāyāṃ ca kartavyam,
ātmanā copekṣāvihāriṇā bhavitavyaṃ,
pare copekṣāvihāre samādāpayitavyā,
upekṣāvihārasya ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye upekṣāvihāriṇas,
teṣām api varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3653ātmanā cākāśā­nantyā­yatanā­samāpattiḥ samāpattavyā,
pare cākāśā­nantyā­yatana­samāpattau samādāpayitavyāḥ,
ākāśānant­yāyata­nasamā­patteś ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye ākāśānant­yāyata­nasamā­pattiṃ〔PSP_4 137〕samāpadyante,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3654evaṃ vijñānā­nantyā­yatana­samāpattir ākiṃcān­yāyata­nasamā­pattiḥ,
ātmanā ca naivasaṃj­ñānāsaṃj­ñāyata­nasamā­pattiḥ samāpattavyā,
pare ca naivasaṃj­ñānāsaṃj­ñāyata­nasamā­pattau samādāpayitavyāḥ
naivasaṃj­ñānāsaṃj­ñāyata­nasamā­patteś ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye naivasaṃj­ñānāsaṃj­ñāyata­nasamā­pattiṃ samāpadyante,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.
iti mṛdumūrdhagatam

§3655ātmanā ca dānapāramitā paripūrayitavyā,
pare ca dānapāramitāyāṃ samādāpayitavyāḥ,
dānapāramitāyāś ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaḥ,
ye cānye dānapāramitāṃ paripūrayanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3656evaṃ śīlapāramitā kṣāntipāramitā vīryapāramitā dhyānapāramitā,
ātmanā ca prajñāpāramitā paripūrayitavyā,
pare ca prajñāpāramitāyāṃ samādāpayitavyāḥ,
prajñāpāramitāyāś ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye prajñāpāramitāṃ paripūrayanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.
iti madhyamūrdhagatam

§3657ātmanā cādhyātmaśūnyatā bhāvayitavyā,
pare cādhyātmaśūnyatāyāṃ samādāpayitavyā,
adhyātmaśūnyatāyāś ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye sattvā adhyātmaśūnyatāṃ bhāvayanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3658evaṃ bahirdhāśūnyatā adhyātmabahirdhāśūnyatā
yāvad ātmanā cābhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatā bhāvayitavyā,
pare cābhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyāṃ samādāpayitavyā,
abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyāś ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye sattvā abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāṃ bhāvayanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā n bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3659ātmanā ca catvāri smṛtyupasthānāni bhāvayitavyāni,
pare ca caturṣu smṛtyupasthāneṣu samādāpayitavyāḥ,
caturṇāṃ ca smṛtyupasthānānāṃ varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye sattvāś catvāri smṛtyupasthānāni bhāvayanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3660evaṃ samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgāni,
ātmanā cāryaṣṭāṅgo mārgo bhāvayitavyaḥ,
pare cāryāṣṭāṅge mārge sthāpayitavyāḥ,
āryāṣṭaṅgamārgasya ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye sattvā āryāṣṭāṅgaṃ mārgaṃ bhāvayanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ〔PSP_4 138〕samanujñena.

§3661ātmanā ca śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tasamādhayo bhāvayitavyāḥ,
pare ca śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tasamādhau samādāpayitavyāḥ,
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tasamā­dhīnāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye sattvāḥ śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tasamādhīn bhāvayanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3662ātmanā ca catvāry āryasatyāni bhāvayitavyāni,
pare cāryasatyabhāvanāyāṃ samādāpayitavyā,
āryasatyānāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye sattvāś catvāry āryasatyāni bhāvayanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3663ātmanā cāṣṭavimokṣā bhāvayitavyāḥ,
pare cāṣṭavimokṣabhāvanāyāṃ samādāpayitavyā,
aṣṭānāṃ ca vimokṣāṇāṃ varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye ‘ṣṭavimokṣāṃ samāpadyante,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3664ātmanā ca navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattayaḥ samādāpayitavyāḥ,
pare ca navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattiṣu samādāpayitavyā,
navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattīnāṃ varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye sattvā navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattīḥ samāpadyante,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3665ātmanā cābhijñā niṣpādayitavyāḥ,
pare cābhijñāprāptaye samādāpayitavyāḥ,
abhijñānāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye sattvā abhijñā pratilabdhās,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3666ātmanā ca daśatathāgatabalāni paripūrayitavyāni,
pare ca daśatathāgatabaleṣu samādāpayitavyā,
daśānāṃ ca tathāgatabalānāṃ varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye sattvā daśatathāgatabalāni paripūrayanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3667evaṃ catvāri vaiśāradyāni catasraḥ pratisaṃvid,
ātmanā cāṣṭādaśāveṇikā buddhadharmāḥ paripūrayitavyāḥ,
pare cāṣṭāda­śāveṇi­kabuddha­dharmeṣu pratiṣṭhāpayitavyā,
aṣṭādaśāveṇikānāṃ ca buddhadharmāṇāṃ varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye āveṇikān buddhadharmān paripūrayanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3668ātmanā ca mahāmaitrī mahākaruṇā ca paripūrayitavyā,
pare ca mahāmaitryāṃ mahākaruṇāyāṃ ca samādāpayitavyā,
mahāmaitryā mahākaruṇāyāś ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye mahāmaitrīṃ mahākaruṇāṃ ca paripūrayanti,〔PSP_4 139〕
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3669ātmanā canulo­maprati­lomapra­tītyasa­mutpādaḥ samāpattavyaḥ,
pare cānulo­maprati­lomapra­tītyasa­mutpāde samādāpayitavyāḥ,
anulomap­ratilo­mapratīt­yasamut­pādasa­māpatteś ca
varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ,
ye cānye anulomap­ratilo­mapratīt­yasamutpādaṃ samāpadyante,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādinā bhavitavyaṃ samanujñena.

§3670evaṃ khalu subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvenānuttarāyāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhau niryātukāmena sthātavyam.
ity adhimātramūrdhagatam

§3671ātmanā ca duṣkhaṃ parijānāti samudayaṃ ca
prajahāti nirodhaṃ ca sākṣātkaroti mārgañ ca bhāvayati,
parāṃś ca duṣkhaparijñāyai samudayaprahāṇāya
nirodhasākṣātkriyāyai mārgabhāvanāyai samādāpayati,
duḥkhaparijñānasya samudayaprahāṇasya
nirodhasākṣātkriyāyā mārgabhāvanāyāś ca varṇaṃ bhāṣate,
ye cānye duḥkhaṃ prajānanti samudayaṃ prajahati
nirodhaṃ sākṣātkurvanti mārgaṃ ca bhāvayanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādī bhavati samanujñaḥ.
iti mṛdvī kṣāntiḥ

§3672ātmanā ca srotaā­pattipha­lasākṣātk­riyāyai jñānam utpādayati na ca
bhūtakoṭiṃ sākṣātkaroti, parāṃś ca
srotaā­pattipha­lajñāna­sākṣātk­riyāyai samādāpayati,
srotaā­pattipha­lajñāna­sākṣātk­riyāyāś ca varṇaṃ bhāṣate,
ye cānye srotaā­pattipha­lasākṣātk­riyāyai jñānam utpādayanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādī bhavati samanujñaḥ.

§3673evam ātmanā ca sakṛdā­gāmipha­lasākṣātk­riyāyai
jñānam utpādayati na ca bhūtakoṭiṃ sākṣātkaroti,
ātmanā cānāgā­miphala­sākṣātk­riyāyai jñānam utpādayati na ca
bhūtakoṭiṃ sākṣātkaroti.

§3674ātmanā cārhatt­vaphala­sākṣātk­riyāyai jñānam utpādayati na ca
bhūtakoṭiṃ sākṣātkaroti,
parāṃś cārhatt­vaphalaj­ñānasāk­ṣātkriyāyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati,
arhatt­vaphalaj­ñānasāk­ṣātkriyāyāś ca varṇaṃ bhāṣate,
ye cānye ‘rhatt­vaphala­sākṣātk­riyāyai jñānam utpādayanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādī bhavati samanujñaḥ.

§3675ātmanā ca pratye­kabuddha­phalasāk­ṣātkriyāyai jñānam utpādayati na ca
pratye­kabuddha­phalaj­ñānasāk­ṣātkriyāṃ sākṣātkaroti,
parāṃś ca pratye­kabuddha­phalaj­ñānasāk­ṣātkriyāyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati,
pratye­kabuddha­phalaj­ñānasāk­ṣātkriyāyāś〔PSP_4 140〕ca varṇaṃ bhāṣate,
ye cānye pratye­kabuddha­phalaj­ñānasāk­ṣātkriyāyai jñānam utpādayanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādī bhavati samanujñaḥ.
iti madhyā kṣāntiḥ

§3676ātmanā ca bodhisattvanyāmam avakrāmati,
parāṃś ca bodhisatt­vanyāmā­vakrāntyāṃ samādāpayati,
bodhisattvanyāmāvakrānteś ca varṇaṃ bhāṣate,
ye cānye bodhisattvanyāmam avakrāmanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādī bhavati samanujñaḥ.

§3677evaṃ khalu subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvenānuttarāyāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhau niryātukāmena sthātavyam.
ity adhimātrā kṣāntiḥ

§3678ātmanā ca sattvān paripācayati,
parāṃś ca sattvaparipākāya samādāpayati,
sattvaparipākasya ca varṇaṃ bhāṣate,
ye cānye sattva­paripā­kāyābh­yudgatās,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādī bhavati samanujñaḥ.

§3679ātmanā ca buddhakṣetraṃ pariśodhayati,
parāṃś ca buddhakṣetrapariśodhanāya samādāpayati,
buddhakṣetrapariśuddheś ca varṇaṃ bhāṣate,
ye cānye buddhakṣetrapariśodhanāya pratiṣṭhitās,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādī bhavati samanujñaḥ.
iti mṛdavo ‘gradharmāḥ

§3680ātmanā ca bodhisattvābhijñā utpādayati,
parāṃś ca bodhisattvābhijñāsu
samādāpayati bodhisattvābhijñānāṃ ca varṇaṃ bhāṣate,
ye cānye bodhisattvābhijñā bhāvayanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādī bhavati samanujñaḥ.
iti madhyāgradharmāḥ

§3681ātmanā ca sarvākārajñatājñānam utpādayati,
parāṃś ca sarvākārajñatājñāne samādāpayati,
sarvākārajñatājñānasya ca varṇaṃ bhāṣate,
ye cānye sarvākārajñatājñānam utpādayanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādī bhavati samanujñaḥ.

§3682ātmanā ca sarvavāsanānusaṃdhikleśān prajahāti,
parāṃś ca sarvavā­sanānu­saṃdhik­leśapra­hāṇatāyai samādāpayati,
sarvavā­sanānu­saṃdhik­leśapra­hāṇasya ca varṇaṃ bhāṣate,
ye cānye sarvavāsanānusaṃdhikleśān prajahati,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādī bhavati samanujñaḥ.

§3683ātmanā ca āyuḥsaṃpadaṃ parigṛhṇāti,
parāṃś ca āyuḥsaṃpadi samādāpayati,
āyuḥsaṃpadaś ca varṇaṃ bhāṣate,
ye cānye mahāpuruṣā āyuḥsaṃpadi sthitās,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādī bhavati samanujñaḥ.

§3684ātmanā ca saddharmasthitiṃ parigṛhṇāti,
parāṃś ca saddharmasthitau〔PSP_4 141〕samādāpayati,
saddharmasthiteś ca varṇaṃ bhāṣate ye cānye saddharmasthitiṃ parigṛhṇanti,
teṣāñ ca mahāpuruṣarṣabhāṇāṃ varṇavādī bhavati
samanujñaḥ.

§3685evaṃ khalu subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvenānuttarāyāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhau niryātukāmena bhavitavyam.
evaṃ khalu subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena prajñāpāramitāyām
upāyakauśalye ca sthātavyam.
tasyaivaṃ śikṣamāṇasyaivaṃ tiṣṭhataḥ,
anāvaraṇaṃ rūpaṃ bhaviṣyati anāvaraṇā vedanā anāvaraṇā saṃjñā anāvaraṇāḥ
saṃskārā, anāvaraṇaṃ vijñānaṃ bhaviṣyati,
evaṃ vistareṇa yāvad anāvaraṇā saddharmasthitir bhaviṣyati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
pūrvāntataś caivaṃ rūpan na parigṛhītaṃ,
na vedanā na saṃjñā na saṃskārā, na vijñānaṃ parigṛhītam,
evaṃ yāvat sarvākārajñatā na parigṛhītā.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte yo rūpasyāparigraho na tad rūpaṃ,
yo vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ,
tathā hi yo vijñānasyāparigraho na tad vijñānam.
evaṃ yāvad yaḥ sarvākārajñatāyā aparigraho na sā sarvākārajñatā.
asmin khalu punar bodhisattvasthāne bhāṣyamāṇe
dvayor bodhisattvasahasrayor anutpattikeṣu dharmeṣu
kṣāntipratilambho ‘bhūt.
ity adhimātrāgradharmāḥ ity uktaṃ nirvedhabhāgīyam

§3686evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
avinivartanīyasya bhagavan bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya ka ākārāḥ?
kāni liṅgāni?
kāni nimittāni?
kathaṃ vā vayaṃ bhagavan jānīmahe?
ayam avinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattva iti.

§3687evam ukte bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat:
yā ca subhūte pṛthagjanabhūmir yā ca śrāvakabhūmir yā ca
pratyekabuddhabhūmir yā ca bodhisattvabhūmir yā ca
tathāgatabhūmir uktā sarvā sā tathatayāvikalpā nirvikal­pādvayād­vaidhīkārā,
yathā ca sā tathatāvikalpā tathaiva na vikalpayaty,
evam avataraty avikalpena,
evam avatīrṇo yathā tathatā tathā śrutvā
tato ‘tikramya na kiñcid vikalpayati,
na hi tās tathatāyā ekaikato nobhayato nānubhayato,
na ca yatkiñcitpralāpī bhavati.
arthopasaṃhitāṃ ca vācaṃ bhāṣate nānarthopasaṃhitāṃ,
na ca parasya ca kṛtākṛtaṃ vyavalokayati,
subhāṣitagaveṣī ca bhavati,
ebhiḥ〔PSP_4 142〕subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittair
avinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti sāmānye­nāvaivar­tikalakṣaṇam

§3688subhūtir āha: katamair bhagavann ākāraiḥ?
katamair liṅgaiḥ?
katamair nimittair?
ayam avinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.

§3689bhagavān āha: anākārā hi subhūte sarvadharmā aliṅgā ānimittāḥ.

§3690evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
yadi bhagavann anākārāḥ sarvadharmā aliṅgā ānimittāḥ,
katamair bhagavan dharmaiḥ samanvāgato bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīyo ‘vinivartanīya iti
nirdṛśyate?

§3691bhagavān āha: yaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo rūpād vinivṛtto,
vedanāyā vinivṛttaḥ saṃjñāyā vinivṛttaḥ saṃskārebhyo vinivṛtto,
vijñānād vinivṛtto ‘yaṃ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīyo veditavyaḥ.
yaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
skandhebhyo vinivṛtto dhātubhyo vinivṛtta āyatanebhyo vinivṛttaḥ
pratītyasamutpādād vinivṛttaḥ pratītyasamutpādāṅgebhyo
vinivṛtto ‘yaṃ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīyo veditavyaḥ.
yaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo dānapāramitāyā vinivṛttaḥ,
evaṃ śīlapāramitāyāḥ kṣāntipāramitāyā vīryapāramitāyā
dhyānapāramitāyāḥ prajñāpāramitāyā vinivṛttaḥ,
adhyātmaśūnyatāyā yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyā vinivṛttaḥ,
smṛtyupasthānebhyo vinivṛttaḥ,
evaṃ samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamārgād vinivṛttaḥ,
āryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tibhyo vinivṛttaḥ,
sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhebhyo vinivṛttaḥ,
abhijñā­daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadhar­mebhyo vinivṛttaḥ,
śrāvakap­ratyeka­buddha­bhūmer vinivṛttaḥ,
anuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodher vinivṛttaḥ,
ayaṃ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīyo veditavyaḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte rūpasya svabhāvo na saṃvidyate.
evaṃ vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ,
vijñānasya svabhāvo na saṃvidyate yatra bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
pratiṣṭhet.
evaṃ skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpā­dapratīt­yasamut­pādāṅgānāṃ
svabhāvo na saṃvidyate, evaṃ yāvad anuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ svabhāvo na saṃvidyate yatra bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
pratiṣṭhet.
iti nirvedhāṅ­gasthi­tasyāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇam ekam〔PSP_4 143〕

§3692punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattva ito bahirdhānāṃ
yeṣāṃ śramaṇabrāhmaṇānāṃ mukham ullokayati,
ime bhagavantaḥ śramaṇabrāhmaṇājñeyaṃ jānanti
dṛśyaṃ paśyanti samyagdṛṣṭiṃ prajñāṃ ca
prajñāpayantīti nedaṃ sthānaṃ vidyate.
na vicikitsām āpadyate na śīlavrataṃ parāmṛṣati na kudṛṣṭiṃ patati,
na kautukamaṅgalena śuddhiṃ pratyeti,
nānyeṣāṃ devānāṃ namaskāraṃ karoti.
puṣpair vā gandhair vā dhūpair vā vilepanair vā
cūrṇair vā cīvarair vā cchatrair vā dhvajair vā
patākābhir vā nānyeṣāṃ dātavyaṃ vā kartavyaṃ vā manyate,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti nirvedhāṅ­gasthi­tasyāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇaṃ dvitīyam

§3693punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo na mithyādṛṣṭiko bhavati,
na narakeṣūpapadyate na yamaloke
na tiryagyonyāṃ nāsureṣūpapadyate na pratyanteṣu
janapadeṣūpapadyate na jaḍamūko bhavati na dīrghāyuṣkeṣu
deveṣūpapadyate na ca strībhāvaṃ parigṛhṇāti,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti nirvedhāṅ­gasthi­tasyāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇaṃ tṛtīyam

§3694punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo daśakuśalān
karmapathān samādāya vartate sa ātmanā ca
prāṇātipātāt prativirato bhavati,
parāṃś ca prāṇātipātaviratau samādāpayati,
prāṇātipātavirateś ca varṇaṃ bhāṣate,
ye cānye prāṇātipātāt prativiratā bhavanti,
teṣāṃ ca varṇavādī bhavati samanujñaḥ.

§3695evam adattādānāt kāmamithyācārāt mṛṣāvādāt piśunavacanāt
paruṣavacanād avadyapralāpād abhidhyāyā vyāpādād,
ātmanā ca mithyādṛṣṭeḥ prativirato bhavati,
parāṃś ca mithyādṛṣṭiviratau samādāpayati,
mithyādṛṣṭivirateś ca varṇaṃ bhāṣate,
ye cānye mithyādṛṣṭeḥ prativiratā bhavanti,
teṣāñ ca varṇavādī bhavati samanujñaḥ,
ebhir api subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.

§3696punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
svapnāntaragato ‘pi daśākuśalān karmapathānnādhyāpadyate,
ebhir api subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo〔PSP_4 144〕bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti nirvedhāṅ­gasthi­tasyāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇaṃ caturtham

§3697punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo yadā dānapāramitāyāṃ vartate,
śīlapāramitāyāṃ vartate kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ vartate
vīryapāramitāyāṃ vartate dhyānapāramitāyāṃ vartate,
yadā prajñāpāramitāyāṃ vartate,
tadā sarvasattvānāṃ kṛtena dānaṃ dadāti,
evaṃ śīlaṃ rakṣati kṣāntyā saṃpādayati vīryam ārabhate
dhyānaṃ samāpadyate sarvasattvānāṃ kṛtena prajñāṃ bhāvayati,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.

§3698punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo yānyān
dharmān paryavāpnoti sūtraṃ geyaṃ vyākaraṇam itivṛttakaṃ
yāvad avadānopadeśaṃ tattad dharmadānaṃ dadata evaṃ bhavati,
sarvasattvānām anena dānena dhārmikā abhiprāyāḥ paripūriṅ gacchantu,
sa tad dharmadānaṃ sarvasattvasādhāraṇaṃ kṛtvā
anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye pariṇāmayati,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti nirvedhāṅ­gasthi­tasyāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇaṃ pañcamam

§3699punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyasya
bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya gambhīreṣu dharmeṣu
nāsti kāṅkṣā nāsti vimatir nāsti vicikitsā.
subhūtir āha: kena kāraṇena bhagavann avinivartanīyasya
bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya gambhīreṣu dharmeṣu
nāsti kāṅkṣā nāsti vimatir nāsti vicikitsā?

§3700bhagavān āha: tathā hi subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo na kaṃcid dharmaṃ samanupaśyati rūpaṃ vā
vedanāṃ vā saṃjñāṃ vā saṃskārāṃ vā vijñānaṃ vā skandhān
vā dhātūn vā āyatanāni vā pratītyasamutpādaṃ vā
pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni vā samanupaśyati,
sarvapāramitā vā sarvaśūnyatā vā
sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhāni
vā saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyān vā dharmān
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīr vā āryasatyāni vā
śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitā vā daśatathāgatabalāni vā vaiśāradyāni
pratisaṃvido vā āveṇikān buddhadharmān na samanupaśyati,
anuttarāṃ vā samyaksaṃbodhiṃ na samanupaśyati,
yatra kāṅkṣā vā vimatir vā vicikitsā vā syāt,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato〔PSP_4 145〕‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti nirvedhāṅ­gasthi­tasyāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇam ṣaṣṭham

§3701punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
snigdhena kāyakarmaṇā manaāpena snigdhena vākkarmaṇā manaāpena
snigdhena manaskarmaṇā manaāpena kāntena samanvāgato bhavati,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.

§3702punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
satatasamitaṃ maitreṇa kāyakarmaṇā manaāpena maitreṇa vākkarmaṇā
manaāpena maitreṇa manaskarmaṇā manaāpena kāntena samanvāgato bhavati,
ebhir api subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti nirvedhāṅ­gasthi­tasyāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇaṃ saptamam

§3703punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
pañcabhir nivaraṇaiḥ sārdhaṃ na saṃvasati,
kāmacchandena vyāpādena styānamiddhena uddhatakaukṛtyena vicikitsayā,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti nirvedhāṅ­gasthi­tasyāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇam aṣṭamam

§3704punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyasya bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya sarveṇa sarvam anuśayo nāsti,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti nirvedhāṅ­gasthi­tasyāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇaṃ navamam

§3705punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘tikrāman vā
pratikrāman vā na bhrāntacitto ‘tikrāmati vā pratikrāmati vā,
so ‘tikrāman vā pratikrāman vā upasthitasmṛtir atikrāmati,
upasthitasmṛtir eva pratikrāmati.
smṛtimāṃś caiva gacchati ca kramati tiṣṭhati niṣīdati śayyāṃ ca
kalpayati na sahasā bhūmau pādāv utkṣipati,
na sahasā bhūmau pādau pratikṣipati na sahasā bhūmau pādau nikṣipati,
smṛtimān eva sa pādau utkṣipati pratikṣipati nikṣipati,
sa paśyann eva bhūpradeśam ākrāmati,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo〔PSP_4 146〕mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti nirvedhāṅ­gasthi­tasyāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇaṃ daśamam

§3706punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyasya bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya cīvaraparibhoge na kāyajugupsito bhavati,
na yūkilaś caukṣasamudācāraḥ śucisamudācāraḥ
subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘lpābādhaś ca bhavati,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
ity uṣmaga­tāvasthas­yāvaivar­tikalakṣaṇam ekādaśam

§3707punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya yāni tāni
aśītikrimikulasahasrāṇi kāye prativasanti kāyaṃ bhakṣayanti,
tāny avinivartanīyasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
sarveṇa sarvaṃ kāye na saṃvidyate.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte tāni kuśalamūlāni
bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya sarvalokābhyudgatāni,
tena bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya tāny aśītikrimikulasahasrāṇi kāye na saṃvidyante.
yathāyathā subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasyaitāni
kuśalamūlāni pravardhante,
tathātathā bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ kāyapariśuddhiñ ca
vākpariśuddhiñ ca cittapariśuddhiṃ ca pratigṛhṇāti,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti nirvedhāṅ­gasthi­tasyāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇaṃ dvādaśam

§3708evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
kathaṃ punar bhagavan bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya kāyapariśuddhiś ca
vākpariśuddhiś ca cittapariśuddhiś ca
bhavati?

§3709bhagavān āha: yathāyathā subhūte bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya tāni kuśalamūlāni pravardhante,
tathātathā kāyacakratvaṃ vākcakratvaṃ cittacakratvaṃ ca
kāyavākcittakauṭilyatāñ ca taiḥ kuśalamūlaiḥ
pariśodhayati.
iyaṃ subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya kāyapariśuddhiś ca
vākpariśuddhiś ca cittapariśuddhiś ca,
sa tayā kāyapariśuddhyā vākpariśuddhyā cittapariśuddhyā ca
śrāvakabhūmiṃ ca pratyekabuddhabhūmiñ cātikrāmati.
iyaṃ subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya〔PSP_4 147〕kāyapariśuddhiś ca
vākpariśuddhiś ca cittapariśuddhiś ca,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti nirvedhāṅ­gasthi­tasyāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇaṃ trayodaśam

§3710punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo na lābhasatkāraguruko bhavati
na piṇḍapātaguruko bhavati yāvan na cīvaraguruko bhavati,
sa dvādaśadhūtaguṇasamādāne vartate,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti nirvedhāṅ­gasthi­tasyāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇaṃ caturdaśam

§3711punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyasya bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya na mātsaryacittam utpadyate
na dauḥśīlyacittam utpadyate na kṣubdhacittam utpadyate
na kausīdyacittam utpadyate nāsamāhitacittam utpadyate
na dauṣprajñācittam utpadyate nerṣyācittam utpadyate ebhiḥ
subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti nirvedhāṅ­gasthi­tasyāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇaṃ pañcadaśam

§3712punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
sthirabuddhiś ca bhavati satkṛtya ca parato dharmaṃ śṛṇoti,
yat kiṃcit parato dharmaṃ śṛṇoti tat sarvaṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ
saṃsyandayati yāni tāni laukikāni kṛtyāni tāni
sarvāṇi prajñāpāramitām āgamya dharmatayā saṃsyandayati,
na taṃ dharmaṃ samanupaśyati,
yo dharmadhātau na yujyate sarvaṃ taṃ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yujyamānaṃ samanupaśyati,
idaṃ subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsatt­vasyāvi­nivarta­nīyalakṣaṇaṃ veditavyam.
iti nirvedhāṅ­gasthi­tasyāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇaṃ ṣoḍaśam

§3713punar aparaṃ subhūte māraḥ pāpīyān
avinivartanīyasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya aṣṭau mahānirayān
purato ‘bhinirmāya tatraikaikasmin mahāniraye bahūni bodhisattvaśatāni
bahūni bodhisattvasahasrāṇi bahūni bodhisattvaśatasahasrāṇi
bahūni bodhisatt­vakoṭī­niyuta­śatasa­hasrāṇi dahyamānāni
pacyamānāni duḥkhī tīvrī kharāṃ kaṭukāṃ
vedanāṃ pratyanubhavamānāny〔PSP_4 148〕abhinirmiṇoti,
evaṃ ca vakṣyati: ime te bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
avinivartanīyās tathāgatair vyākṛtās teṣu mahānarakeṣūpapannās,
tvam api nairayikas tathāgatair arhadbhiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhair,
yas tvam avinivartanīyatāyai vyākṛtaḥ,
punar eva tvam etad bodhicittaṃ pratiniḥsṛjya,
evaṃ tvaṃ mahānirayeṣu nopapatsyase,
tataḥ tvaṃ svargopago bhaviṣyasi.

§3714sacet subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
cittaṃ na kṣubhyati na kāṅkṣati na vicikitsati,
veditavyaṃ vyākṛto ‘yaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvas taiḥ
pūrvakais tathāgatair arhadbhiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhair,
niyato ‘yaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘vaivartyadhātau sthānaṃ subhūte
‘navakāśo yad avinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo narake vā
tiryagyonau vā yamaloke vā asureṣu vā
kāyeṣūpapadyate, naitat sthānaṃ vidyate,
ebhir api subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti mūrdha­gatāvas­thasyā­vaivar­tikalakṣaṇaṃ saptadaśam

§3715punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya māraḥ
pāpīyān śramaṇa­veṣeṇo­pasaṃk­ramyaivaṃ vakṣyati:
yat tvayā pūrvaśrutaṃ, evaṃ mayā dānapāramitā pariśodhayitavyā,
evaṃ mayā śīlapāramitā pariśodhayitavyā,
evaṃ mayā kṣāntipāramitā pariśodhayitavyā,
evaṃ mayā vīryapāramitā pariśodhayitavyā
evaṃ mayā dhyānapāramitā pariśodhayitavyā,
evaṃ mayā prajñāpāramitā pariśodhayitavyā,
evaṃ mayā yāvad anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir abhisaṃboddhavyā,
tat sarvaṃ pratideśaya yat tvayā pūrvam atītānā­gataprat­yutpannānāṃ
tathāgatānām arhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ saśrāvakasaṃghānāṃ
prathamacittotpādam upādāya yāvat saddharmasthitir etasminn antare
yat kuśalamūlaṃ tat sarvam anumoditan tat pratideśaya tan nisṛja,
yad etat tvayā śrutaṃ naitad buddhavacanaṃ naitat
samyaksaṃbuddhena bhāṣitaṃ kavikṛtakaṃ kāvyam etat,
yad ahaṃ bhāṣe etad buddhavacanam etat tathāgatena bhāṣitam.
saced bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ kṣubhyati kāṅkṣati vicikitsati,
veditavyam evam eṣa bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘vyākṛtas tathāgatair
arhadbhiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhair,
aniyato ‘yaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvo,
nāyaṃ bodhisattvo〔PSP_4 149〕mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīyadhātau sthitaḥ.

§3716sacet punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo na kṣubhyati
na kāṅkṣati na vicikitsati, dharmatāṃ pratisarati,
anabhisaṃskāram anutpādaṃ pratisarati,
na parasya śraddhayā gacchati, aparapraṇeyaś ca bhavati,
dānapāramitāyāṃ śīlapāramitāyāṃ kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ
vīryapāramitāyāṃ dhyānapāramitāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām
aparapraṇeyaś ca bhavati yāvad anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau,
tadyathāpi nāma arhan kṣīṇāsravo bhikṣur na parasya
śraddhayā gacchati pratyakṣakārī dharmatāyām
asaṃhāryo bhavati māreṇa pāpīyasā.
evam eva subhūte ‘navamardanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
śrāvakayānikair vā pratyekabuddhayānikair vā,
apratyudāvartanīyadharmā ca bhavati
śrāvakayānikair vā pratyekabuddhayānikair vā
buddhayānikair vā anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau,
niyato ‘yaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
‘vinivartanīyadhātau sthito ‘parapraṇeyaś ca bhavati,
sa tathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasyāpi śraddhayā na gacchati,
prāg eva śrāvakayānikānāṃ vā pratyekabuddhayānikānāṃ
vā buddhayānikānāṃ vā prāg eva mārasya pāpīyasaḥ,
prāg evānyatīrthikānāṃ parivrājakānāṃ vā
śraddhayā gacchen naitat sthānaṃ vidyate.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo na kaṃcid dharmaṃ samanupaśyati,
yasya śraddhayā gacched rūpasya vā vedanāyā vā
saṃjñāyā vā saṃskārāṇāṃ vā vijñānasya vā,
rūpatathatāyā vā vedanātathatāyā vā saṃjñātathatāyā vā
saṃskāratathatāyā vā vijñānatathatāyā vā,
evaṃ skandha­dhātvā­yatanap­ratītya­samutpādaṃ pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni
sarvapāramitāḥ sarvaśūn­yatāsar­vavimok­ṣasamā­dhisamā­pattidhā­raṇīmukhāni
bodhipakṣyadharmān apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīr
āryasat­yābhij­ñāśūnya­tānimit­tāpraṇi­hitāni
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmān anuttarāṃ ca
samyaksaṃbodhiṃ na samanupaśyati yāvad anuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodhes tathatān na samanupaśyati,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti mūrdha­gatāvas­thasyā­vaivar­tikalakṣaṇam aṣṭādaśam

§3717punar aparaṃ subhūte māraḥ pāpīyān bhikṣu­veṣenā­vinivar­tanīyasya
bodhisattvasya mahāsatt­vasyopa­saṃkram­yaivaṃ vakṣyati:
saṃsāracārikaiṣā naiṣā sarvākārajñatācārikā,
ihaiva tvaṃ duḥkhasyāntaṃ kuru.〔PSP_4 150〕

§3718sa khalu punar māraḥ pāpīyān
bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya mārgapratirūpakam upadekṣyati,
yo ‘sau mārgapratirūpakaḥ saṃsārāvacarair
laukikair ākārair yadi vāsti saṃjñā yadi vā
prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ yāvan naivasaṃj­ñānāsaṃj­ñāyatanam upadekṣyati:
ayam āyuṣman mārgaḥ, iyaṃ pratipad yena mārgeṇa
yayā pratipadā srotaāpattiphalam anuprāpsyasi,
sakṛdāgāmiphalam anāgāmiphalaṃ yena mārgeṇārhattvam anuprāpsyasi,
anenāyuṣman mārgeṇānayā pratipadā ihaiva tvaṃ duḥkhasyāntaṃ kuru,
na tu tāni saṃsārāvacarāṇi duḥkhāni pratyanubhaviṣyasi,
aho batāyam ihaiva tavātmabhāvo na nirvṛtto bhavet,
kutas tvam anyam ātmabhāvaṃ pratigṛhītavyaṃ manyase?

§3719sacet punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya cittaṃ
na kṣubhyati na calati, uttare cāsyaivaṃ bhavati,
bahukaro me ‘yaṃ bhikṣur yo ‘yaṃ mārgapratirūpakam upadiśati,
yo mārgapratirūpako naivaṃ srotaā­pattipha­lasākṣātk­riyāyai saṃvartate,
na sakṛdā­gāmipha­lasākṣātk­riyāyai saṃvartate,
nānāgā­miphala­sākṣātk­riyāyai saṃvartate
nārhatt­vaphala­sākṣātk­riyāyai saṃvartate,
na pratye­kabuddha­phalasāk­ṣātkriyāyai saṃvartate,
nānuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodheḥ sākṣātkriyāyai saṃvartate.
uttare cāsya harṣa utpadyate,
bahukaro me ‘yaṃ bhikṣur yo mamaitāny aṅgāny upadiśati,
yāni mayaivaṃ buddhvā sarveṣv api triṣu yāneṣu
śikṣitavyam.

§3720tam enaṃ māraḥ pāpīyān bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvaṃ harṣitaṃ viditvā
evaṃ vakṣyati: icchasi tvaṃ kulaputra tān bodhisattvān
mahāsattvān draṣṭuṃ yair bodhisattvair mahāsattvair
gaṅgānadīvālukopamā buddhā bhagavantaḥ pratyupasthitāḥ
pūjitāś cīvara­piṇḍapā­taśaya­nāsanag­lānaprat­yayabhai­ṣajyapa­riṣkārair,
gaṅgānadīvālukopamānāṃ ca tathāgatānām arhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānām
antike dānapāramitā paripūritā śīlapāramitā paripūritā
kṣāntipāramitā paripūritā vīryapāramitā paripūritā
dhyānapāramitā paripūritā prajñāpāramitā paripūritā,
gaṅgānadīvālukopamāś caiva buddhā bhagavantaḥ
paryupāsitāḥ paripṛcchitāḥ paripraśnīkṛtā,
asyaiva bodhisattvayānasyārthāya kathaṃ bodhisattvair
mahāsattvair bodhisattvayāne sthātavyaṃ?
kathaṃ dānapāramitāyāṃ caratā śīlapāramitāyāṃ caratā
kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ caratā vīryapāramitāyāṃ caratā
dhyānapāramitāyāṃ caratā prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caratā sthātavyam?
evaṃ〔PSP_4 151〕
smṛtyu­pasthā­nasamyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamār­gasarva­śūnyatā­sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukheṣv
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tidaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmeṣu
yāvat mahāmaitryāṃ mahākaruṇāyāṃ caratā sthātavyam?
yathā tair buddhair bhagavadbhir ākhyātaṃ tathā sthitvā
tathā caritvā tathā yogam āpadyāpi tair
eva tāvad bodhisattvair mahāsattvair
anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir nābhisaṃbuddhā,
tathā caritais tathānuśāsitais tathā sthitais tathā śikṣamāṇaiḥ
sarvākārajñatā nānuprāptā,
kutaḥ punas tvam anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim anuprāpsyasi?

§3721saced bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya evaṃ
vivecyamānasya cittasyānyathātvaṃ na bhavati
nottrasyati na saṃtrasyati na saṃtrāsam āpadyate,
uttare cāsya harṣa utpadyate,
bahukaro me ‘yaṃ bhikṣur yo mamaitāny aṅgāny upadiśati,
yair aṅgaiḥ srotaāpattiphalaṃ prāpyate sakṛdāgāmiphalam
anāgāmiphalam arhattvaṃ pratyekabodhir yāvat sarvākārajñatānuprāpyate.

§3722tataḥ sa punar māraḥ pāpīyān
bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya cittasyānavalīnatāṃ viditvā
tatraiva pṛthivīpradeśe saṃbahulān bhikṣūn abhinirmiṇoti,
evaṃ ca vācaṃ bhāṣate: ime te ‘rhantaḥ
kṣīṇāsravā ye te ‘nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau
saṃprasthitā abhūvaṃs te ‘rhattve sthitāḥ,
kutaḥ punas tvam anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbhotsyase?

§3723sacet punar bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasyaivaṃ bhavati,
māro batāyaṃ pāpīyān mārgapratirūpakam upadiśati,
na ca bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran pratyudāvartyānuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ śrāvakabhūmiṃ vā pratyekabuddhabhūmiṃ vā
patati, uttare cāsyaivaṃ bhavati,
asthānam anavakāśo yad bodhisattvo mahāsattvo dānapāramitāyāṃ
caran śīlapāramitāyāṃ caran kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ caran
vīryapāramitāyāṃ caran dhyānapāramitāyāṃ caran
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carann adhyātmaśūnyatāyāṃ caran
bahirdhāśūnyatāyāṃ caran yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyāṃ caran,
smṛtyupasthāneṣu caran samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamārgeṣu
caran sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukheṣu
carann apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattiṣu caran,
āryasatyābhijñāsu caran,
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmā
bhāvayan sarvākārajñatāṃ bhāvayann,
anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbhotsyateti〔PSP_4 152〕naitat sthānaṃ vidyate.
iti kṣānti­gatāvas­thasyā­vaivar­tikalakṣaṇam ekonaviṃśatitamam

§3724punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyasya bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carata evaṃ bhavati,
saced evaṃ śikṣitvā yathā tathāgatenākhyātaṃ tayā caryayāvirahitasyaibhiḥ
pāramitāpratisaṃyuktair manasikārair
avirahito bodhisattvo mahāsattvo na parihīyate dānapāramitayā
na parihīyate śīlapāramitayā na parihīyate kṣāntipāramitayā
na parihīyate vīryapāramitayā na parihīyate dhyānapāramitayā
na parihīyate prajñāpāramitayā na parihīyate adhyātmaśūnyatayā
na parihīyate yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatayā na parihīyate
smṛtyu­pasthā­nasamyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamārgair
na parihīyate apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tibhir
na parihīyate śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñābhir
na parihīyate sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhair
na parihīyate daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmair
na parihīyate sarvākārajñatayā.

§3725punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carata evaṃ bhavati,
yo mārakarmāṇi budhyate sa na parihīyate ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair
ebhir nimittaiḥ samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
ity agradhar­magatā­vasthas­yāvaivar­tikalakṣaṇaṃ viṃśatitamam

§3726evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
kuto bhagavann avinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīya iti
prajñāyate.

§3727bhagavān āha: rūpasaṃjñāyāḥ subhūte vivartito,
vedanāsaṃjñāyāḥ saṃjñāsaṃjñāyāḥ
saṃskārasaṃjñāyā vijñānasaṃjñāyā vivartito,
dhātusaṃjñāyā āyatanasaṃjñāyāḥ pratīt­yasamut­pādasaṃjñāyāḥ
pratīt­yasamut­pādāṅga­saṃjñāyā rāgasaṃjñāyā
doṣasaṃjñāyā mohasaṃjñāyā dṛṣṭisaṃjñāyāḥ,
dānapāramitāsaṃjñāyāḥ śīlapāramitāsaṃjñāyāḥ kṣāntipāramitāsaṃjñāyāḥ
vīryapāramitāsaṃjñāyā dhyānapāramitāsaṃjñāyāḥ
prajñāpāramitāsaṃjñāyā vivartito,
‘dhyātmaśūnyatāsaṃjñāyā yāvad abhāvas­vabhāva­śūnyatā­saṃjñāyāḥ
smṛtyupasthānasaṃjñāyāḥ
samyakp­rahāṇārd­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamār­gasaṃjñāyā〔PSP_4 153〕
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tisaṃjñāyā vivartitaḥ,
sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhasaṃjñāyāḥ
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tasaṃjñāyā abhijñāsaṃjñāyā vivartito,
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyasaṃjñāyāḥ
pratisaṃvitsaṃjñāyā āveṇika­buddha­dharma­saṃjñāyā vivartitaḥ,
sarvākārajñatāsaṃjñāyā vivartitaḥ,
śrāvakap­ratyeka­buddha­saṃjñāyā vivartitaḥ,
bodhisattvasaṃjñāyā vivartito yāvad buddhasaṃjñāyā vivartitaḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
svalakṣaṇaśūnyair dharmair bodhisattvanyāmam avakrāntaḥ.
sa tam api dharmaṃ nopalabhate anupalabhamāno
nābhisaṃskaroty anabhisaṃskurvan notpādayati tenocyate
‘nutpādakṣāntiko bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīya ity,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti darśanamārge duṣkhe dharmajñānakṣāntiḥ

§3728punar aparaṃ subhūte māraḥ pāpīyān
bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvam upasaṃkramyaivaṃ vicchandayiṣyati:
ākāśasamaiṣā yad uta sarvākārajñatā
ākāśabhāvanaiṣā abhāvas­vabhāva­lakṣaṇa­śūnyatā,
ete ‘pi dharmā ākāśasamā abhāvasvabhāvāḥ
svalakṣaṇaśūnyā na cākāśasamair dharmair abhāvasvabhāvaiḥ
svalakṣaṇaśūnyaiḥ kaścid dharma upalabhyate,
yo vābhisaṃbudhyate yena vābhisaṃbudhyate yaṃ vābhisaṃbudhyate,
sarva ete ākāśasamā dharmā abhāvasvabhāvāḥ
svalakṣaṇaśūnyā nirarthakaṃ tvaṃ vihanyase mārakarma etat
paridīpitaṃ yad iyam anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir abhisaṃbodhavyā,
naitat samyaksaṃbuddhabhāṣitam iti.
tasmāt tvaṃ kulaputra pratiprasrambhaya etān manasikārān
mā te dīrgharātram anarthāya duṣkhāya vinipātāya saṃvarterann iti.
tatra tair bodhisattvayānikaiḥ kulaputraiḥ kuladuhitṛbhir vā
tāḥ paribhāṣāḥ śrutvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
mārakarmāṇo tāni yo me ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodher vivecayati kiṃ cāpy ākāśasamāḥ
sarvadharmā abhāvasvabhāvāḥ svalakṣaṇaśūnyās,
tān sattvā na jānanti na paśyanti na budhyante tān
vayam ākāśasamān abhāvasvabhāvān sarvadharmān
svalakṣaṇaśūnyatāsaṃnāhaṃ saṃnahya sarvākārajñatām
abhisaṃbuddhya sattvānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayiṣyāmo,
‘prameyān sattvān srotaāpattiphale pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmaḥ,
sakṛdāgāmiphale〔PSP_4 154〕‘nāgāmiphale ‘rhattve pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmaḥ,
pratyekāyāṃ bodhau pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmo,
‘nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmaḥ.
tatra bodhisattvair mahāsattvaiḥ
prathamacittotpādam upādāya imān dharmān śrutvā
dṛḍhacittair bhavitavyam aprakampacittair
bhavitavyam asaṃhāryacittair bhavitavyaṃ,
ta ime yair dṛḍhacittatāyai aprakampacittatāyai
asaṃhāryacittatāyai samanvāgatāḥ ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caranto bodhisattvaniyāmam avakrāmayiṣyanti.
iti duḥkhe dharmajñānam

§3729atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
kiṃ punar bhagavann avinivartanīyo bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīyo vaktavyaḥ
utāho vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīyo vaktavyaḥ?

§3730evam ukte bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat:
avinivartanīyaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīyo vaktavyaḥ,
vinivartanīyo ‘pi subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīyo vaktavyaḥ.

§3731subhūtir āha: kathaṃ bhagavann avinivartanīyo
bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīyo vaktavyaḥ?
kathaṃ ca vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīyo vaktavyaḥ?
bhagavān āha: yaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
śrāvakabhūmau vā pratyekabuddhabhūmau vā
vinivartito ‘yaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo
bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīyo vaktavyaḥ,
yaḥ punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
śrāvakabhūmau vā pratyekabuddhabhūmau vā
na vinivartito ‘yaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīyo vaktavyaḥ.
ebhir api subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvā­gatasyā­vinivar­tanīyasya bodhisattvasya
mahāsatt­vasyāvi­nivarta­nīyalakṣaṇaṃ veditavyaṃ,
yair ākārair yair liṅgair yair nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
māreṇa pāpīyasā na śakyate vivecayitum anuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.
iti duḥkhe ‘nvayajñānakṣāntiḥ

§3732punar aparaṃ subhūte ākāṅkṣann avinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpadyate,
yāvac caturthadhyānaṃ samāpadyate〔PSP_4 155〕yāvan nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpadyate,
ākāṅkṣann avinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaś catvāri smṛtyupasthānāni
samāpadyate samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamārgān samāpadyate,
yāvac chūnyatānimittāpraṇihitān samādhīn samāpadyate,
yāvat pañcābhijñā abhinirharati,
imaiś caturbhir dhyānaiś catasṛbhir
ārūpyasamāpattibhir nirodhasamāpattibhiś ca
parijayaṃ karoti, catvāri smṛtyupasthānāni
bhāvayati samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgam āryāṣṭāṅgikaṃ
mārgaṃ śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitaṃ samādhiṃ samāpadyate,
na ca dhyānaphalaṃ parigṛhṇāti,
yāvan na nirodhasamāpattiphalaṃ parigṛhṇāti,
na srotaāpattiphalaṃ parigṛhṇāti na sakṛdāgāmiphalaṃ
nānāgāmiphalaṃ nārhattvaṃ parigṛhṇāti na pratyekabodhiṃ
parigṛhṇāti ākāṅkṣamāṇa evaṃ saṃcintyātmabhāvaṃ
parigṛhṇāti yenātmabhāvena sarvasattvānām
arthaṃ karoti tam ātmabhāvaṃ parigṛhṇāti ebhiḥ
subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti duḥkhe ‘nvayajñānam

§3733punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
manasikāreṇa samanvāgato bodhicittenāvirahito na rūpaguruko bhavati
na kṣaṇaguruko bhavati nāsravaguruko bhavati,
na dānaguruko bhavati na śīlaguruko bhavati
na kṣāntiguruko bhavati na vīryaguruko bhavati
na dhyānaguruko bhavati na prajñāguruko bhavati,
nāpramāṇaguruko bhavati nārūpyaguruko bhavati
na samāpattiguruko bhavati nābhijñāguruko bhavati
na saptat­riṃśad­bodhipakṣ­yadhar­maguruko bhavati
na sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­guruko bhavati
na śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­taguruko bhavati
nāryasatyaguruko bhavati na vaiśāradyaguruko bhavati
na pratisaṃvidguruko bhavati na samyaksaṃbodhiguruko bhavati
na sattvaparipācanaguruko bhavati na buddhadarśanaguruko bhavati
na kuśalamūlāvaropanaguruko bhavati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi te sarvadharmā ākāśasamā abhāvasvabhāvāḥ
svalakṣaṇaśūnyāḥ.
sa khalu punaḥ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattva ane imena ca
manasikāreṇa samanvāgataś caturbhiś ceryāpathair
abhikrāmati na pratikrāmati na bhrāntacitta āgacchati
na bhrāntacitto gacchati na caṅkraraiṣyati〔PSP_4 156〕na ca
sthāsyati na niṣīdiṣyati na śayyāṃ kalpayiṣyati sa smṛta evāgamiṣyati
gamiṣyati caṅkramiṣyati sthāsyati niṣīdiṣyati śayyāṃ kalpayiṣyati,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti samudaye dharmajñānakṣāntiḥ

§3734punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo ‘gāram adhyāvasann upāyakauśalyena sattvānāṃ
paripācanāya pañcakāmaguṇān upadiśati sarvasattvānāṃ dānaṃ dadāti,
annam annārthikānāṃ, pānaṃ pānārthikānāṃ
yāvad anyatarānyatarān mānuṣyakān pariṣkārān dadāti,
sa ātmanā ca dānapāramitāyāṃ carati, parāṃś ca
dānapāramitāyāṃ samādāpayati dānapāramitāyāś ca varṇaṃ bhāṣate,
ye cānye dānapāramitāyāṃ caranti teṣāṃ ca
varṇavādī bhavati samanujñaḥ,
evaṃ śīlapāramitāyāṃ kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ vīryapāramitāyāṃ dhyānapāramitāyāṃ,
sa ātmanā ca prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carati,
parāṃś ca prajñāpāramitāyāṃ samādāpayati,
prajñāpāramitāyāś ca varṇaṃ bhāṣate,
ye cānye prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caranti teṣāṃ ca
varṇavādī bhavati samanujñaḥ.
iti samudaye dharmajñānam

§3735sa khalu punaḥ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘gāram
adhyāvasan jambūdvīpaṃ saptaratnaparipūrṇaṃ kṛtvā dānaṃ dadāti,
evaṃ cāturdvīpakaṃ lokadhātuṃ sāhasraṃ lokadhātuṃ
dvisāhasraṃ lokadhātuṃ yāvat trisāhasraṃ mahāsāhasraṃ
lokadhātuṃ saptaratnaparipūrṇaṃ kṛtvā dānaṃ dadāti,
na ca kāmaguṇān paribhuṅkte satatasamitaṃ brahmacārī bhavati,
na ca kasyacid avamardanākāraṃ janayati
yenāvamardanākāreṇa paro ‘nāttamanāḥ syāt,
ebhir api subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.

§3736punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyasya bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya satatasamitaṃ vajrapānir yakṣaḥ
sadānubaddho bhaviṣyaty, ayaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
yāvad anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbhotsyate,
yathā mamānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya
satatasamitaṃ samanubaddho yāvat pañcavajrapāṇi kulāni
satatasamitaṃ samanubaddhāni bhaviṣyanti,
sa na śakyate manuṣyair amanuṣyair
vāvakra­manāyā­navamar­danīyo〔PSP_4 157〕bhavati
sa devena vā māreṇa vā brahmaṇā vā kenacid vā
punarloke sahadharmeṇa.
iti samudaye ‘nvayajñānakṣāntiḥ

§3737tasya cittaṃ na vikṣipyate bodhimanasikārād
yāvad anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
tasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya nendriyāṇi vikalāni
bhavanti śraddhendriyaṃ vīryendriyaṃ smṛtindriyaṃ
samādhindriyaṃ prajñendriyaṃ sa satpuruṣo bhaviṣyati nāsatpuruṣaḥ.

§3738subhūtir āha: kiyatā bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
satpuruṣo bhavati nāsatpuruṣaḥ?

§3739bhagavān āha: yadā subhūte bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya bodhicittaṃ na vinaṅkṣyate,
etāvatā subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
satpuruṣo bhavati nāsatpuruṣaḥ,
ebhir api subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.

§3740punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bodhimanasikāraiḥ
samanvāgato yāni tāni strīṇām āveśanāni
vaśīkaraṇāni mantra­vidyau­ṣadhibhai­ṣajyāni tāni
sarvāṇi sarveṇa sarvaṃ sarvathā sarvan na prayukte na ca
prayojayati na ca strīṇām āveśanam anyatarānyataraṃ karoti,
na striyāḥ puruṣasya vā ādeśanāprātihāryaṃ karoti,
putro vā te bhaviṣyati dhītā vā te bhaviṣyati,
kulodgato vā bhaviṣyati, dīrghāyuṣko vā
bhaviṣyati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
svalakṣaṇaśūnyeṣu dharmeṣu nimittaṃ na samanupaśyati,
sa nimittam asamanupaśyan, pariśuddhājīvo viharati,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti samudaye ‘nvayajñānam

§3741punar aparaṃ subhūte avinivartanīyasya bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya ye ākārā yāni liṅgāni yāni
nimittāni yair ākārair yair liṅgair yair nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyas,
tān ākārāṃs tāni liṅgāni tāni nimittāni deśayiṣyāmi,
tāni śṛṇu sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasikuru bhāṣiṣye ‘ham,
evaṃ bhagavann ity āyuṣmāṃ subhūtir bhagavataḥ
pratyaśroṣīt.

§3742bhagavān etad avocat: iha subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran bodhimanasikārair
avirahito na skandhayogam anuyukto〔PSP_4 158〕viharati,
na dhātvāyatanayogam anuyukto viharati.
na pratītyasamutpādāṅgayogam anuyukto viharati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi sa śūnyatāyāṃ sthito na kasyacid dharmasya hīnatvaṃ vā
utkṛṣṭatvaṃ vā samanupaśyati.
iti nirodhe dharmajñānakṣāntiḥ

§3743na caurakathāyogam anuyukto viharati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi sa svalakṣaṇaśūnyeṣu dharmeṣu
na kasyacid dharmasyāharaṇaṃ vā haranaṃ vā
samanupaśyati.
iti nirodhe dharmajñānam

§3744na senākathāyogam anuyukto viharati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi sa prakṛtiśūnyatāyāṃ sthito na kasyacid dharmasyālpatvaṃ vā
bahutvaṃ vā samanupaśyati.
iti nirodhe ‘nvayajñānakṣāntiḥ

§3745na yuddhakathāyogam anuyukto viharati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi sarvadharmatāyāṃ sthito na kasyacid dharmasyānunayaṃ vā
pratighaṃ vā samanupaśyati.
na grāmakathāyogam anuyukto viharati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi sarvaśūnyatāyāṃ sthito na kasyacid dharmasya nicayaṃ vāsaṃnicayaṃ vā
samanupaśyati.
na nagarakathāyogam anuyukto viharati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi sa ākāśaśūnyatāyāṃ sthito
na kasyacid dharmasya saṃgrahaṃ vāsaṃgrahaṃ vā
samanupaśyati.
na nigamakathāyogam anuyukto viharati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte koṭyāṃ sthito na kasyacid dharmasyātyayaṃ vānatyayaṃ vā
samanupaśyati.
nātmakathāyogam anuyukto viharati, evaṃ
na sattva­jīvajan­tupoṣa­puruṣa­pudgala­manuja­mānava­kāraka­vedaka­jānaka­paśyaka­kathāyogam
anuyukto viharati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atyantaviśuddhatvāt sarvadharmāṇām
anyatra prajñāpāramitākathāyogam anuyukto viharati,
avirahitaś ca sarvākā­rajñatāp­ratisaṃ­yuktair
manasikāraiḥ.
iti nirodhe ‘nvayajñānam

§3746sa dānapāramitāyāṃ caran na mātsaryakathāyogam anuyukto viharati,
śīlapāramitāyāṃ caran na dauḥśīlyakathāyogam anuyukto viharati,
kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ caran na pratighakathāyogam anuyukto viharati,
vīryapāramitāyāṃ caran na kauśīdyakathāyogam anuyukto viharati,
dhyānapāramitāyāṃ caran na vikṣepakathāyogam anuyukto viharati,
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran na dauṣprajñākathāyogam anuyukto viharati,
sarvadharmaśūnyatāyāṃ viharan dharmakāmaś caiva bhavati nādharmakāmaḥ,
sa dharmadhātau caran na bhedyasya dharmasya varṇavādī〔PSP_4 159〕bhavati,
samitrakāmo bhavati nāmitrakāmo buddhānāṃ
bhagavatām antike bodhisattvānāṃ ca mahāsattvānāṃ
ye ca śrāvakap­ratyeka­buddha­yānikāḥ kulaputrās tān
apy anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau samādāpayati niveśayati pratiṣṭhāpayati,
sa tathāgatān arhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhān ākāṅkṣati,
darśanāya yatra lokadhātau tiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti,
ākāṅkṣaṃs tatropapadyate, sa imair manasikārair
rātriṃdivaṃ viharati yad uta buddhamanasikāraiḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi prāyeṇa subhūte ‘vinivartanīyā bodhisattvā
mahāsattvāḥ kāmadhātupratisaṃyuktān manasikārān
utpādayitvā daśabhiḥ kuśalaiḥ karmapathair
vartamānāḥ teṣu buddhakṣetreṣūpapadyante,
yatra saṃmukhībhūtās tathāgatā arhantaḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhās tiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti.
tatra prathamaṃ dhyānam utpādayitvā
yāvan naivasaṃj­ñānāsaṃj­ñāyata­nasamā­pattim utpādayitvā
tatropapadyante, yatra saṃmukhībhūtās tathāgatā arhantaḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhās tiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.
iti mārge dharmajñānakṣāntiḥ

§3747punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyasya bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carato ‘dhyātmaśūnyatāyāṃ
sthitasya yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyāṃ sthitasya smṛtyupasthāne
sthitasya samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamārgeṣu
sthitas­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattiṣu sthitasyāryasatyeṣu
sthitasya śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tavimok­ṣamukheṣu
sthitasya sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukheṣu
sthitas­yābhij­ñādaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmeṣu
sthitasya naivaṃ bhavaty,
avinivartanīyo vāhaṃ na vāham avinivartanīya iti
vicikitsā cāsya notpadyate.
niḥsaṃśayaś ca bhavati svakāyāṃ bhūmau.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi so ‘ṇum api dharmaṃ na samanupaśyati,
yo vivartate vā na vā vivartate.
tadyathāpi nāma subhūte srotaāpannaḥ
srotaāpattiphalabhūmau sthito na kāṅkṣati na vicikitsati
svakāyāṃ bhūmāv evaṃ sakṛdā­gāmyanā­gāmyar­hattva­bhūmau
sthito buddhabhūmau sthito na kāṅkṣati na vicikitsaty,
evam eva subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
svakāyāṃ bhūmau na kāṅkṣati na vicikitsati.〔PSP_4 160〕
sa tatrāvinivartanīyabhūmau sthito buddhakṣetrañ ca
pariśodhayati, sattvāṃś ca paripācayaty,
utpannotpannāni ca mārakarmāṇi budhyate,
na ca mārakarmāṇāṃ vaśena gacchati,
sarvāṇi ca tāni mārakarmāṇi budhyate buddhvā ca
vidhvastāni viralīkaroti.
tadyathāpi nāma subhūte puruṣa ānantaryakarmakārī ānantaryacittenāvirahito
yāvan maraṇakālam ity anuvartata eva tad ānantaryacittaṃ,
na ca tatrānantaryacittaṃ śaknoti viṣkambhayitum,
anuvartate cāsya tat paryutthānaṃ yāvan maraṇakālam.
evam eva subhūte ‘vinivartanīyasya bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya tad avinivartanīyacittaṃ bhūtaṃ
sthitam avinivartanīyabhūmāv avikampan tac cittaṃ,
na śakyate sadevamānuṣāsureṇa lokena vivartayitum.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi tad avinivartanīyacittaṃ sadevamānuṣāsuram
atikramya samyaktvaniyāmam avakrāntaṃ sa svakāyāṃ bhūmau
sthitvā­bhijñā­parama­pāramitāḥ prāpya buddhakṣetraṃ ca
pariśodhayati, sattvāṃś ca paripācayati,
buddhakṣetreṇa buddhakṣetraṃ saṃkrāmati,
teṣu ca buddhakṣetreṣu kuśalamūlāny avaropayitvā
tāṃś ca buddhān bhagavataḥ paripṛcchati
paripraśnayati paryupāste.

§3748sa khalu punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ tathā sthitaḥ,
sa māna utpannotpannāni ca mārakarmāṇy avabudhyate,
utpannotpannānāñ ca mārakarmāṇāṃ vaśena na gacchati,
tāni ca mārakarmāṇy upāyakauśalyena bhūtakoṭīḥ śodhayati,
svakāyāñ ca bhūmau na kāṅkṣati na vicikitsati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi sa niḥkāṅkṣo bhūtakoṭyāḥ,
na bhūtakoṭim ekāṃ vā dve vā vikalpayati,
tasya jātivinivṛttasyāpi na śrāvakap­ratyeka­buddha­bhūmau cittam utpadyate.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
svalakṣaṇaśūnyeṣu dharmeṣu na kasyacid dharmasyotpādaṃ vā
nirodhaṃ vā saṃkleśaṃ vā vyavadānaṃ vā
samanupaśyati.
iti mārge dharmajñānam

§3749tasya khalu punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya svalakṣaṇaśūnyeṣu
sarvadharmeṣu na kasyacid dharmasyotpādaṃ vā
nirodhaṃ vā saṃkleśaṃ vā vyavadānaṃ vā
samanupaśyate.
jātivinivṛttasyāpi naivaṃ bhavati,
nāhaṃ nābhisaṃbhotsye ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim,
abhisaṃbhotsya evāham anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte svalakṣaṇaśūnyā anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhiḥ.〔PSP_4 161〕

§3750sa khalu punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattva evaṃ sthitaḥ
svakāyāṃ bhūmāv, aparapratyayaḥ svakāyāṃ bhūmāv,
anavamardanīyaḥ svakāyāṃ bhūmau.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattva
evaṃ sthito ‘saṃhāryeṇa jñānena samanvāgato bhavati.

§3751sacet khalu punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya māraḥ
pāpīyān buddha­veṣeṇo­pasaṃk­ramyaivaṃ vakṣyati:
‘haiva tvam arhattvaṃ prāpnu hi,
na tvaṃ vyākṛto ‘nuttarāyāṃ saroyaksaṃbodhau,
na ca tvayānutpattikeṣu dharmeṣu kṣāntiḥ pratilabdho,
yena tvaṃ vyākriyathās tais tathāgatair arhadbhiḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhair anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau,
na ca tvayi te ākārās tāni liṅgāni tāni nimittāni saṃvidyante,
yair ākārair yair liṅgair yair nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato bodhisattvo mahāsattvo vyākriyate ‘nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau.

§3752sacet punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvas tad vacanaṃ śrutvā
nāvalīyate na saṃlīyate nottrasyati na saṃtrasyati na saṃtrāsam āpadyate,
na ca cittasyānyathā tvaṃ bhavati veditavyaṃ,
subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena vyākṛto ‘haṃ tais tathāgatair
arhadbhiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhair anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi mama te dharmāḥ saṃvidyante yair dharmair
bodhisattvā mahāsattvā vyākriyante ‘nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau.
iti mārge ‘nvayajñānakṣāntiḥ

§3753sacet punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya māraḥ
pāpīyān buddha­veṣeṇo­pasaṃk­ramyaivaṃ vakṣyati:
mārādhiṣṭhito vā puruṣaḥ śrāvakatve tvaṃ kulaputra
vyākṛto na tvam anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau,
kiṃ te ‘nuttarayā samyaksaṃbodhyā.

§3754sacet subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya evaṃ bhaviṣyati,
māro batāyaṃ pāpīyān buddhaveṣeṇopasaṃkrānto mārādhiṣṭhito vā puruṣo,
na ca tathāgato ‘rhan samyaksaṃbuddho bodhisattvaṃ
mahāsattvaṃ śrāvakabhūmau vā pratyekabuddhabhūmau vā
samādāpayati.

§3755saced ayam asya subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya māraḥ
pāpīyān buddha­veṣeṇo­pasaṃk­ramyaivaṃ vakṣyati:
naitad buddhabhāṣitaṃ na śrāvakair mārabhāṣitāny etāni
sūtrāṇi yatra tvaṃ carasi.
veditavyam etad bodhisattvena mahāsattvena māro batāyaṃ pāpīyān
mārādhiṣṭhito vā puruṣo, yo mām amuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodher vivecayati.
veditavyam etat subhūte vyākṛto ‘yaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
taiḥ pūrvakais tathāgatair〔PSP_4 162〕arhadbhiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhair
anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau sthito ‘yaṃ bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīyāyāṃ bhūmau.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hy asya subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya ta ākārās tāni
liṅgāni tāni nimittāni saṃvidyante ye ‘vinivartanīyānāṃ
bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānām,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘vinivartanīyo veditavyaḥ.

§3756punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartaniyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran saddharmaparigrahasya
kṛtenātmaparityāgam api karoti jīvitaparityāgam api karoti.
sa khalu punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
saddharmaparigrahasya kṛtenaiva yogam āpadyate ‘tītānā­gataprat­yutpannānāṃ
buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ saddharmaparigrahaṃ karoti.
tatra kataro dharmo yasya kṛtena bodhisattvo mahāsattva
ātmaparityāgam api karoti jīvitaparityāgam api karoti?
iha subhūte tathāgato ‘rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ
sarvadharmāḥ śūnyā iti dharmaṃ deśayati,
tatraike mohapuruṣāḥ pratikrośanti prativahanti
naiṣa dharmo na vinayo naitac chāstuḥ śāsanam,
asya subhūte kṛtaśo bodhisattvo mahāsattva ātmaparityāgam
api karoti jīvitaparityāgam api karoti.
tatra subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvenaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
ye ‘pi te tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā dharmaṃ bhāṣiṣyante,
aham api tatra gaṇanāṃ yāsyāmy aham api tatra vyākṛto
mamāpy eṣa dharmo yasya dharmasya kṛtenāham
ātmaparityāgaṃ karomi jīvitaparityāgaṃ karomīmaṃ
subhūte ‘rthavaśaṃ saṃpaśya bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
saddharmaparigrahasya kṛtenātmaparityāgaṃ karoti jīvitaparityāgaṃ karoty,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.

§3757punar aparaṃ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvas tathāgatasyārhataḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhasya dharmaṃ deśayato na kāṅkṣati na vicikitsati,
yaṃ ca te buddhā bhagavanto dharmaṃ bhāṣante
taṃ sarvam udgṛhṇāti tathodgṛhītañ ca
samānaṃ na vipraṇāśayati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
yathāpi tad dhāraṇīpratilabdhatvāt.

§3758atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
katamasyā bhagavan dhāraṇyāḥ
pratilabdhatvād bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya tathāgatabhāṣitāḥ
sūtrāntā na vipraṇaśyanti?〔PSP_4 163〕

§3759bhagavān āha: dhāraṇa­dhāraṇīp­ratilab­dhasya subhūte
bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya tathāgatabhāṣitāḥ
sūtrāntā na vipraṇaśyanti.

§3760subhūtir āha: tathāgatasyaiva bhagavann arhataḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhasya na śrāvakabhāṣitāni na devabhāṣitāni
na nāgabhāṣitāni na yakṣabhāṣitāni na gandharvabhāṣitāni
nāsurabhāṣitāni na garuḍabhāṣitāni na kiṃnarabhāṣitāni
na mahoragabhāṣitāni.

§3761bhagavān āha: ye kecit subhūte rutasaṃketaghoṣāḥ
sarvatra bodhisattvo mahāsattvo na kāṅkṣati na vicikitsati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
yathāpi nāma tad dhāraṇa­dhāraṇīp­ratilab­dhatvād,
ebhiḥ subhūte ākārair ebhir liṅgair ebhir nimittaiḥ
samanvāgato ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo veditavyaḥ.

§3762evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
mahāguṇasamanvāgato ‘yaṃ bhagavann avinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo,
pramāṇaguṇasamanvāgato ‘yaṃ bhagavann avinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo,
‘parimitaguṇasamanvāgato ‘yaṃ bhagavann avinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ.

§3763bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat mahāguṇasamanvāgataḥ
subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo,
‘pramāṇaguṇasamanvāgataḥ
subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo,
parimitaguṇasamanvāgataḥ subhūte ‘vinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hy anenānantam aparyantaṃ jñānaṃ
pratilabdham asaṃhāryaṃ śrāvakapratyekabuddhais,
tatra ca jñāne sthitvāvinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
pratisaṃvido ‘bhinirharati yābhiḥ pratisaṃvidbhir abhinirhṛtābhiḥ
sadevamānuṣāsureṇa lokena na śakyaḥ
paryādātum.
iti mārge ‘nvayajñānam iti darśana­mārgas­thāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇam

§3764atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
pratibalo bhagavāṃs tathāgato ‘rhan samyaksaṃbuddho
‘vinivartanīyasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya gaṅgānadīvālukopamān
kalpān ākāraliṅganimittāni nirdeṣṭuṃ yair ākārair yair
liṅgair yair nimittair avinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prabhāvyate sādhu bhagavan gambhīrāṇi gambhirāṇi sthānāni
nirdiśatu yatra sthitvā bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu caraṃś catvāri smṛtyupasthānāni paripūrayati,
samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgamārgān〔PSP_4 164〕paripūrayati,
adhyātmaśūnyatāṃ yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāṃ paripūrayati,
āryasatyāny apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattiḥ paripūrayati,
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhijñāḥ paripūrayati,
sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhāni paripūrayati,
daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmān paripūrayati,
sarvākārajñatāṃ paripūrayati.
iti gambhīro bhāvanāmārgaḥ

§3765evam ukte bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat:
sādhu sādhu subhūte,
sādhu khalu punas tvaṃ subhūte yas tvam avinivartanīyānāṃ
bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānām
arthāya gambhīrāṇi gambhīrāṇi sthānāni paripṛcchitavyāni manyase,
gambhīram iti subhūte śūnyatāyā etad adhivacanam
ānimit­tasyāp­raṇihi­tasyāna­bhisaṃs­kārasyā­nutpādas­yāniro­dhasyā­nirvāṇas­yāśāntasya
tathatāyā bhūtakoṭer dharmadhātor imāni tāni
subhūte gambhīragambhīrāṇi sthānāni yeṣām
etad adhivacanaṃ yad idaṃ nirvāṇam iti.

§3766subhūtir āha: nirvāṇasyaivaitad bhagavann adhivacanaṃ
na punar bhagavan sarvadharmāṇām?
bhagavān āha: sarvadharmāṇām evaitat subhūte ‘dhivacanaṃ gambhīram iti.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
rūpaṃ subhūte gambhīram, evaṃ vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
vijñānam api subhūte gambhīraṃ,
cakṣur api subhūte gambhīram,
evaṃ śrotraṃ ghrāṇaṃ jihvā kāyo mano ‘pi subhūte gambhīraṃ,
rūpaśab­dagandha­rasasp­raṣṭav­yadharmā api subhūte gambhīrāś,
cakṣurvijñānaṃ subhūte gambhīraṃ,
cakṣuḥsaṃsparśaḥ subhūte gambhīraḥ,
cakṣuḥsaṃsparśapratyayā vedanā subhūte gambhīrā.
evaṃ śrotraṃ ghrāṇaṃ jihvā kāyo,
manovijñānaṃ subhūte gambhīraṃ,
manaḥsaṃsparśaḥ subhūte gambhīraḥ,
manaḥsaṃsparśapratyayā vedanā subhūte gambhīrā,
pṛthivīdhātur api subhūte gambhīraḥ,
evam abdhātuḥ tejodhātur vāyudhātur ākāśadhātur vijñānadhātuḥ
subhūte gambhīraḥ.
pratītyasamutpādaḥ subhūte gambhīro, ‘vidyā subhūte gambhīrā,
evaṃ saṃskārā vijñānaṃ nāmarūpaṃ ṣaḍāyatanaṃ sparśo
vedanā tṛṣṇā upādānaṃ bhavo jātir jarāmaraṇaṃ
śokapa­rideva­duṣkha­daurma­nasyopāyāsāḥ subhūte gambhīrāḥ,
sarvaśūn­yatāsar­vavimok­ṣasamā­dhisamā­pattidhā­raṇīmukhaṃ subhūte gambhīraṃ,
saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyā dharmāḥ subhūte gambhīrā,
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattaya āryasatyāni subhūte gambhīrāṇi,
trīṇi vimokṣamukhāni subhūte gambhīrāṇi,〔PSP_4 165〕
abhijñā­daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmāḥ
subhūte gambhīrāḥ, bodhir api subhūte gambhīrā.
kathañ ca punaḥ subhūte rūpaṃ gambhīraṃ?
yathā rūpatathatā tathā gambhīraṃ,
yathā vedanātathatā tathā gambhīraṃ,
yathā saṃjñātathatā tathā gambhīraṃ,
yathā saṃskāratathatā tathā gambhīraṃ,
yathā vijñānatathatā tathā gambhīraṃ,
yathā skandha­dhātvā­yatana­tathatā tathā gambhīraṃ,
yathā pratītyasamutpādatathatā tathā gambhīraṃ,
yathā pratīt­yasamut­pādāṅga­tathatā tathā gambhīram,
evaṃ yathā sarvapāramitātathatā tathā gambhīraṃ,
yathā sarvaśūnyatātathatā tathā gambhīraṃ,
yathā bodhipakṣyāṇāṃ dharmāṇāṃ tathatā tathā gambhīraṃ,
yathār­yasatyāp­ramāṇadh­yānārūp­yasamā­pattitathatā tathā gambhīraṃ,
yathā sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhatathatā tathā gambhīraṃ,
yathā śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhij­ñātathatā tathā gambhīraṃ,
yathā daśaba­lavaiśā­radyap­ratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadhar­matathatā tathā gambhīraṃ,
yathā bodhitathatā tathā gambhīram.
iti bhāvanāmārgagāmbhīryam

§3767subhūtir āha: kathaṃ bhagavan rūpasya tathatā?

§3768bhagavān āha: yatra subhūte tathatāyāṃ na rūpaṃ nānyatra rūpād,
yatra subhūte tathatāyāṃ na vedanā nānyatra vedanāyāḥ,
yatra subhūte tathatāyāṃ na saṃjñā nānyatra saṃjñayāḥ,
yatra subhūte tathatāyāṃ na saṃskārā nānyatra saṃskārebhyo,
yatra subhūte tathatāyāṃ na vijñānaṃ nānyatra vijñānād.
evaṃ yatra subhūte tathatāyāṃ na skandhadhātvāyatanāni
nānyatra skandhadhātvāyatanebhyo,
yatra subhūte tathatāyāṃ na pratītyasamutpādo nānyatra pratītyasamutpādād,
yatra subhūte tathatāyāṃ na pratītyasamutpādaṅgāni
nānyatra pratītyasamutpādāṅgebhyo,
yatra subhūte tathatāyāṃ na sarvapāramitā nānyatra sarvapāramitābhyo,
yatra subhūte tathatāyāṃ na sarvaśūnyatā nānyatra sarvaśūnyatābhyo,
yatra subhūte tathatāyāṃ na bodhipakṣyā
dharmā nānyatra bodhipakṣebhyo dharmebhyo,
yatra subhūte tathatāyāṃ na sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhāni
nānyatra sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhebhyo
yatra subhūte tathatāyāṃ nāryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattayo
nānyat­rāryasat­yāpramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tibhyo,
yatra subhūte tathatāyāṃ nābhij­ñādaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃvido
nānyat­rābhij­ñādaśa­balavai­śāradyap­ratisaṃ­vidbhyo,
yatra subhūte tathatāyāṃ nāveṇikābuddhadharmā
nānyatrāveṇikebhyo buddhadharmebhyo,
yatra subhūte tathatāyāṃ na bodhir nānyatra bodheḥ tathatā.〔PSP_4 166〕

§3769evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
āścaryaṃ bhagavan yāvat sūkṣme­ṇopāye­nāvini­vartanīyo
bodhisattvo mahāsattvo rūpataś ca vārito nirvāṇaṃ ca
sūcitam.
evaṃ vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārebhyo,
vijñānataś ca vārito nirvāṇaṃ ca sūcitaṃ,
sarvadharmasaṃgrahe ‘py asya laukikalokottareṇa
sāsraveṇānāsraveṇa sāsravāṇāsravebhyo vārito nirvāṇaṃ ca
sūcitam.
iti bhāvanāmārgasya samāropāpavādāntamuktā

§3770evam ukte bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat:
yadā punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattva imāni
gambhīragambhīrāṇi sthānāni prajñā­pārami­tāprati­saṃyuktāni
cintayiṣyati tulayiṣyaty upanidhyāsyati.
iti bhāvanāpathaḥ

§3771evaṃ mayā sthātavyaṃ yathā prajñāpāramitāyām ājñaptam,
evaṃ mayā śikṣitavyaṃ yathā prajñāpāramitāyām ākhyātam,
evaṃ mayā pratipattavyaṃ yathā prajñāpāramitāyām
uddiṣṭam ity.
ayaṃ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
tathā saṃpādayaṃs tathopanidhyāyaṃs tathopaparīkṣamāṇas
tathā prayujyamānas tathā ghaṭamānas tathā vyāyacchamānaḥ.
iti nirvedhāṅgado bhāvanāpathaḥ

§3772sa tena cittotpādenāsaṃkhyeyam aprameyam
aparimāṇakuśalamūlaṃ parigrahīṣyaty aparimāṇāt kalpāt
saṃsārāc chorayiṣyati vipṛṣṭhīkariṣyati vyantīkariṣyati,
kaḥ punar vādo yadāvyavakīrṇaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃś caran bodhipratisaṃyuktair
manasikārair vihariṣyati.
tadyathāpi nāma subhūte sa puruṣo rāgacarito
vitarkacaritas tasyānyatarayā striyā sārdham abhirūpayā
prāsādikayā darśanīyayā saha saṃketaḥ kṛtaḥ syāt sā ca
strī paraparigṛhītā na labhate gṛhato niṣkramaṇāya.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte kiṃ pratisaṃyuktās tasya puruṣasya vitarkā varterann iti.

§3773subhūtir āha: strīpratisaṃyuktā evaṃ
bhagavaṃs tasya puruṣasya vitarkā varterann,
iyaṃ me strī āgatā etayā sārdhaṃ niṣīdiṣyāmi pratikramiṣyāmi paricārayiṣyāmīti.

§3774bhagavān āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte rātryā vā divasasya vātyayena kiyantas tasya puruṣasya vitarkā varteran.

§3775subhūtir āha: bahavo bhagavan bahavaḥ
sugata tasya puruṣasya divasasya vātyayena rātryā vātyayena vitarkā varteran.〔PSP_4 167〕

§3776bhagavān āha: yāvantaḥ subhūte tasya puruṣasya
divasasya vātyayena rātryā vātyayena vitarkā vartante,
iyataḥ kalpān sa bodhi sattvo mahāsattvaḥ
saṃsārāc chorayati vipṛṣṭhīkaroti vyantīkaroti ya iha
gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yathopadiṣṭāyāṃ śikṣate
upaparīkṣate upanidhyāyati tathā tathā ca yogam āpadyate,
yathā yathā tān doṣān vivarjayati yair doṣair
bodhisattvā mahāsattvā vivartante ‘nuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodheḥ.
evaṃ yogan anuyuktasya subhūte bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasyānena vihāreṇa viharato yathā prajñāpāramitāyām
upadiṣṭāyām ekadivasena yat kuśalamūlaṃ yena kuśalamūlena
gaṅgānadīvālukopamā lokadhātavaḥ paripūrṇāḥ syur,
nedaṃ tasya kuśalasya śatatamīm api kalāṃ nopaiti sahasratamīm
api śatasahasratamīm api yāvat koṭīni­yutaśa­tasahas­ratamīm api kalām
api gaṇanām api upamām api aupamyam api upaniśām
api upaniṣadam api nopaiti.
iti trividho ‘nuśaṃsaḥ

§3777punar aparaṃ subhūte yo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayā virahito gaṅgānadīvālukopamān
kalpān dānaṃ dadyāt triṣu ratneṣu
buddharatne dharmaratne saṃgharatne.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte ‘pi nu sa bodhisattvo mahāsattvas tatonidānaṃ bahupuṇyaṃ prasavet.

§3778subhūtir āha: bahu bhagavan bahu sugata.
iti vipakṣo ‘dhimātrādhimātraḥ

§3779bhagavān āha: ayam eva tataḥ subhūte kulaputro vā
kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasaved,
ya iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yathopadiṣṭāyāṃ yogam āpadyate.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
eṣa hi bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
mārgo yenānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyante.
iti pratipakṣo mṛdumṛduḥ

§3780tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte yo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayā virahito gaṅgānadīvālukopamān
kalpāṃs tiṣṭhan srotaāpanneṣu dakṣiṇāṃ pratiṣṭhāpayed,
evaṃ sakṛdāgāmiṣv anāgāmiṣv arhatsu dakṣiṇāṃ pratiṣṭhāpayet,
pratyekabuddheṣu tathāgateṣv arhatsu samyaksaṃbuddheṣu
dakṣiṇāṃ pratiṣṭhāpayet.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte ‘pi nu sa bodhisattvo mahāsattvas tatonidānaṃ bahupuṇyaṃ prasavet.〔PSP_4 168〕

§3781subhūtir āha: bahu bhagavan bahu sugata.
iti vipakṣo ‘dhimātramadhyaḥ

§3782bhagavān āha: ayam eva tataḥ subhūte kulaputro vā
kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet,
ya iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yathopadiṣṭāyāṃ yogam āpadyate.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
atra hi prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
śrāvakap­ratyeka­buddha­bhūmim atikramya bodhisattvaniyāmam
avakrāmati yāvad anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate.
iti pratipakṣo mṛdumadhyaḥ

§3783tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte yo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayā virahito gaṅgānadīvālukopamān
kalpāṃs tiṣṭhan dānaṃ dadyāc chīlaṃ rakṣet kṣāntyā
saṃpādayed vīryam ārabheta dhyānaṃ samāpadyeta
prajñāṃ bhāvayet tatonidānaṃ bahupuṇyaṃ prasavet.

§3784subhūtir āha: bahu bhagavan bahu sugata.
iti vipakṣo ‘dhimātramṛduḥ

§3785bhagavān āha: ataḥ subhūte kulaputro vā
kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet,
ya iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yathopadiṣṭāyāṃ
sthitvaikadivasam api dānaṃ dadyāc chīlaṃ rakṣet kṣāntyā
saṃpādayed vīryam ārabheta dhyānaṃ samāpadyeta prajñāṃ bhāvayet.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
mātaiṣā bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
yad uta prajñāpāramitā janayitrī caiṣā bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ
yad uta prajñāpāramitā.
atra hi subhūte prajñāpāramitāyāṃ sthitvā bodhisattvā
mahāsattvāḥ sarvadharmān paripūrayanti.
iti pratipakṣo mṛdvadhimātraḥ

§3786tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte yo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayā virahito gaṅgānadīvālukopamān
kalpāṃs tiṣṭhan sattvebhyo dharmadānaṃ dadyāt.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte ‘pi nu sa bodhisattvo mahāsattvas tatonidānaṃ bahupuṇyaṃ prasavet.

§3787subhūtir āha: bahu bhagavan bahu sugata.
iti vipakṣo madhyādhimātraḥ

§3788bhagavān āha: ataḥ subhūte kulaputro vā
kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasaved,
ya iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yathopadiṣṭāyāṃ
sthitvaikadivasam api sattvebhyo dharmadānaṃ dadyāt.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte yo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayāvirahitaḥ〔PSP_4 169〕sa sarvākārajñatayāvirahito
yaḥ punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahisattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayāvirahitaḥ sarvākā­rajñata­yāvira­hitaḥ,
tasmat tarhi subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvenānuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhukāmena prajñā­pārami­tayāvi­rahitena bhavitavyam.
iti pratipakṣo madhyamṛduḥ

§3789tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte yo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayā virahito gaṅgānadīvālukopamān kalpān
yogam āpadyeta caturbhir dhyānaiś caturbhir apramāṇaiś
catasṛbhir ārūpyasamāpattibhir yogam āpadyeta caturbhiḥ
smṛtyupasthānaiś caturbhiḥ samyakprahāṇaiś caturbhir ṛddhipādaiḥ
pañcabhir indriyaiḥ pañcabhir balaiḥ saptabhir bodhyaṅgair
āryāṣṭaṅgena mārgeṇa yogam āpadyeta caturbhir āryasatyair
aṣṭabhir vimokṣair navabhir anupūr­vavihā­rasamā­pattibhiḥ
śūnyatānimittā praṇihitasamādhibhir yāvad aṣṭādaśabhir āveṇikabuddhadharmair
yogam āpadyeta.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte ‘pi nu sa bodhisattvo mahāsattvas tatonidānaṃ bahupuṇyaṃ prasavet.

§3790subhūtir āha: bahu bhagavan bahu sugata.
iti vipakṣo madhyamadhyaḥ

§3791bhagavān āha: ataḥ subhūte kulaputro vā
kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet,
ya iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yathopadiṣṭāyām
ekam api divasaṃ yogam āpadyeta caturbhir dhyānaiś
caturbhir apramāṇaiś catasṛbhir ārūpyasamāpattibhiḥ
caturbhiḥ smṛtyupasthānaiś caturbhiḥ
samyakprahāṇaiś caturbhir ṛddhipādaiḥ pañcabhir indriyaiḥ
pañcabhir balaiḥ saptabhir bodhyaṅgair
āryāṣṭāṅgena mārgeṇa śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tasamā­dhibhir
yāvad aṣṭādaśabhir āveṇikair buddhadharmair
yogam āpadyeta.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
asthānaṃ subhūte ‘navakāśo yad bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayāvirahitaḥ sarvākārajñatāyā vivartate nedaṃ sthānaṃ vidyate.
sthānañ ca khalu punaḥ subhūte ‘vakāśaś ca
yad bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayā virahitaḥ sarvākārajñatāyā vivartate,
sthānam etad vidyate.
tasmāt tarhi subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
prajñā­pārami­tayāvi­rahitena bhavitavyam.
iti pratipakṣo madhyamadhyaḥ

§3792tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte yo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayā〔PSP_4 170〕virahito gaṅgānadīvālukopamān
kalpāṃs tiṣṭhaṃs tad āmiṣadānaṃ dharmadānaṃ
tābhyāṃ pratisaṃ­layanap­ratisaṃ­yuktān manasikārān
anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau pariṇāmayet.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte ‘pi nu sa bodhisattvo mahāsattvas tatonidānaṃ bahupuṇyaṃ prasavet.

§3793subhūtir āha: bahu bhagavan bahu sugata.
iti vipakṣo madhyamṛduḥ

§3794bhagavān āha: ataḥ sa subhūte kulaputro vā
kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasaved,
ya iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yathopadiṣṭāyāṃ
sthitvaikadivasam api tad āmiṣadānaṃ dharmadānaṃ tābhyāṃ ca
prajñā­pārami­tāprati­saṃlaya­naprati­saṃyuktān manasikārān
anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau pariṇāmayet.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
eṣa hi paramaḥ pariṇāmo yad uta prajñāpāramitāpariṇāmaḥ.
yaḥ punaḥ prajñāpāramitayā virahitaḥ
pariṇāmo na sa pariṇāmaḥ.
tasmāt tarhi subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvenānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃboddhukāmena prajñāpāramitāpariṇāmanā kuśalamūlena bhavitavyam.
iti pratipakṣo madhyādhimātraḥ

§3795tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte yaḥ kaścit kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā
prajñāpāramitāvirahito gaṅgānadīvālukopamān
kalpāṃs tiṣṭhann atītānā­gataprat­yutpannānāṃ
buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ saśrāvakasaṃghānāṃ
yaṃ kuśalamūlaṃ tat sarvam anumodyānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau pariṇāmayet.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte ‘pi nu sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā
tatonidānaṃ bahupuṇyaṃ prasavet.
subhūtir āha: bahu bhagavan bahu sugata.
iti vipakṣo mṛdvadhimātraḥ

§3796bhagavān āha: ataḥ subhūte kulaputro vā
kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasaved,
ya iha gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yathopadiṣṭāyāṃ sthitvā
ekadivasam api yaṃ kuśalamūlam anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau pariṇāmayet.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
eṣa hi paramo ‘numodanāpariṇāmo
yad uta prajñāpāramitānumodanā pariṇāmas,
tasmāt tarhi subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvenānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃboddhukāmena prajñā­pārami­tānumo­danāpa­riṇāmanā kuśalamūlena bhavitavyam.
iti pratipakṣo ‘dhimātramṛduḥ

§3797evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
yadā punar bhagavann abhisaṃskāraḥ
kalpita ity ukto bhagavatā tadā kathaṃ sa〔PSP_4 171〕kulaputro vā
kuladuhitā vā bahutaraṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet?
na ca bhagavann abhisaṃskāreṇa śakyā samyagdṛṣṭir vā
niyāmo vāvakramituṃ srotaāpattiphalaṃ vānuprāptuṃ sakṛdāgāmiphalaṃ vā
anāgāmiphalaṃ vā arhattvaṃ vānuprāptuṃ pratyekāṃ vā
bodhim anuprāptum anuttarāṃ samyak saṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhum.
iti vipakṣo mṛdumadhyaḥ

§3798bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat,
na hy abhisaṃskāreṇa śakyā samyagdṛṣṭir vā
niyāmo vāvakramituṃ srotaāpattiphalaṃ vā
anuprāptuṃ sakṛdāgāmiphalaṃ vā anāgāmiphalaṃ vā
arhattvaṃ vānuprāptuṃ pratyekāṃ vā
bodhim anuprāptum anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃboddhuṃ,
sa cāpi subhūte abhisaṃskāro bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carataḥ śūnyaka evākhyāyate,
riktaka evākhyāyate, tucchaka evākhyāyate,
asāraka evākhyāyate.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
‘dhyātmaśūnyatāyāṃ suśikṣito bahirdhāśūnyatāyām
adhyāt­mabahir­dhāśūn­yatāyāṃ yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyāṃ suśikṣitaḥ.
iti pratipakṣo ‘dhimātramadhyaḥ

§3799sa khalu punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
iha śūnyatāyāṃ sthitvā yathā yathābhisaṃskārān
pratyavekṣate tathā tathā bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayāvirahito bhavati,
yathā yathā bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayāvirahito bhavati
tathā tathāsaṃkhyeyam aprameyam aparimāṇaṃ puṇyaṃ prasavet.
ity arthakṣiptavipakṣasya mṛdumṛduḥ pratipakṣo ‘dhimātrādhimātraḥ
iti bhāvanā­mārgas­thāvai­vartika­lakṣaṇam

§3800subhūtir āha: asaṃkhyeyasya ca
bhagavann aprameyasya cāparimāṇasya ca kaḥ
prativiśeṣaḥ?
kiṃ nānākaraṇam?

§3801bhagavān āha: asaṃkhyeyam iti
subhūte yasya saṃkhyā na vidyate yaḥ saṃkhyān nopaiti,
asaṃkhyeyam iti vā apramāṇam iti vā
subhūte yasya pramāṇan nopalabhyate ‘tītānāgatapratyutpanneṣu dharmeṣu,
aparimāṇam iti subhūte yan na śakyaṃ pramātum.

§3802subhūtir āha: syād bhagavan paryāyo yad rūpam
apy asaṃkhyeyam aprameyam aparimāṇaṃ syāt,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā vijñānam api bhagavann asaṃkhyeyam aprameyam aparimāṇaṃ syāt.〔PSP_4 172〕

§3803bhagavān āha: syāt subhūte paryāyo yena paryāyeṇa
rūpam apy asaṃkhyeyam aprameyam aparimāṇaṃ syāt,
vedanāpi saṃjñāpi saṃskārā api,
vijñānam apy asaṃkhyeyam aprameyam aparimāṇaṃ syād ity asaṃkhyeyādīnām
upalakṣaṇām.

§3804katamena bhagavan paryāyeṇa rūpam asaṃkhyeyam aprameyam aparimāṇaṃ syāt,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
vijñānam apy asaṃkhyeyam aprameyam aparimāṇaṃ syāt?

§3805bhagavān āha: rūpaṃ subhūte śūnyam asaṃ khyeyam aprameyam aparimāṇaṃ,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
vijñānaṃ subhūte śūnyam asaṃkhyeyam aprameyam aparimāṇaṃ syāt.

§3806subhūtir āha: kiṃ punar bhagavan rūpam eva śūnyaṃ,
vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā, vijñānam eva śūnyaṃ,
na punaḥ sarvadharmā api śūnyāḥ?

§3807bhagavān āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte na mayā sarvadharmāḥ śūnyā ity ākhyātāḥ.

§3808subhūtir āha: śūnyā iti bhagavan sarvadharmās tathāgatenākhyātā,
ye ca bhagavan śūnyā akṣayā api te,
asaṃkhyeyā api te aprameyā api te, aparimāṇā api te,
na bhagavan śūnyatāyāḥ saṃkhyopalabhyate,
na pramāṇam upalabhyate, na parimāṇam upalabhyate,
ity asaṃkhyeyādīnāṃ svabhāvalakṣaṇaṃ,
tasmāt tarhi bhagavan naiṣāṃ dharmāṇām arthato vā
vyañjanato vā nānākaraṇam upalabhyate.

§3809bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat,
naiṣāṃ dharmāṇām arthato vā vyañjanato vā
nānākaraṇam upalabhyate.
anabhilapyam etat subhūte tathāgatenābhilapitam,
akṣayam iti vā asaṃkhyeyam iti vā aprameyam iti vā
aparimāṇam iti vā śūnyam iti vā ānimittam iti vā
apraṇihitam iti vā anabhisaṃskāram iti vā anutpāda iti
vā virāga iti vā nirodha iti vā nirvāṇam iti vā
deśanāniṣpandanirdeśa eṣa subhūte tathāgatasyākṣayam iti
yāvan nirvāṇam iti ceti codyapūrvakas tathāga­takaru­ṇāniṣpan­danirdeśaḥ.

§3810evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
āścaryaṃ bhagavan yāvad iyaṃ dharmāṇāṃ
dharmatā tathāgatena deśyate, sā ca
dharmatā anabhilapyā yathāhaṃ bhagavan bhagavato bhāṣitasyārtham ājānāmi,
tathā sarvadharmā bhagavann anabhilapyāḥ.〔PSP_4 173〕

§3811bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat,
sarvadharmāḥ subhūte anabhilapyā,
yā subhūte dharmāṇām anabhilapyatā sā śūnyatā,
na ca śūnyatā śakyābhilapitum.

§3812subhūtir āha: kiṃ punar bhagavann anabhilāpyasyārthasya vṛddhir vā
parihāṇir vā?

§3813bhagavān āha: na subhūte anabhilapyasyārthasya nāpi vṛddhir nāpi parihāṇir.

§3814subhūtir āha: saced bhagavann anabhilapyasyārthasya nāpi vṛddhir nāpi parihāṇiḥ,
dānapāramitāyā api na vṛddhir na parihāṇir bhaviṣyati,
evaṃ śīlakṣān­tivīryadh­yānapā­ramitāyā api na vṛddhir na parihāṇir bhaviṣyati,
prajñāpāramitāyā api na vṛddhir na parihāṇir bhaviṣyati,
caturṇāṃ smṛtyupasthānānāṃ na vṛddhir na parihāṇir bhaviṣyati,
evaṃ samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgānām
āryāṣṭāṅgikasya mārgasya na vṛddhir na parihāṇir bhaviṣyati,
aṣṭānāṃ vimokṣāṇāṃ na vṛddhir na parihāṇir bhaviṣyati,
navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattīnām
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīnām āryasatyānāṃ
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tābhijñānaṃ na vṛddhir na parihāṇir bhaviṣyati,
daśānāṃ tathāgatabalānāṃ caturṇāṃ vaiśāradyānāṃ
catasṛṇāṃ pratisaṃvidāṃ na vṛddhir na parihāṇir bhaviṣyati
adhyātmaśūnyatāyā bahirdhāśūnyatāyā adhyātmabahirdhāśūnyatāyā
yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyā na vṛddhir na parihāṇir bhaviṣyati,
aṣṭādaśānām āveṇikabuddhadharmāṇāṃ
na vṛddhir na parihāṇir bhaviṣyati.
saced bhagavann āsāṃ ṣaṇṇāṃ pāramitānāṃ
na vṛddhir na parihāṇir bhaviṣyati,
yāvad aṣṭādaśānām āveṇikānāṃ buddhadharmāṇāṃ
na vṛddhir na parihāṇir bhaviṣyati,
tadā abhavyā hi bhagavan sarvākārajñatānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃboddhum ity anabhilapyasya hānivṛddhyā bhāvena codyam.

§3815bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat,
nānabhilapyasyārthasya vṛddhir vā parihāṇir vā.
sacet punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carataḥ prajñāpāramitāṃ bhāvayataḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yogam āpadya­mānasyo­pāyaku­śalasya naivaṃ bhavati,
ahaṃ prajñāpāramitayā vivarddhe,
‘haṃ dhyānapāramitayā vivarddhe,
‘haṃ vīryapāramitayā vivarddhe,
‘haṃ kṣāntipāramitayā vivarddhe,
‘haṃ śīlapāramitayā vivarddhe,
‘haṃ dānapāramitayā vivarddhe.
eṣa ca punar asyaivaṃ bhavati,
nāmadheyamātram etad yad idaṃ dānapāramitā,
sa dānapāramitāyāṃ〔PSP_4 174〕caraṃs tān
manasikārāṃs tāṃś cittotpādāṃs tāni ca
kuśalamūlāny anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye pariṇāmayati,
tathā ca pariṇāmayati yathānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir,
evaṃ śīlakṣān­tivīryadh­yānapā­ramitā prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caraṃs tān
manasikārāṃs tāṃś cittotpādāṃs tāni ca
kuśalamūlāny anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye
pariṇāmayati yathānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir iti
parihāraḥ.

§3816atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
katamā ca punar bhagavann anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhiḥ?

§3817bhagavān āha: sarvadharmāṇāṃ tathatānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhiḥ.

§3818subhūtir āha: katamaiṣā bhagavan sarvadharmāṇāṃ
tathatā yānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhiḥ?

§3819bhagavān āha: yā subhūte rūpasya tathatā yā vedanāyās tathatā yā saṃjñayāḥ
tathatā yā saṃskārāṇāṃ tathatā yā vijñānasya tathatā,
evaṃ yā skandhatathatā yā dhātutathatā yā āyatanatathatā
yā pratītyasamutpādatathatā yā pratīt­yasamut­pādāṅga­tathatā,
evaṃ yāvad yā nirvāṇasya tathatā sānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhiḥ,
sā naiva vivarddhate na parihīyate.
tat subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitayāvirahito ‘bhīksṇaṃ bahulaṃ viharati,
na kasyacid dharmasya vṛddhiṃ vā parihāṇiṃ vā
samanupaśyati.
evaṃ khalu subhūte anabhilapyasyārthasya naiva vṛddhir na parihāṇir,
evaṃ ca subhūte dānapāramitāyā na vṛddhir na parihāṇir,
evaṃ śīlakṣān­tivīryadh­yānapraj­ñāpāra­mitāyā na vṛddhir na parihāṇir,
evaṃ śūnyatānāṃ bodhipakṣyāṇāṃ dharmāṇām
āryasatyānām apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpattīnāṃ
sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhānām abhijñānāṃ
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihitānāṃ daśānāṃ balānāṃ vaiśāradyānāṃ
pratisaṃvidām aṣṭādaśānām āveṇikānāṃ buddhadharmāṇāṃ
na vṛddhir na parihāṇiḥ.
evaṃ khalu subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caritavyam avṛddhyaparihāṇiyogena.
iti bodhilakṣaṇam

§3820subhūtir āha: tat kiṃ prathamacittotpādena bhagavan bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
utāho paścimena cittotpādena bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate?
yadi tāvad bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
pratha­macittot­pādenā­nuttarāṃ〔PSP_4 175〕samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
tat pūrvakaś cittotpādaḥ paścimena cittotpādenāsamavasṛtaḥ,
paścimaś cittotpādaḥ pūrvakena cittotpādenāsamavasṛtaḥ,
evam asamavasṛtānāṃ bhagavaṃś cittacaitasikānāṃ
dharmāṇāṃ kathaṃ kuśalamūlāny upacayaṃ gacchanti,
na cānupacitaiḥ kuśalamūlaiḥ śakyānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir abhisaṃboddhum?
iti manasor asamavadhānena codyam

§3821bhagavān āha: tena hi subhūte upamāṃ te kariṣyāmy asyaivārthasya vijñāpanāya,
upamayā ihaikatyā vidvāṃsaḥ puruṣā bhāṣitasyārtham ājñāsyanti.
tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte tailapradyotasya jvalitasya dīpyamānāyāṃ
vartau prathamābhinipātenārciṣaḥ sā vartir dagdhā,
utāho paścimābhinipātenārciṣaḥ sā vartir dagdhā.

§3822subhūtir āha: na bhagavan prathamābhinipātenārciṣaḥ
sā vartir dagdhā na ca
prathamābhinipātam anāgamyārciṣaḥ sā vartir dagdhā,
na bhagavan paścimābhinipātenārciṣaḥ sā vartir dagdhā,
na ca paścimābhinipātam anāgamyārciṣaḥ
sā vartir dagdhā.

§3823bhagavān āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte api nu sā vartir dagdhā.

§3824subhūtir āha: dagdhā bhagavan dagdhā sugata.

§3825bhagavān āha:
evam eva subhūte na prathamacittotpādena bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
na ca prathamacittotpādam anāgamya bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
na ca paścimacittotpādena subhūte bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
na ca paścimacittotpādam anāgamya bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate.
abhisaṃbudhyate ca bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim atra hi subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran prathamacittotpādam upādāya daśa
bhūmīḥ paripūrayitvānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate.

§3826subhūtir āha: katamā bhagavan daśa bhūmīḥ paripūrayitvā
bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate?

§3827bhagavān āha: śuklavipaśyanābhūmiṃ subhūte paripūrayitvā
bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
evaṃ gotrabhūmim aṣṭamakabhūmiṃ darśanabhūmiṃ
tanubhūmiṃ vītarāgabhūmiṃ kṛtāvībhūmiṃ paripūrayitvā
bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim〔PSP_4 176〕abhisaṃbudhyate,
śrāvakap­ratyeka­buddha­bhūmiṃ paripūrayitvā
bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
bodhisattvabhūmiṃ paripūrayitvā
bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
buddhabhūmiṃ paripūrayitvā
bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
tatra bodhisattvo mahāsattvo daśasu bhūmiṣu śikṣamāṇo na ca
pratha­macittot­pādenā­nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
na ca prathamacittotpādam anāgamyānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
na ca paścima­cittot­pādenā­nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
na ca paścimacittotpādam anāgamyānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
abhisaṃbudhyate ca bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbodhim.
iti dīpadṛṣṭāntena parihāraḥ

§3828subhūtir āha: gambhīro bhagavan pratītyasamutpādo,
na ca nāma bhagavan prathamacittotpādena,
na ca prathamacittotpādam anāgamya bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
na ca nāma bhagavan paścimena cittotpādena,
na ca paścimacittotpādam anāgamya bodhisattvo
mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate,
abhisaṃbudhyate ca bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim.

§3829bhagavān āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte yac cittaṃ niruddham api nu tat punar evotpatsyate.

§3830subhūtir āha: no hīdaṃ bhagavan.
ity utpādagāmbhīryam

§3831bhagavān āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte yac cittam utpannam api nu tan nirodhadharmi.

§3832subhūtir āha: nirodhadharmi bhagavan nirodhadharmi sugata.

§3833bhagavān āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte yan nirodhadharmi tan nirotsyate.

§3834subhūtir āha: no hīdaṃ bhagavan.
iti nirodhagāmbhīryam

§3835bhagavān āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte tathaiva sthāsyati yathā tathatā.
subhūtir āha: tathaiva bhagavaṃ sthāsyati yathā tathatā.〔PSP_4 177〕

§3836bhagavān āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte tathaiva sthāsyati yathā tathatā bhūtakoṭir bhaviṣyati.

§3837subhūtir āha: no hīdaṃ bhagavan.

§3838bhagavān āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte gambhīrā tathatā.

§3839subhūtir āha: gambhīrā bhagavan.
iti tathatāgāmbhīryam

§3840bhagavān āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte tathaiva cittaṃ yathā tathatā.

§3841subhūtir āha: no hīdaṃ bhagavan.

§3842bhagavān āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte anyatra tathatāyāś cittam.

§3843subhūtir āha: no hīdaṃ bhagavan.
iti jñeyagāmbhīryam

§3844bhagavān āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte api nu tathatā tathatāṃ samanupaśyati.

§3845subhūtir āha: no hīdaṃ bhagavan.
iti jñānagāmbhīryam

§3846bhagavān āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte ya evaṃ carati,
sa gambhīrāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carati.
subhūtir āha: yo bhagavaim evaṃ carati,
sa gambhīrāyāṃ prajñā pāramitāyāṃ carati.

§3847bhagavān āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte ya evaṃ carati, sa kutra carati.

§3848subhūtir āha: yo bhagavnn evaṃ carati,
sa na kutracic carati.
tat kasya hetos?
tathā hi bhagavan bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carata ete samudācārā na bhavanti,
na samudācaranti tathatāyāṃ sthitasya na bhagavan kiñcit samudācārati,
nāpi tatra kaścit samudācarati.
iti caryāgāmbhīryam

§3849evam ukte bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat:
yaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāṃ carati sa kutra carati?

§3850subhūtir āha: carati bhagavan paramārthe yatra dvayasamudācāro na saṃvidyate.

§3851bhagavān āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte yaḥ paramārthe carati samudācāre carati,
sa nimitte carati.

§3852subhūtir āha: no hīdaṃ bhagavan.

§3853bhagavān āha: tat kiṃ manyase?
subhūte api nu tena nimittasaṃjñā vānimittasaṃjñā vā
vibhāvitā bhavati.〔PSP_4 178〕

§3854subhūtir āha: no hīdaṃ bhagavan.
ity advayagāmbhīryam

§3855bhagavān āha: tat kathaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena
mahāsattvena nimittasaṃjñā vā ānimittasaṃjñā vā
na vibhāvitā bhavati?

§3856evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
na bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carann evaṃ prayujyate,
nimittaṃ vā bhāvayiṣyāmy animittaṃ vā bhāvayiṣyāmīti,
iha punar bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran nāparipūrṇair
daśabhis tathāgatabalair caturbhir vaiśāradyaiś catasṛbhiḥ
pratisaṃvidbhir mahāmaitryā mahākaruṇayā aṣṭādaśabhir āveṇikair
buddhadharmair anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate.
idaṃ punar bhagavan bodhisattvasya mahāsatt­vasyopā­yakauśalyaṃ
yenopāyakauśalyena na kaṃcid dharmaṃ bhāvī vā
karoty abhāvī vā karoti.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
sarvadharmāṇāṃ svalakṣaṇaśūnyatāyāṃ sthitas,
tatra ca svalakṣaṇaśūnyatāyāṃ sthitvā trīn samādhīn samāpadyate,
sattvānāṃ kṛtaśas taiś ca samādhibhiḥ sattvān
paripācayati.

§3857evaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvas trīn samādhīn samāpadyate,
tatra ca bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvas trīṣu samādhiṣu sthitvā
sattvāṃś ca praṇidhānena caratas tān apraṇihitena niyojayati,
sattvāṃś ca vikalpe caratas tān
bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ śūnyatāyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati,
sattvāṃś ca nimitte caratas tān
bodhisattvo mahāsattva ānimitte pratiṣṭhāpayati.
evaṃ khalu subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caraṃs tribhiḥ samādhibhiḥ sattvān
paripācayati.
ity upāyakauśalaṃ gāmbhīryam ity uktaḥ
śaikṣo ‘vaivartiko gaṇaḥ

§3858atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim āmantrayate sma:
ya āyuṣman subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
svapnāntaragatas trīn samādhīn samāpadyate śūnyatām
ānimittam apraṇihitam, api nu sa prajñāpāramitāyāṃ vivardhate.

§3859evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat:
yady āyuṣman śāriputra divase bhāvanayā vivardhate,
evaṃ svapnāntaragato ‘pi vivardhate.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
avikalpaḥ, atha khalv āyuṣman śāriputra svapnaś ca divasaś ca,
saced āyuṣman śāriputra yadi divase bodhisattvasya〔PSP_4 179〕
mahāsattvasya prajñāpāramitābhāvanāsti,
tadā svapnāntaragatasyāpi bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
prajñāpāramitābhāvanā bhaviṣyati.
iti bhavaśāntyor akalpanā

§3860evam ukte āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat:
yat punar āyuṣman subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
svapnāntaragataḥ karma karoti,
bhavati tasya karmaṇa ācayo vā upacayo vā,
yathā svapnopamāḥ sarvadharmā uktā bhagavatā,
tathā nāsya bhavaty ācayo vā upacayo vā.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
na hi svapne kasyacid dharmasyācavo vā upacayo vā
upalabhyate.
atha vibuddho vikalpayiṣyati, bhavati tasyācayo vā
upacayo vā.

§3861atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat:
yaś ca divasaṃ prāṇātipātaṃ kṛto,
yaś ca svapnāntare hatas taṃ prativibudho vikalpayati,
aho hato mayā hataḥ sādhu hata iti,
tat karmāyuṣman śāriputra kim āha?

§3862śāriputra āha: nāyuṣman subhūte anārambaṇakarmotpadyate
sārambaṇam eva karmotpadyate.

§3863subhūtir āha: evam etad āyuṣman śāriputra nānārambaṇaṃ
karmotpadyate nānārambaṇaṃ cetanotpadyate sārambaṇam evāyuṣman
śāriputra karmotpadyate nānārambaṇaṃ sārambaṇā cetanotpadyate nānārambaṇam.
dṛṣṭaśrutamatavijñātair dharmair buddhiḥ pravartate,
nādṛṣṭair nāśrutair nāmatair nāvijñātair dharmair
buddhiḥ pravartate.
tatra kācid buddhiḥ saṃkleśaṃ parigṛhṇāti,
kācid buddhir vyavadānaṃ parigṛhṇāti,
tasmāt tarhy āyuṣman śāriputra sārambaṇam eva karmotpadyate
nānārambaṇaṃ sārambaṇaiva cetanotpadyate nānārambaṇā.

§3864śāriputra āha: yady āyuṣman subhūte sarvāṇi
karmāṇi sarvāś cetanā viviktā uktā bhagavatā,
tat kathaṃ sārambaṇam eva karmotpadyate nānārambaṇaṃ,
sārambaṇaiva cetanotpadyate nānārambaṇā?

§3865subhūtir āha: nimittīkṛtyāyuṣman śāriputra
sārambaṇam eva karmotpadyate nānārambaṇaṃ,
sārambaṇaiva cetanotpadyate nānārambaṇā.

§3866atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ subhūtiṃ sthaviram etad avocat:
yady āyuṣman subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
svapnāntaragato dānaṃ dadyāc chīlaṃ rakṣet kṣāntyā saṃpādayed
vīryam ārabheta dhyānaṃ〔PSP_4 180〕samāpadyeta prajñāṃ bhāvayet,
tac ca kuśalamūlam anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau
pariṇāmayet pariṇāmitaṃ bhavaty anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye.

§3867atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtiḥ
sthavira āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat:
ayam āyuṣman śāriputra maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
saṃmukhībhūta ekajātipratibaddho bhagava­tāvini­vartanī­yatāyai
vyākṛta eṣa paripraṣṭavya eṣa visarjayiṣyati.

§3868atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputro maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvam etad avocat:
ayaṃ subhūti sthavira evam āha,
ayaṃ maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
saṃmukhībhūta ekajātipratibaddho bhagavato ‘vinivartanīyatāyai
vyākṛta eṣa paripraṣṭavya eṣa visarjayiṣyatīti.

§3869evam ukte maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattva āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat:
tat kiṃ nāmadheyaṃ maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo visarjayiṣyaty,
utāho rūpaṃ visarjayiṣyati, vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
vijñānaṃ visarjayiṣyati?
yā rūpasya śūnyatā sā visarjayiṣyati,
yā vedanāśūnyatā yā saṃjñāśūnyatā yā saṃskāraśūnyatā,
yā vijñānaśūnyatā sā visarjayiṣyati?
yā ca rūpasya śūnyatā na sā pratibalā visarjayituṃ,
yā vedanāyāḥ śūnyatā yā saṃjñāyāḥ śūnyatā yā saṃskārāṇāṃ
śūnyatā yā vijñānasya śūnyatā na sā pratibalā visarjayitum?
tat kiṃ visarjayiṣyati nāhaṃ taṃ dharmaṃ samanupaśyāmi,
yo dharmo visarjayiṣyati, yaṃ visarjayiṣyati,
yatra vā visarjayiṣyati?
tam apy ahaṃ dharmaṃ na samanupaśyāmi,
yo dharmo vyākṛto ‘nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau,
yena vyākṛto, yatra vā vyākṛtas,
tam apy ahaṃ dharmaṃ na samanupaśyāmi sarva ete dharmā advayā advaidhīkārāḥ.

§3870atha khalv āyuṣmān śāriputro maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvam etad avocat:
kaścit tvayā maitreya ete dharmā evaṃ sākṣātkṛtā yathaitān
dharmān bhāṣase?

§3871maitreya āha: na mayaite dharmā evaṃ sākṣātkṛtā yathāham etān
dharmān bhāṣe.

§3872atha khalv āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasyaitad abhavat:
gambhīraprajño batāyaṃ maitreyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
yathāpi nāma dānapāramitāyāṃ śīlapāramitāyāṃ kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ
vīryapāramitāyāṃ dhyānapāramitāyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyāṃ
caritāvina eṣa nirdeśo ‘nupalambho ‘nupalambhacaritasya.〔PSP_4 181〕

§3873atha khalu bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram etad avocat:
tat kiṃ manyase?
śāriputra samanupaśyasi tvaṃ taṃ dharmaṃ yena tvaṃ dharmeṇārhann iti
prabhāvyase.

§3874śāriputra āha: no hīdaṃ bhagavan.

§3875bhagavān āha: evam eva śāriputra bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carato naivaṃ bhavaty,
ayaṃ dharmo vyākariṣyaty ayaṃ dharmo vyākriyate
ayaṃ dharmo vyākṛto ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbhotsyate.
evañ caran bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāyāñ carati,
na cāsya vicikitsotpadyate,
nāhaṃ nābhisaṃbhotsye ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbhotsye ‘ham anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ,
yaḥ śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattva evaṃ carati sa carati prajñāpāramitāyām.
evañ caran śāriputra bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
nottrasyati na saṃtrasyati na saṃtrāsam āpadyate,
nāhaṃ nābhisaṃbhotsye ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbhotsye ‘ham anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim.
iti codyaparaṃparety uktā bhavaśāntisamatā

§3876atha khalu bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat:
iha subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena dānapāramitāyāñ caratā jighatsitān
sattvān dṛṣṭvā pipāsitān durnivasitān duḥprāvṛtān
śayanāsanavihīnāṃś ca sattvān dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā dānapāramitāyāṃ cariṣyāmi yathā me
‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasyaiṣāṃ sattvānām
amī doṣāḥ sarveṇa sarvaṃ na bhaviṣyanti na prajñāpsyante.
yathāpi tac cāturmahārājakāyikānāṃ devānāṃ
trayastriṃśānāṃ yāmānāṃ tuṣitānāṃ nirmāṇaratīnāṃ
paranirmitavaśavartināṃ brahmapārṣadyānāṃ
brahmapurohitānāṃ mahābrahmaṇāṃ parīttābhānām
apramāṇābhānāṃ ābhāsvarāṇāṃ parīttaśubhānām
apramāṇaśubhānāṃ śubhakṛtsnānām anabhrakānāṃ
puṇyaprasavānāṃ vṛhatphalānāṃ śuddhāvāsānāṃ
sudṛśānāṃ sudarśanānām aspṛhānām atapānām
akaniṣṭhānāṃ devānām upabhogaparibhogāya,
evaṃvidhās tasmin buddhakṣetre sattvānām
upabhogaparibhogā bhaviṣyanti.
evañ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
dānapāramitāṃ paripūrayaty anuttarāyāś ca
samyaksaṃbodher abhyāsī bhavati.

§3877punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
śīlapāramitāyāṃ caratā prāṇātipātikān sattvān
dṛṣṭvā adattādāyikān kāmamithyācārikān mṛṣāvādikān
pāruṣikān piśunavacanān pralāpān abhidhyālukān
vyāpannacittāni〔PSP_4 182〕mithyādṛṣṭikān alpāyuṣkān
bahvābādhān bahvāyāsān durvarṇān alpeśākhyān
alpabhogān nīcakulān nihīnavṛttīn aṅgavihīnān
sattvān dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā śīlapāramitāyāṃ cariṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre teṣāṃ sattvānām
amī doṣā na bhaviṣyanti na prajñāsyante.
evañ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
śīlapāramitāṃ paripūrayaty anuttarāyāḥ
samyaksaṃbodher abhyāsī bhavati.

§3878punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
kṣāntipāramitāyāṃ caratān­yonyav­yāpāda­bahula­cittān sattvān
dṛṣṭvā loṣṭatā­ḍanaśast­raprahārāṃś ca dadato jīvitāṃś ca
vyavaropayato daṇḍādaṇḍi muṣalāmuṣali keśākeśi kacākaci kurvataś ca
sattvān dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā kṣāntipāramitāyāñ cariṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre teṣāṃ sattvānām
amī doṣā na bhaviṣyanti na prajñāsyante.
sarvasattvāś ca mātṛsamacittā bhaviṣyanti,
pitṛsamacittāś ca bhaviṣyanti,
bhrātṛsamacittāś ca bhaviṣyanti,
bhaginīsamacittāś ca bhaviṣyanti,
putraduhitṛsamacittāś ca bhaviṣyanti,
maitracittā bhaviṣyanti.
evañ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
kṣāntipāramitāṃ paripūrayaty anuttarāyāś ca
samyaksaṃbodher abhyāsī bhaviṣyati.

§3879punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
vīryapāramitāyāñ caratā hīnavīryān sattvān dṛṣṭvā
kuśīdān alasān nirudyogān alpasattvāṃs tribhir yānaiḥ
prasthitān śrāvakayānena vā pratyekabuddhayānena vā
bodhisattvayānena vā sattvān dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā vīryapāramitāyāṃ cariṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre teṣāṃ sattvānām
amī doṣā na bhaviṣyanti na prajñāsyante.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo vīryapāramitāṃ,
paripūrayaty anuttarāyāś ca samyaksaṃbodher abhyāsī bhavati.

§3880punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
dhyānapāramitāyāṃ caratā sattvān pañcasu nivaraṇeṣu
pravartamānān dṛṣṭvā kāmacchande vyāpāde styānamiddhe
uddhatakaukṛtye vicikitsāyāṃ nivaraṇeṣu〔PSP_4 183〕pravartamānān
sattvān mūḍhān mūḍhasmṛtīn prathamadhyānavirahitān
dvitīyadhyānavirahitāṃs tṛtīyadhyānavirahitāṃś caturthadhyānavirahitān
maitrī­karuṇā­mudito­pekṣāvi­rahitān
ākāśānant­yāyata­nasamā­pattyā vijñānā­nantyā­yatana­samāpattyā
ākiñcanyiyatanasamāpattyā naivasaṃj­ñānāsaṃj­ñāyata­nasamā­pattyā vihīnān
sattvān dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā dhyānapāramitāyāṃ cariṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre teṣāṃ sattvānām
amī doṣā na bhaviṣyanti na prajñāsyante.
evañ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
dhyānapāramitāṃ paripūrayaty anuttarāyāś ca
samyaksaṃbodher abhyāsī bhavati.

§3881punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
prajñāpāramitāyāñ caratā duḥprajñān prajñāparihīṇān
sattvān dṛṣṭvā laukikalokottarayā samyagdṛṣṭyā vihīnān
akriyāvādino nāstikavādān ucchedavādān
śāśvatavādān ekatvān­yatvobha­yatvavādāṃś ca sattvān
dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ tathā tathā prajñāpāramitāyāñ
cariṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhaksetre teṣāṃ sattvānām
amī doṣāḥ sarveṇa sarvaṃ na bhaviṣyanti na prajñāsyante.
evañ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāṃ paripūrayaty anuttarāyāś ca
samyaksaṃbodher abhyāsī bhavati.

§3882punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā triṣu rāśiṣu vartamānān sattvān dṛṣṭvā
niyatā­niyata­mithyāt­vaniyatān evam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhaksetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre niyatā­niyata­mithyāt­vaniyatānāṃ
sattvānām antaśaḥ śabdo ‘pi na bhaviṣyati na prajñāsyate.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3883punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā nairayikān sattvān tairyagyonikān sattvān
yāmalaukikān sattvān dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre trayāṇām
apāyānām antaśaḥ śabdo ‘pi na bhaviṣyati na prajñāsyate.〔PSP_4 184〕

§3884evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3885punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu caratā imān
mahāpṛ­thivīs­thāṇukaṇ­ṭakaga­hanaprāg­bhārap­rapātas­yandani­kāgūtho­ḍigallān
paripūrṇān dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre teṣāṃ sattvānām
ete doṣā na bhaviṣyanti na prajñāsyante,
tac ca me buddhakṣetraṃ samapāṇitalajātaṃ bhaviṣyati.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3886punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā imāṃ mahāpṛthivīṃ mṛttikāmayīṃ dṛṣṭvā
apagatajātarūparajatām evam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre
iyaṃ mahāpṛthivī suvarṇavālukācchannā bhaviṣyanti.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ paripūrayaty anuttarāyāś ca
samyaksaṃbodher abhyāsī bhavati.

§3887punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena sattvān
mamakā­raparig­rahavar­tamānān dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ
mamakāraparigraho na bhaviṣyati na prajñāsyate.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3888punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā caturo varṇān dṛṣṭvā kṣatriyān
brahmaṇān vaiśyāñ śūdrān evam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre caturṇāṃ varṇānām
antaśaḥ śabdo na bhaviṣyati na prajñāsyate.
evañ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś〔PSP_4 185〕cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3889punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā sattvānāṃ hīnotkṛṣṭamadhyamatān dṛṣṭvā
hīnakulīnatāṃ madhyakulīnatāṃ cotkṛṣṭakulīnatāṃ ca sattvānāṃ
dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
cariṣyāmi, buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre sattvānām
amī doṣā na bhaviṣyanti na prajñāsyante.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3890punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā sattvānāṃ varṇanānātvaṃ dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre sattvānāṃ
varṇanānātvaṃ na bhaviṣyati na prajñāsyate,
anyatra sarvasattvā abhirūpā bhaviṣyanti prāsādikā
darśanīyā parama­śubhavar­ṇapuṣka­latayā samanvāgatāḥ.
evañ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3891punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā adhipatiṃ dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre
‘dhipatiprajñaptir api na bhaviṣyati na prajñāsyate.
anyatra dharmarājena tathāgatenānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhena.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3892punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā sattvānāṃ gatisaṃbhedaṃ dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi sattvaṃś ca
paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhaksetre sattvānāṃ
gatisaṃbhedo na bhaviṣyati na prajñāsyate,
naraka­tiryag­yoniya­maloka­devamanuṣyā anyatra sarvasattvā
ekakarmāṇo〔PSP_4 186〕bhaviṣyanti,
caturbhiḥ smṛtyupasthānair avirahitāḥ
samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgair
āryāṣṭāṅgikena mārgeṇāp­ramāṇadh­yānārūp­yasamā­pattibhir āryasatyaiḥ
śūnyatānimittāpraṇihitair aṣṭabhir vimokṣair
navānu­pūrvavi­hārasa­māpattibhir abhijñābhir yāvac catasṛbhiḥ
pratisaṃvidbhir.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3893punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā catasro yonīḥ sattvānāṃ dṛṣṭvāṇḍajāṃ jarāyujāṃ saṃsvedajām
aupapādukāṃ dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre tisro yonayaḥ
sattvānāṃ na bhaviṣyanti na prajñāsyante,
aṇḍajā jarāyujā saṃsvedajā anyatra sarvasattvā
aupapādukā bhaviṣyanti.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3894punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā sattvān pañcābhijñābhir virahitān
dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre sarvasattvāḥ
pañcābhijñā bhaviṣyanti.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3895punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā sarvasattvānām uccāraprasrāvādīn dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre sarvasattvā
dharmaprītidhyānāhārā bhaviṣyanti.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3896punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā sattvān prabhāvirahitān dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhasya〔PSP_4 187〕tatra buddhakṣetre sarvasattvāḥ
svayaṃprabhā bhaviṣyanti.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākirajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3897punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā sattvānāṃ rātridi­vasamā­sārdha­māsasaṃ­vatsarān
dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhaksetre sattvānāṃ
rātridi­vasamā­sārdha­māsasaṃ­vatsarāṇāṃ
śabdo na bhaviṣyati na prajñāsyate.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3898punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratāyūrvihīnān sattvān dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre sattvā
aparimitāyuṣo bhaviṣyanti.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3899punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā sattvān lakṣaṇavirahitān dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre sattvā
dvātriṃśadbhir mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ
samanvāgatā bhaviṣyanti.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3900punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā sattvān kuśalamūlavirahitān dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre sarvasattvāḥ
kuśalamūlasamanvāgatā bhaviṣyanti,
yaiḥ kuśalamūlaiḥ samanvāgatā buddhān
bhagavata upasthāsyanti.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ paripūrayati,
sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.〔PSP_4 188〕

§3901punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā rogaspṛṣṭān sattvān dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
cariṣyāmi buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre sattvānāṃ
catvāro vyādhayo na bhaviṣyanti na prajñāsyante.
katame catvāro?
vātikā vā paittikā vā śleṣmikā vā sāṃnipātikā vā.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3902punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā tribhiḥ kleśaiḥ kliṣṭān sattvān dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre trayaḥ
kleśā na bhaviṣyanti na prajñāsyante.
katamāḥ trayo?
rāgo dveṣo mohaḥ.
sarvasattvāś ca vigatarāgā bhaviṣyanti vigatadveṣā vigatamohā bhaviṣyanti.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3903punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratā hīnādhimuktikān sattvān dṛṣṭvaivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi sattvāṃś ca
paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre dvayor
yānayoḥ śabdo na bhaviṣyati na prajñāsyate,
śrāvakayānasya vā pratyekabuddhayānasya vā,
anyatra sarvasattvāḥ sarvākārajñatāyām
abhisaṃprasthitā bhaviṣyanti.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3904punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caratābhimānikān sattvān dṛṣṭvaivam upaparikṣitavyaṃ,
tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre ‘bhimānikānāṃ
sattvānāṃ śabdo ‘pi na bhaviṣyati na prajñāsyate,
anyatra sarvasattvā nirabhimānā bhaviṣyanti.
evaṃ caran〔PSP_4 189〕subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ piripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3905punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
carataivaṃ cittam utpādayitavyaṃ,
nāhaṃ tāvad anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbhotsye,
sacet me tatra buddhakṣetre mitam āyuḥpramāṇaṃ syād mitā ca
prabhā, mitaś ca bhikṣusaṃghaḥ,
api tu khalu tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetre amitam āyuḥpramāṇaṃ bhaviṣyati,
amitā ca prabhā, amitaś ca bhikṣusaṃgho bhaviṣyati.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3906punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
carataivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ, yāvanti gaṅgānadīvālukāsamāni
buddhakṣetrāṇi tāvanti mamaikaṃ buddhakṣetraṃ yāvan na bhaven
na tāvad aham anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbhotsye,
‘pi tu khalu tathā tathā ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu cariṣyāmi,
buddhakṣetraṃ ca pariśodhayiṣyāmi,
sattvāṃś ca paripācayiṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ
samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya yāvanti gaṅgānadīvālukāsamāni
buddhakṣetrāṇi bhavanti mamaikaṃ buddhakṣetraṃ bhaviṣyati.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3907punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
carataivam upaparīkṣitavyaṃ, dīrgho batāyaṃ saṃsāro,
bahur ayaṃ sattvadhātus tenaivaṃ yoniśo manasikartavyam,
ākāśaparyanto batāyaṃ saṃsāra,
ākāśaparyanto batāyaṃ sattvadhātur,
na ceha kaścit saṃsariṣyati,
na ca kaścit parinirvāsyati.
evaṃ caran subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ
paripūrayati sarvākārajñatāyāś cābhyāsī bhavati.

§3908atha khalu tasyāṃ parṣadi gaṅgadevā nāma bhaginī saṃnipatitābhut saṃniṣaṇṇā,
sotthāyāsanād ekāṃśam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā
dakṣiṇaṃ jāmumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃs
tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya〔PSP_4 190〕bhagavantam etad avocat:
ahaṃ bhagavann ahaṃ sugata ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu
caritvaivaṃrūpaṃ buddhakṣetraṃ parigṛhīṣye
yathā tathāgatenārhatā samyaksaṃbuddheneha prajñāpāramitāyām
upadiṣṭam.

§3909atha khalu sā strī suvarṇapuṣpaṃ gṛhītvā,
rūpyapuṣpaṃ ca gṛhītvā, jalajāni sthalajāni ca
puṣpāṇi gṛhītvā, sarvāṇi cābharaṇāni gṛhītvā,
suvarṇavarṇapītavarṇaṃ ca puṣpayugaṃ gṛhītvā
yena bhagavāṃs tena kṣipati sma.
samanantarakṣiptaṃ ca tad dūṣyayugam atha tāvad
eva buddhānubhāvenopari vaihāyasam antarīkṣe
bhagavato mūrdhni saṃdhau kūṭāgāram asthāt,
caturasraṃ catuḥsthūṇaṃ samaṃ bhāgaśo ghaṭitaṃ suvibhaktaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ.

§3910atha khalu sā strīs tatkūṭāgāraṃ sarvasattvasādhāraṇaṃ
kṛtvānuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye pariṇāmayati.

§3911atha khalu bhagavāṃs tasyāḥ striyā adhyāśayaṃ viditvā
tasyāṃ velāyāṃ smitaṃ prādurakarot,
dharmatā khalu punar eṣā buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ yadā smitaṃ prāduḥ
kurvanti.

§3912atha khalu tāvad evānekavarṇā nānāvarṇā arciṣo bhagavato mukhadvārād niścaranti sma.
tadyathāpi nāma nīlāḥ pītā lohitā avadātā māñjiṣṭhāḥ
sphaṭikarajatavarṇās tān anantāparyantān lokadhātūn gatvā
punar evāgatya bhagavantaṃ tripradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavato mūrdhny antarhitāḥ.

§3913atha khalv āyuṣmān ānanda utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ cīvaraṃ pravaritvā
dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya
yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam etad avocat:
ko bhagavan hetuḥ?
kaḥ pratyayaḥ?
smitasya prāduṣkaraṇāya nāhetukaṃ nāpratyayaṃ tathāgatā arhantaḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ smitaṃ prāduṣkurvanti.

§3914evam ukte bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ ānandam etad avocat:
iyam ānanda gaṅgadevā bhaginī anāgate ‘dhvani suvarṇapuṣpo
nāma tathāgato ‘rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyati tārakopame
kalpe ‘yam ānanda etasyā gaṅgadevāyā bhaginyāś caramaḥ
strībhāvo bhaviṣyati.
iyam ānanda gaṅgadevā bhaginī strībhāvaṃ vivarjya
puruṣabhāvaṃ pratilabhyākṣobhyasya tathāgatasyārhataḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhasya buddhakṣetre upapatsyate abhiratyāṃ lokadhātau,
sa tatra brahmacaryaṃ cariṣyati.
asya khalu punar ānanda bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya suvarṇapuṣpa iti
nāmadheyaṃ〔PSP_4 191〕bhaviṣyati.
sa khalu punar ānanda suvarṇapuṣpo bodhisattvo mahāsattvas tataś cyutaḥ
samāno buddhakṣetreṇa buddhakṣetraṃ saṃkramiṣyati,
avirahitaś ca buddhair bhagavadbhir bhaviṣyati,
tadyathāpi nāṃ ānanda rājā cakravartī prāsādena prāsādaṃ caṅkrāmati,
sa yāvajjīvaṃ pādatalābhyāṃ dharaṇīṃ nākrāmati yāvan maraṇakālam iti.
evam evānanda suvarṇapuṣpo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo
buddhakṣetreṇa buddhakṣetraṃ saṃkramiṣyati,
yāvad anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddha iti.

§3915atha khalv āyuṣmata ānandasyaitad abhavat: yāvanto bodhisattvā
mahāsattvās tatra buddhaksetre saṃnipatitā bhaviṣyanti,
tathāgatasaṃnipātaḥ sa veditavyaḥ.

§3916atha khalu bhagavān āyuṣmata ānandasya cetasā
cetaḥparivitarkam ājñāyāyuṣmantam ānandam etad avocat:
evam etad ānanda yathā vadasi,
tathāgatasaṃnipātaḥ sa veditavyo bodhisattvānāṃ
mahāsattvānāṃ yaḥ saṃnipātaḥ suvarṇapuṣpasya ca
tathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya buddhaksetre
na pramāṇabaddho bhikṣusaṃgho bhaviṣyati,
na śakyaṃ tasya bhikṣusaṃghasya pramāṇaṃ kartum,
iyanto vā śrāvakā, iyanti vā śrāvakaśatāni,
iyanti vā śrāvakasahasrāṇi, iyanti vā śrāvakaśatasahasrāṇi,
iyatyo vā śrāvakakoṭya, iyanti vā śrāvakakoṭīśatāni,
iyanti vā śrāvakakoṭīśatasahasrāṇi,
iyanti vā śrāvaka­koṭini­yutaśa­tasahasrāṇi,
anyatrā­saṃkhye­yāprame­yāpari­māṇāni
śrāvaka­koṭīni­yutaśa­tasahasrāṇi bhaviṣyanti.
suvarṇapuṣpasya khalu punar ānanda tathāgatasyārhataḥ
samyak­saṃbud­dhasyā­nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbuddhasya tatra buddhakṣetra ime doṣāḥ
sarveṇa sarvaṃ sarvathā sarvaṃ na bhaviṣyanti na prajñāsyante,
ya iha prajñāpāramitāyāṃ parikīrtitāḥ.

§3917evam ukte āyuṣmān ānando bhagavantam etad avocat:
kva bhagavann etayā gaṅgadevayā kuśalamūlam avaropitam?

§3918bhagavān āha: dīpaṅkarasyānanda tathāgatasyārhataḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhasyāntike etayā bhaginyā kuśalamūlam
avaropitam anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau cittam utpāditaṃ,
tac ca kuśalamūlam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye pariṇāmitaṃ,
sa ca dīpaṅkaras tathāgato ‘rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ suvarṇapuṣpair
abhyavakīrṇo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ prārthayamānayā,
yadā mayā ānanda dīpaṃkaras tathāgato ‘rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ
pañcabhir〔PSP_4 192〕utpalair
avakīrṇo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ prārthayamānena,
tadāhaṃ tena dīpaṃkareṇa bhagavatā tathāgatenārhatā
samyaksaṃbuddhena kuśalamūlasamanvāgato ‘yam iti
viditvā vyākṛto ‘nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau bhaviṣyasi
tvam anāgate ‘dhvani sākyamunir nāma tathāgato ‘rhan
samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ
puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyānāñ ca
buddho bhagavāṃs tadā mamaitayā bhaginyā vyākaraṇaṃ śrutvā
evaṃ cittam utpāditam, aho batāham apy anāgate
‘dhvani evaṃ vyākriyeyam anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau,
yathāyaṃ māṇavako vyākṛto ‘nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau.
evam ānandaitayā bhaginyā tasya dīpaṃkarasya tathāgatasyārhataḥ
samyaksaṃbuddhasyāntike prathamaṃ cittam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye samutpāditam.

§3919evam ukte āyuṣmān ānando bhagavantam etad avocat:
kṛtaparikarmā bhagavann iyaṃ gaṅgadevā bhaginy anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye.

§3920bhagavān āha: evam etad ānanda evam etat, yathā vadasi,
kṛtaparikarmā ānandaiṣā gaṅgadevā bhaginy anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye.
ity uktā kṣetraśuddhir anuttarā

§3921atha khalv āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ bhagavaṃś caratā bodhisattvena
mahāsattvena kathaṃ śūnyatāyāṃ parijayaḥ
kartavyaḥ?
kathaṃ śūnyatā bhāvayitavyā?
katham ānimitte parijayaḥ?
katham ānimittaṃ bhāvayitavyam?
katham apraṇihite parijayaḥ kartavyaḥ?
katham apraṇihitaṃ bhāvayitavyaṃ?
yāvat kathaṃ bodhipakṣeṣu dharmeṣu parijayaḥ
kartavyaḥ?
kathaṃ bodhipakṣyā dharmā bhāvayitavyāḥ?
ity upāyakauśalaviṣayaḥ

§3922evam ukte bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ subhūtim etad avocat:
iha subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena prajñāpāramitāyāṃ
caratā rūpaṃ śūnyam iti pratyavekṣitavyam,
evaṃ vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā,
vijñānaṃ śūnyam iti pratyavekṣitavyam,
evaṃ skandhadhātvāyatanāni śūnyānīti pratyavekṣitavyāni,
pratītyasamutpādaḥ śūnya iti pratyavekṣitavyaḥ,
pratītyasamutpādāṅgāni śūnyānīti pratyavekṣitavyāni,
evaṃ yāvat kāmadhātuḥ śūnya iti pratyavekṣitavyaḥ,
rūpadhātuḥ śūnya iti pratyavekṣitavyaḥ,
ārūpyadhātuḥ śūnya iti pratyavekṣitavyaḥ.
tathā ca pratyavekṣitavyaṃ,
yathā pratyavekṣamāṇas tac cittaṃ na vikṣipati,
so ‘vikṣiptacittas taṃ dharmaṃ na samanupaśyati,
yo dharmaḥ sākṣātkriyeta,
sa taṃ dharmam〔PSP_4 193〕asamanupaśyan na sākṣātkaroti.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi svalakṣaṇaśūnyair dharmaiḥ
suśikṣito na kasyacid dharmasya vyavacchedaṃ karoti,
yo vā sākṣātkuryād, yaṃ vā sākṣātkuryād,
yena vā sākṣātkuryāt, sarvāṃs tān dharmān na saṃyuktān
na visaṃyuktān samanupaśyati.

§3923evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
yad bhagavān evam āha,
na bodhisattvena mahāsattvena śūnyā dharmāḥ
sākṣātkartavyā iti.
kathaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ śūnyatāyāṃ sthitaḥ
śūnyatāṃ na sākṣātkaroti?

§3924bhagavān āha: yadā subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
sarvākāravaropetāṃ śūnyatāṃ pratyavekṣate,
na ca sākṣātkariṣyāmīti pratyavekṣate,
na ca sākṣātkartavyeti pratyavekṣate,
parijayaṃ kariṣyāmīti pratyavekṣate,
nāyaṃ kālaḥ sākṣātkriyāyā iti
pratyavekṣate parijayasyāyaṃ kālo nāyaṃ kālaḥ
sākṣātkriyāyā iti pratyavekṣate.
asamāhita eva bodhisattvo mahāsattva āraṃbaṇe cittam upanibadhnāti,
atrāntare bodhisattvo mahāsattvo na parihīyate bodhipakṣair dharmair,
na cāsravakṣayaṃ sākṣātkaroti.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
evam udārajñānasamanvāgato bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhaviṣyati.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
yo bodhipakṣyeṣu dharmeṣu
sthita evaṃ jānāti parijayasyāyaṃ kālo nāyaṃ kālaḥ
sākṣātkriyāyā iti.

§3925tena khalu punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carataivaṃ pratyavekṣitavyaṃ,
dānapāramitāyā ayaṃ kālaḥ, śīlapāramitāyā ayaṃ kālaḥ,
kṣāntipāramitāyā ayaṃ kālaḥ, vīryapāramitāyā ayaṃ kālaḥ,
dhyānapāramitāyā ayaṃ kālaḥ, prajñāpāramitāyā ayaṃ kālaḥ,
smṛtyupasthānasya bhāvanāyā ayaṃ kālaḥ,
evaṃ samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgānām
āryāṣṭāṅgikasya mārgasya bhāvanāyā ayaṃ kālaḥ,
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tabhāvanāyā ayaṃ kālaḥ,
adhyātmaśūnyatāyā ayaṃ kālo bahirdhāśūnyatāyā
ayaṃ kālo ‘dhyātmabahirdhāśūnyatāyā ayaṃ kālo
yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyā ayaṃ kālaḥ,
apramā­ṇadhyā­nārūpya­samāpat­tibhāvanāyā ayaṃ kāla,
āryasatyabhāvanāyā ayaṃ kālaḥ,
pañcānām abhijñānāṃ bhāvanāyā ayaṃ kālo,
vimokṣa­samādhi­samāpat­tidhāra­ṇīmukha­bhāvanāyā ayaṃ kālaḥ,
daśānāṃ tathāgatabalānāṃ pratilābhāyāyaṃ kālaś,
caturṇāṃ vaiśāradyānāṃ pratilābhāyāyaṃ kālaḥ
pratisaṃ­vitpra­tilābhāyāyaṃ kālo,〔PSP_4 194〕aṣṭādaśānām
āveṇikānāṃ buddhadharmāṇāṃ paripūraṇāyāyaṃ kālo,
mahāmaitryā mahākaruṇāyāḥ pratilābhāyāyaṃ kālo,
nāyaṃ kālaḥ srotaḥā­pattipha­lasākṣātk­riyāyai,
nāyaṃ kālaḥ sakṛdā­gāmipha­lasākṣātk­riyāyai,
nāyaṃ kālo nāgāmi­phalasāk­ṣātkri­yāyai,
nāyaṃ kālo ‘rhatt­vaphala­sākṣātk­riyāyai nāyaṃ kālaḥ
pratye­kabuddhaj­ñānasāk­ṣātkri­yāyai,
sarvākārajñatāyāḥ pratilābhāyāyaṃ kālaḥ.

§3926evaṃ khalu subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran śūnyatāyāṃ ca parijayaṃ karoti,
śūnyatayā ca viharaty, ānimitte ca parijayaṃ karoti,
ānimittena ca viharaty, apraṇihite ca parijayaṃ karoti,
apraṇihitena ca viharati.
smṛtyupasthānāni ca bhāvayati smṛtyupasthānaiś ca
viharati na ca sākṣātkaroti.
evaṃ samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgāni,
āryāṣṭāṅgikaṃ ca mārgañ ca bhāvayaty āryāṣṭāṅgikena ca
mārgeṇa viharati na ca sākṣātkaroti.

§3927evaṃ khalu subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bodhipakṣyeṣu
dharmeṣu parijayaṃ karoti, bodhipakṣyāṃś ca dharmān
bhāvayati bodhipakṣyaiś ca dharmair viharati,
na ca srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkaroti na ca
sakṛdāgāmiphalan na cānāgāmiphalan nārhattvaphalaṃ sākṣātkaroti.
ity upāyakauśalaprayogaḥ

§3928tadyathāpi nāma subhūte kaścid eva puruṣaḥ
śūraś ca bhaved, vīraś ca bhaved,
dṛḍhapratiṣṭhānaś ca bhaved, abhirūpaś ca bhavet,
prāsādikaś ca bhaved, darśanīyaś ca bhavet,
parama­śubhavar­ṇapuṣka­ratayā samanvāgataś ca bhaved,
iṣvastre ca paramāṃ gatiṃgato bhaved,
dṛḍhāni cānena praharaṇāni gṛhītāni bhaveyuḥ,
sarvāsu ca catuḥṣaṣṭhiṣu kalāsu pariniṣpanno bhavet,
sarvatra ca śilpasthāneṣu ca karmasthāneṣu ca gatiṃgato bhavet,
bahujanasya ca priyo manaāpo bhavet,
sa yāṃ yām eva ca kāṃścit kriyām
ārabheta sarvatra tatra tatra ca lābhasatkārasamanvāgato bhavet,
tena ca bahujanaṃ satkuryād gurukuryāt mānayet pūjayet,
sa bhūyasyā mātrayā āttamanasko bhavet pramuditaḥ
prītisaumanasyajātaḥ sa mātāpitṛputradārān gṛhītvā
kenacid eva karaṇīyena mahābhayabhairavam aṭavīkāntāraṃ
praviṣṭas syād bālānāṃ bhīṣaṇakaṃ sa romaharṣaṇaṃ,
tatra ca sa puruṣaḥ praviśya tān
mātāpitṛputradārān〔PSP_4 195〕abhayenābhinimantrayen,
mā bhaiṣṭa mā bhaiṣṭāhaṃ yuṣmān
ito mahābhayabhairavād aṭavīkāntārād bālānāṃ
bhīṣaṇāt sa romaharṣaṇāc chīghram evāpakrāmayiṣyāmi śīghram eva parimocayiṣyāmi.
tasya ca puruṣasya tatrāṭavīkāntāre bahavo ‘mitrā vadhakāḥ
pratyarthikāḥ pratyamitrāḥ pratyupasthitā bhaveyuḥ,
sa ca puruṣaḥ parameṇa prajñābalena samanvāgato bhavet,
sa tān parimocayitvā mātāpitṛputradārāṃs tasmād aṭavīkāntārān
niṣkāśayitvā punar eva grāmaṃ vā nagaraṃ vā
nigamaṃ vā janapadaṃ vā janapradeśaṃ vā gatvā
prītisaumanasya jāto vihared akṣato ‘nupahato,
na ca teṣāṃ sattvānām antike pratyarthikānāṃ
pratyamitrāṇāṃ vā manaḥ praduṣayet.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi sa kṛtayogyaḥ sarvāsu ca kalāsu bhavet,
tena tatrāṭavīkāntāre bahutarāś ca śūratarāś ca
dṛḍhapraharaṇatarāś ca teṣāṃ pratyarthikānāṃ
pratyamitrāṇām anye udāratarāḥ pratyarthikāḥ
pratyamitrā abhinirmitā bhaveyuḥ,
te tena bhayena sarve ‘pagatā bhaveyuḥ.
atha sa puruṣas tān mātāpitṛputradārān svastinā parimocayitvā
sukhaṃ viharet.

§3929evam eva subhūte yasmin samaye bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
sarvasattvānām antike maitryārambaṇena cittena
karuṇā­mudito­pekṣāram­baṇena cittena sphāritvā
viharaty atrāntare subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo na cānimittena
vyāhriyate na cānimittasamādhiṃ sākṣātkriyayā śrāvakabhūmau vā
pratyekabuddhabhūmau vā pratiṣṭhet.
ity antarā­yikadhar­masama­tikrama­ṇopāyaḥ

§3930tadyathāpi nāma subhūte pakṣī śakunir antarīkṣe carati na ca
bhūmau patati, ākāśe vāntarīkṣe viharati na ca
tatra tiṣṭhati na pratiṣṭhate.
evam eva subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
śūnyatāyāṃ ca parijayaṃ karoti śūnyatayā ca viharati,
ānimitte ca parijayaṃ karoty ānimittena ca viharaty,
apraṇihite ca parijayaṃ karoty apraṇihitena ca viharati,
na ca śūnyatāṃ vānimittaṃ vāpraṇihitaṃ vā sākṣātkaroti,
yayā sākṣātkriyayā śrāvakabhūmau vā
pratyekabuddhabhūmau vā pated, aparipūrṇair
daśabhis tathāgatabalaiś caturbhir vaiśāradyaiś catasṛbhiḥ
pratisaṃvidbhir aṣṭādaśabhir āveṇikair
buddhadharmair mahāmaitryā mahākaruṇayā cāparimāṇeṣu
ca buddhadharmeṣu caritvā sarvākārajñatām
anuprāpnoti.
ity apratiṣṭhitavihāropāyaḥ〔PSP_4 196〕

§3931tadyathāpi nāma subhūte balavān
iṣvastrācāryo bhaved iṣvastraśikṣāyāṃ suśikṣitaḥ
sa kāṇḍam ūrdhvamukhaṃ kṣiptvā tadanyaiḥ
kāṇḍais tasya pūrvakasya kāṇḍasya paraṃparayā pṛthivyāṃ
patanaṃ na dadyāt tāvat kāṇḍaṃ pṛthivyāṃ na patati yāvat sa puruṣa ākāṅkṣet.
atha khalv etat kāṇḍaṃ pṛthivyāṃ nipatet,
sa paścimaṃ kāṇḍam ūrdhvamukhaṃ nākṣiped,
evaṃ sā kāṇḍaparaṃparā pṛthivyāṃ nipatet.

§3932evam eva subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carann upāyakauśalyena parigṛhītas
tāvat tāṃ paramāṃ bhūtakoṭiṃ na sākṣātkaroti yāvan na tāni
kuśalamūlāni paripakvāni bhavanty anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau,
yadā tāni kuśalamūlāni paripakvāni
bhavanty anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau tadā tāṃ paramāṃ bhūtakoṭiṃ sākṣātkaroti.
tasmāt tarhi subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carataivam eteṣāṃ dharmāṇāṃ
dharmatopanidhyātavyā upaparīkṣitavyāḥ.
iti praṇidhā­nāvedhā­nuvṛtt­yupāyaḥ

§3933evam ukte āyuṣmān subhūtir bhagavantam etad avocat:
duṣkarakārako bhagavan bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ya iha
dharmatāyāṃ śikṣate bhūtakoṭyāṃ śikṣate dharmadhātau
śikṣate atyantaśūnyatāyāṃ śikṣate yāvat svalakṣaṇaśūnyatāyāṃ
śikṣate yāvat triṣu vimokṣamukheṣu śikṣate,
na cāntareṇa vyavasādam āpadyate ‘nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau,
āścaryaṃ bhagavann āścaryaṃ sugata.

§3934bhagavān āha: tathā hi subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya sarvasattvā
aparityaktāḥ.
yasya subhūte sarvasattvā
aparityaktās tasyaivaṃrūpaḥ praṇidhānaviśeṣo bhavati,
yaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattva evaṃ cittam abhinirharati,
sarvasattvā mayāparityaktā mayaite parimocayitavyāḥ,
asaṃvidyamānair dharmair vartamānāḥ
śāntaṃ śūnyatā­samādhi­vimokṣa­mukham abhinirharaty,
ānimittaṃ samādhivimokṣamukham abhinirharaty,
apraṇihitaṃ samādhivimokṣamukham abhinirharaty,
upāyakauśalyasamanvāgataḥ
sa bodhisattvo mahāsattvas tasmin samaye veditavyo,
na cāntarā bhūtakoṭiṃ sākṣātkaroti yāvan na sarvākārajñatām
anuprāpnoti.
ity asādhāraṇopāyaḥ

§3935punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo yānīmāni
gambhīrāṇi sthānāni pratyavekṣitukāmo bhavati,
tadyathedam adhyātmaśūnyatāṃ bahirdhāśūnyatām
adhyātmabahirdhāśūnyatāṃ yāvad
abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāṃ〔PSP_4 197〕catvāri smṛtyupasthānāni
samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgāni
āryāṣṭāṅgikamārgaṃ trīṇi vimokṣamukhāni,
tenaivaṃ cittotpādo ‘bhinirhartavyo,
dīrgharātram ime sattvā ātmasaṃjñāyāṃ sattvasaṃjñāyāṃ
jīvasaṃjñāyāṃ jantusaṃjñāyāṃ poṣasaṃjñāyāṃ puruṣasaṃjñāyāṃ
pudgalasaṃjñāyāṃ manujasaṃjñāyāṃ mānavasaṃjñāyāṃ kārakasaṃjñāyāṃ
vedakasaṃjñāyāṃ jānakasaṃjñāyāṃ paśyakasaṃjñayām upalambhe caranti,
teṣām upalam­bhadṛṣ­ṭiprahā­ṇāyānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbudhya dharmaṃ deśayiṣyāmi.
yasmin samaye bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
śūnyatā­samādhi­vimokṣa­mukhaṃ bhāvayaty,
ānimittaṃ samādhivimokṣamukhaṃ bhāvayaty apraṇihitaṃ
samādhivimokṣamukhaṃ bhāvayati samāpadyate ca
na ca bhūtakoṭīṃ sākṣātkaroti,
yayā sākṣātkriyayā srotaāpattiphalaṃ prāpnuyāt,
sakṛdāgāmiphalam anāgāmiphalam arhattvaṃ prāpnuyāt,
pratyekāṃ bodhiṃ prāpnuyāt,
tasmin samaye bodhisattvo mahāsattvo na srotaāpattiphalam anuprāpnuyād
na sakṛdāgāmiphalan nānāgāmiphalaṃ nārhattvam anuprāpnuyāt,
na pratyekāṃ bodhim anuprāpnuyād,
evaṃ caran bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nena cittotpādena etaiś ca
kuśalamūlaiḥ samanvāgato nāntarā bhūtakoṭiṃ sākṣātkaroti na ca
parihīyate caturbhir apramāṇaiś caturbhir dhyānaiś
catasṛbhir ārūpyasamāpattibhiḥ smṛtyupasthānaiś caturbhiḥ
samyakprahāṇaiś caturbhir ṛddhipādaiḥ pañcabhir indriyaiḥ
pañcabhir balaiḥ saptabhir bodhyaṅgair
āryāṣṭāṅgikena mārgeṇa śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tasamā­dhibhir
adhyātmaśūnyatayā yāvad abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatayā na parihīyate,
dānapāramitayā na parihīyate, śīlapāramitayā na parihīyate,
kṣāntipāramitayā na parihīyate,
vīryapāramitayā na parihīyate,
dhyānapāramitayā na parihīyate,
prajñāpāramitayā na parihīyate, āryasatyair na parihīyate,
sarvavi­mokṣasa­mādhisa­māpatti­dhāraṇī­mukhair
na parihīyate pañcabhir abhijñābhir daśabhis
tathāgatabalaiś caturbhir vaiśāradyaiś catasṛbhiḥ
pratisaṃvidbhir na parihīyate,
aṣṭādaśabhir āveṇikair buddhadharmair na parihīyate,
mahāmaitryā mahākaruṇayā na parihīyate.
evaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvas tasmin samaye sarvabodhipakṣyair
dharmaiḥ samanvāgato na ca
parihīyate tato yāvad anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate.
upāyakauśalyaparigṛhīto bodhisattvo mahāsattvo〔PSP_4 198〕vivardhate śuklair
dharmaiḥ, tīkṣṇatamāni cāsyendriyāṇi bhavanti
yathā na śrāvakapratyekabuddhānām.
ity aśaktyupāyaḥ

§3936punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya evaṃ bhavati,
dīrgharātram ime sattvāś caturbhir viparyāsair
viparyastacittā nityasaṃjñāyāṃ sukhasaṃjñāyāṃ śubhasaṃjñāyām
ātmasaṃjñāyāñ ca teṣām arthāya bodhaye cariṣyāmi,
tathā cānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya dharmaṃ deśayiṣyāmi,
yathānityam iti duḥkham ity aśubham iti anātmīyam iti
vā samudācāro ‘pi na bhaviṣyati.
so ‘nena cittotpādena samanvāgata upāyakauśalyena ca
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carati,
buddhadharmasamādhiṃ samāpadyate ‘paripūrṇair
daśabhis tathāgatabalaiś caturbhir vaiśāradyaiś catasṛbhiḥ
pratisaṃvidbhir aṣṭādaśabhir āveṇikair
buddhadharmair mahāmaitryā mahākaruṇayā ca
śūnyatā­nimittāp­raṇihi­tasamā­dhivimok­ṣamukhaṃ tasmin
samaye bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bhāvayati samāpadyate ca,
na ca bhūtakoṭiṃ sākṣātkaroti yāvad anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate.

§3937punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya evaṃ bhavati,
dīrgharātram ime sattvā upalambhacaratā ātmeti,
sattva­jīvajan­tupoṣa­puruṣa­pudgala­manuja­mānava­kāraka­vedaka­jānaka­paśyakā iti,
rūpam iti vā vedaneti vā saṃjñeti vā saṃskārā iti vā
vijñānam iti vā skandhā iti vā dhātava iti vā āyatanānīti vā
pratītyasamutpādā iti vā pratītyasamutpādāṅgānīti vā
caturbhir dhyānaiś caturbhir apramāṇaiś catasṛbhir
ārūpyasamāpattibhis teṣāṃ tathā kariṣyāmi yathā me
‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya sattvānām
ete upalambhadoṣā na bhaviṣyanti,
sa imaiś cittotpādaiḥ samanvāgato ‘nena copāyakauśalyena
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran na bhūtakoṭīṃ sākṣātkaroty apūrṇair
daśabhis tathāgatabalaiś caturbhir vaiśāradyaiś catasṛbhiḥ
pratisaṃvidbhir aṣṭādaśabhir āveṇikair
buddhadharmair mahāmaitryā mahākaruṇayā ca
śūnyatā­samādhi­vimokṣa­mukhaṃ tasmin samaye bodhisattvasya
mahāsattvasya bhāvanā paripūriṃ gacchati.
ity anupalambhopāyaḥ

§3938punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carata evaṃ bhavati,
dīrgharātram ime sattvā nimittena caritāḥ
strīnimitteṣu vā puruṣanimitteṣu vā rūpanimitteṣu
vā ārūpyanimitteṣu〔PSP_4 199〕vā, teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ
tathā kariṣyāmi yathā me ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhasya,
eṣāṃ sattvānām ime doṣā na bhaviṣyanti.
sa tena cittotpādena samanvāgato ‘nena copāyakauśalyena samanvāgataḥ
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ caran na cāntarā bhūtakoṭīṃ sākṣātkaroty aparipūrṇair
daśabhis tathāgatabalaiś caturbhir vaiśāradyaiś catasṛbhiḥ
pratisaṃvidbhir aṣṭādaśabhir āveṇikair
buddhadharmair mahāmaitryā mahākaruṇayā ca
tasya tena cittotpādena samanvā­gatasyā­nimitta­samādhi­vimokṣa­mukhaṃ
tasmin samaye bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya bhāvanā paripūriṃ gacchati.
ity ānimittopāyaḥ

§3939punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carata evaṃ bhavati,
dīrgharātram ime sattvāḥ praṇidhānena caritā
yad uta śakratvaṃ brahmatvaṃ lokapālatvaṃ cakravartitvam
abhilaṣanti rūpam abhilaṣanti evaṃ vedanāṃ saṃjñāṃ saṃskārān,
vijñānam abhilaṣanti,
teṣām aham arthāyānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhya
tathā dharmaṃ deśayiṣyāmi yathaiva te sattvānāṃ
praṇidhānadoṣā na bhaviṣyantīti.
evaṃ hi subhūte bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya ebhiś cittotpādair
ebhiś ca kuśalamūlair anena copāyakauśalyena prajñāpāramitāyāṃ carataḥ,
apraṇi­hitasa­mādhivi­mokṣamukhaṃ bhāvanā paripūriṃ gacchati,
na ca bhūtakoṭiṃ sākṣātkaroti,
aparipūrṇair daśabhir balair vaiśāradyaiḥ
pratisaṃ­vidāve­ṇikabud­dhadharmair mahāmaitryā mahākaruṇayā ca
yāvad anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddha iti,
asthānaiḥ subhūte ‘navakāśo yad bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
ṣaṭsu pāramitāsu carann adhyātmaśūnyatāyāṃ bahirdhāśūnyatāyām
adhyāt­mabahir­dhāśūn­yatāyāṃ yāvad
abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatāyāṃ caraṃś caturṣu smṛtyupasthāneṣu
caran samyakp­rahāṇard­dhipādend­riyaba­labodh­yaṅgeṣu
mārgeṣu caran śūnyatānimittāpraṇihiteṣu
caran daśasu tathāgatabaleṣu catasṛṣu pratisaṃvitsu
mahāmaitryāṃ mahākaruṇāyāṃ caran yāvad aṣṭādaśāveṇikeṣu
buddhadharmeṣu caran parijayaṃ kurvāṇa,
evaṃ jñānadharmasamanvāgato ‘nabhisaṃskāre vā
pateta traidhātukena vā sārdhaṃ saṃvasen naitat sthānaṃ vidyate.
ity apraṇihitopāyaḥ

§3940punar aparaṃ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattva eṣu
bodhipākṣikeṣu〔PSP_4 200〕dharmeṣu caran parijayaṃ kurvāṇaḥ
paripraṣṭavyaḥ.
kathaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim
abhisaṃbodhukāmo bodhipakṣyeṣu dharmeṣu caritvā
parijayaṃ kṛtvā na śūnyatāṃ sākṣātkuryāt,
na ca bhūtakoṭiṃ pratisaṃvidhyen,
na srotaāpattiphalaṃ vā sakṛdāgāmiphalaṃ vā
nāgāmiphalaṃ vārhattvaṃ vā pratyekāṃ vā
bodhim anuprāpnuyāt?
kathaṃ śūnyatām ānimittam apraṇihitam anabhisaṃskāram
anutpādam abhāvaṃ vā sākṣātkuryāt prajñāpāramitāṃ ca
bhāvayed?
iti.

§3941sacet punaḥ subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo bodhisattvair
mahāsattvair evaṃ paripṛcchamāna evaṃ vyākuryāc,
chūnaytā caiva tena manasikartavyā,
ānimittaṃ caiva tena manasikartavyam,
apraṇihitaṃ caiva tena manasikartavyam,
anabhisaṃskāro ‘nutpādo bhāvaś caiva manasikartavyo,
na ca sarvasattvāḥ parityaktavyā iti.
veditavyam etat subhūte bodhisattvair mahāsattvair
vyākṛto ‘yaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvo ‘nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi yo ‘vinivartanīyasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
parijayaṃ sūcayati taṃ vyākaroti taṃ prabhāvayati.

§3942sacet punaḥ subhūte pṛṣṭa evaṃ vyākuryān,
na tena śūnyatāyāṃ parijayaṃ kartavyaṃ,
nānimitte nāpraṇihite nānabhisaṃskāre nānutpāde nābhāve
na tena bodhipakṣyair dharmaiḥ parijayaḥ kartavyo,
na ca sarvasattvāḥ samālambitavyā iti.
veditavyam etat subhūte bodhisattvair mahāsattvair
nāyaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvo vyākṛto ‘nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi yo ‘vinivartanīyasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
parijayaṃ taṃ na sūcayati taṃ na vyākaroti taṃ na prabhāvayati,
yaḥ punar avinivartanīyasya bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya
dharmaṃ taṃ na sūcayati na vyākaroti na bhāvayati,
veditavyam etat subhūte bodhisattvair mahāsattvair
ayaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ parijayaṃ kṛtvā
tato bhūmer atikrānto yāvinivartanīyasya bodhisattvasya
mahāsatt­vasyāvi­nivarta­nīyabhūmiḥ.
ity avaivartikaliṅgopāyaḥ

§3943subhūtir āha: syāt punar bhagavan paryāyo
yad avinivartanīyo bodhisattvo〔PSP_4 201〕mahāsattvo bhavet?

§3944bhagavān āha: syāt subhūte yo bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ
ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ śrutvā vāśrutvā vā
evaṃ visarjayed yathāvinivartanīyo bodhisattvo mahāsattvo,
veditavyas tair bodhisattvair mahāsattvair
avinivartanīyo ‘yaṃ bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ.

§3945subhūtir āha: tena hi bhagavan bahavo bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā bodhāya caranti, alpakās te bhagavan bodhisattvā
mahāsattvā ya evaṃ visarjayiṣyanti,
yathāvinivartanīyā bodhisattvā mahāsattvāḥ parikarmabhūmau vā,
aparikarmabhūmau vā.

§3946bhagavān āha: evam etat subhūte evam etat.
tat kasya hetoḥ?
tathā hi subhūte ‘lpakās te bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
ya evaṃ vyākṛtā avinivartanīyāyāṃ jñānabhūmau,
ye punas te vyākṛtā bhaviṣyanti ta evaṃ visarjayiṣyanti,
uttaptakuśalamūlās te veditavyā bodhisattvā mahāsattvā
asaṃhāryāḥ sadevamānuṣāsureṇa lokena.
ity apramāṇaviṣayopāyaḥ ity uktam upāyakauśalam ity uktaḥ
sarvākārābhisaṃbodhaḥ

āryapañ­caviṃśa­tisāhas­rikāyāṃ bhagavatyāṃ prajñāpāramitāyām
abhisamayālaṃkārānusāreṇa saṃśodhitāyāṃ
sarvākā­rābhisaṃ­bodhādhikāras tathatāparivartaś caturthaḥ

総目次　← 第三分冊　第五分冊 →